Голицинский упражнения в формате word

АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК ДЛЯ ШКОЛЬНИКОВ

Ю. Голицынский

Н. Голицынская

_{ГРАММАТИКА}

СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

ИЗДАНИЕ ПЯТОЕ ИСПРАВЛЕННОЕ И ДОПОЛНЕННОЕ

УДК 372.167.1: 811.111 ББК81.2Англ-922 Г 60

Авторы:

Ю. Б. Голицынский,

Н. А. Голицынская (исправления и дополнения)

Голицынский Ю. Б.

Г 60 Грамматика: Сборник упражнений.- 5-е изд. -

СПб.: КАРО, 2006.- 544 с.- (Английский язык для школьников).

ISBN 5-89815-595-3

Сборник упражнений по всем разделам английской грамматики. Упражнения основаны на несложной лексике. Они содержат достаточно материала для запоминания основных грамматических форм и выработки навыков их применения. Дополнен теоретическим материалом и сло­варем.

Предназначен для учащихся V-IX классов школ с базовым уровнем изучения английского языка и школ с углубленным изучением английского языка.

УДК 372.167.1: 811.111 ББК81.2Англ-922

© КАРО, 2005

ISBN 5-89815-595-3 Все права защищены

Предисловие

Предлагаемый сборник содержит грамматические упражнения по основным темам грамматики англий­ского языка: артикль, существительное, неопределенные местоимения some, any, no и их производные, местоиме­ния much, many, (a) little, (a) few, степени сравнения прилагательных, предлоги, употребление времен, стра­дательный залог, согласование времен и косвенная речь, неличные формы глагола, сложное дополнение, слож­ное подлежащее, условные предложения и употребление сослагательного наклонения после / wish, модальные глаголы.

Настоящее пятое издание сборника подверглось пе­реработке, в процессе которой были сделаны многочис­ленные исправления и дополнения, например, по таким темам, как артикль, существительное, местоимения, предлоги, употребление времен, страдательный залог. В большинство упражнений добавлены новые предложе­ния, а также составлены новые упражнения. Суще­ственно переработаны главы, посвященные герундию, сложному дополнению и сложному подлежащему.

Сборник завершается контрольным упражнением, позволяющим проверить правильность усвоения учащи­мися применения артиклей, употребления времен в ак­тивном и пассивном залогах, герундия, причастия и модальных глаголов.

Для исправлений и дополнений некоторых грамма­тических явлений в сборнике приведены примечания, в которых указана ссылка на следующее пособие по грам­матике английского языка: Raymond Murphy "Essential Grammar in Use".

4 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Кроме того, в настоящем пятом издании расширен и выверен словарь,, исправлены орфография и транскрип­ция. Изменения, внесенные в словарь сборника, вы­полнены в соответствии с орфографией и транскрипци­ей словаря Longman Dictionary of English Language and Culture. - Longman Group UK Limited 1992. Англо­русский и русско-английский словарь сборника поме­щен в конце книги, причем он включает все слова, име­ющиеся в упражнениях, благодаря чему у ученика не будет необходимости обращаться к большому словарю в поисках незнакомых слов, что облегчит ему работу и сократит время на выполнение упражнений. Перед сло­варем приведены таблицы с фонетическими символами, используемыми в словаре, которые характерны для анг­лийского предложения.

Сборник предназначен дяя учащихся средних школ, независимо от их профиля, а также может быть исполь­зован при работе со взрослыми. При существующем в настоящее время большом разнообразии учебных про­грамм и учебников не представляется целесообразным согласовывать лексический и грамматический матери­ал с каким-нибудь определенным учебником. В преде­лах каждого раздела сборника упражнения расположе­ны по мере возрастания трудностей, что дает возмож­ность учителю подбирать упражнения в соответствии с языковым уровнем учащихся.

Из собственного многолетнего опыта преподаватель­ской работы авторы сборника знают, что количество грамматических упражнений, предлагаемых любым учебником, недостаточно, а учитель всегда испытывает потребность в дополнительных упражнениях. Поэтому предлагаемый сборник упражнений может оказаться уместным и полезным для работы по любому учебнику и с любой аудиторией.

Авторы

АРТИКЛЬ

Запомните следующие правила:

Перед каждым нарицательным существительным должен стоять артикль.

Если вы не употребляете перед существительным артикль, вы должны уметь объяснить, почему.

Артикль не употребляется, если перед существи­тельным стоит притяжательное или указательное мес­тоимение, другое существительное в притяжательном падеже, количественное числительное или отрицание "по" (не "not"!).

Упражнение 1

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. This is ... book. It is my ... book. 2. Is this your ... pencil? - No, it isn't my ... pencil, it is my sis­ter's ... pencil. 3. I have ... sister. My ... sister is ... engineer. My sister's ... husband is ... doctor. 4. I have no ... handbag. 5. She has got ... headache. 6. Have they got ... car? - Yes, they have. Their ... car is not very expensive but reliable. 7. Have you got ... calculator? - No, I haven't. 8. Is this ... watch? - No, it isn't ... watch, it's ... pen. 9. This ... pen is good, and that ... pen is bad. 10. I can see

6 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

... pencils on your ... table, but I can see no ... paper. 11. Give me ... chair, please. 12. They have ... dog and two ... cats. 13. I have ... spoon in my ... plate, but I have no ... soup in it. 14. My ... friend says he is going to be ... millionaire one ... day. 15. Would you like ... orange? 16. Mr. Smith is ... artist, Mrs. Smith is ... poetess.

Упоминая предмет впервые, мы употребляем пе­ред ним неопределенный артикль a (an). Упоминая этот же предмет вторично, мы ставим перед ним определенный артикль the.

• E.g. This is a book. The book is interesting.

Упражнение 2

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Не hasn't got ... car. But he's got ... comput­er. ... computer is new. 2. My ... friends have got ... cat and ... dog. ... dog never bites ... cat. 3. This is ... tree. ... tree is green. 4. I can see three ... boys. ... boys are playing. 5. I have ... bicycle. ... bicycle is black. My ... friend has no ... bicycle. 6. Our ... room is large. 7. We wrote ... dictation yesterday. ... dictation was long. 8. She has two ... daughters and one ... son. Her ... son is ... pupil. 9. Last year I gave my ... mother ... bracelet for her ... birthday. She liked ... bracelet. 10. My ... brother's ... friend has no ... dog. 11. This ... pencil is broken. Give me that ... pencil, please. 12. She has ... ball. ... ball is ... big. 13. I got ... letter from my ... friend yester­day. ... letter was interesting. 14. When they were in Geneva, they stayed at ... hotel. Sometimes they had dinner at ... hotel and sometimes in ... restau­rant. 15. I've got ... idea. 16. What ... shame.

7

Артикль 7

Неопределенный артикль a (an) может употреб­ляться только с исчисляемыми существительными, стоящими в единственном числе. Перед неисчисляе-мыми существительными или существительными во множественном числе неопределенный артикль опус­кается. Определенный артикль the употребляется как с исчисляемыми, так и с неисчисляемыми существи­тельными, как с единственным, так и с множествен­ным числом.^-

• E.g. This is a book. The book is interesting.

исчисляемое в единственном числе

This is s meat. The meat is fresh.

неисчисляемое

These are s books. The books are good.

множественное число

Упражнение 3

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. This is ... pen. ... pen is red. 2. These are pen­cils. ... pencils are black. 3. This is ... soup. ... soup is tasty. 4. In the morning I eat ... sandwich and drink ... tea. 5. She gave me ... coffee and ... cake. ... coffee was hot. ... cake was tasty. 6. Do you like ... ice cream? 7. I see ... book in your ... hand. Is ... book interesting? 8. Do you need ... camera? 9. He never eats ... meat, he always eats ... vegetables, ... cereals, ... seeds, ... fruit, and ... nuts. He is ... ve­getarian. 10. This is ... pineapple. ... pineapple is delicious. 11. Elaine, ... apples are good for you!

12. My ... cousin is upset. He's got ... sore throat.

13. This is ... cottage cheese. ... cottage cheese is fresh. 14. She bought ... meat, ... butter and ... po­tatoes yesterday. She also bought ... cake. ... cake was very ... tasty. We ate ... cake with ... tea.

8 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

15. This is my ... table. On ... table I have ... book, two ... pencils, ... pen and ... paper. 16. This is ... bag. ... bag is brown. It is my sister's ... bag. And this is my ... bag. It is ... yellow.

Запомните следующие словосочетания, в которых артикль не употребляется:

at • school at s home at • work

Упражнение 4

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. I have two ... sisters. My ... sisters are ... stu­dents. 2. We are at ... home. 3. My ... brother is not at ... home, he is at ... school. 4. My ... mother is at ... work. She is ... doctor. 5. I am not ... doctor. 6. I have no ... sister. 7. He is not ... pilot. 8. I have thirty-two ... teeth. 9. He has ... child. 10. She has two ... children. Her children are at ... school.

11. Is your father at... home? - No, he is at... work.

12. Where is your ... brother? - He is at ... home.

Если перед существительным употребляется

прилагательное, оно стоит между артиклем

и существительным.

• E.g. This is a book. This is a good book.

Упражнение 5

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. We have ... large ... family. 2. My granny of­ten tells us ... long ... interesting ... stories. 3. My

Артикль 9

... father is ... engineer. He works at ... factory. ... factory is large. 4. My ... mother is ... doctor. She works at ... large ... hospital. She is at ... work now. 5. My ... aunt is ... teacher. She works at ... school. ... school is good. My ... aunt is not at ... school now. She is at ... home. She is drinking ... tea and eating ... jam. ... jam is sweet. I am at ... home, too. I am drinking ... tea and eating ... sandwich. ... sandwich is tasty. 6. My sister is at ... school. She is ... pupil. 7. My cousin has ... big ... black ... cat. My cousin's ... cat has two ... kittens. ... cat likes ... milk. ... kittens like ... milk, too. 8. I am ... engineer. 9. My ... son is ... pupil. 10. He is ... good ... pupil. 11. This is ... house. 12. This is my ... pencil. 13. You have some ... pencils, but I have no ... pen­cil. Give me ... pencil, please.

Часто, даже упоминая предмет впервые, мы тем не менее употребляем перед ним определенный ар­тикль:

а) если упоминаемый предмет является един­

ственным в мире:

• E.g. The sun is shining brightly.

б) если этот предмет является определенным по

ситуации:

• E.g. Put the book on the table.

Упражнение 6

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. What's ... weather like today? - ... weather is fine. 2. ... sun is yellow. 3. ... sky is grey today. 4. ... Earth is ... planet. 5. We had ... English les­son yesterday. ... teacher asked me many ... ques­tions. ... questions were difficult. 6. Where is your

10 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

... brother? - Не is at ... home. He is in his ... room. He is sitting at ... table. He is doing his ... home­work. ... homework is difficult. 7. Our ... cat is sit­ting on ... sofa. 8. It is very dark in ... room. Turn on ... light, please. 9. Nick went into ... bathroom, turned on ... water and washed his ... hands.

Упражнение 7

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. This is ... good ... book. Take ... book from ... table. Put this ... book into ... bookcase. 2. ... weather is fine today. ... sky is blue. ... sun is shin­ing brightly in ... blue ... sky. 3. This is ... boy. ... boy is at ... school. He is ... pupil. This ... boy is my ... brother's ... friend. He has ... cat, but he has no ... dog. He likes his ... cat. He gives ... cat ... milk every day. 4. Yesterday I received ... letter from my ... friend. ... letter was interesting. 5. We live in ... big house. I like ... house very much. 6. Are you ... worker? - No, I am ... student. 7. I like your ... beautiful ... flower. Give me ... flower, please. 8. My ... mother is at ... home. She is reading ... interest­ing ... book. 9. My ... father is not at ... home. He is at ... work. He is ... doctor. He is ... good ... doctor. He works at ... hospital. ... hospital is large.

Кроме того, существует огромное количество так называемых устойчивых словосочетаний, в которых артикль употребляется или отсутствует традиционно. Эти словосочетания приходится заучивать наизусть.

Запомните следующие конструкции:

There is a ... . Where is the ... ?

Артикль 11

Запомните также следующие предложения:

The (book) is on the (table). • Ho: The (book) is on a little (table)¹.

Упражнение 8

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. There is ... big tree in ... garden. 2. There is ... bank near here. - Where is ... bank? 3. There is ... new supermarket in ... centre of our ... town.

4. There is ... hotel over there. ... hotel isn't cheap.

5. Where is ... cat? - ... cat is on ... sofa. 6. Where is ... book? - ... book is on ... shelf. 7. Where are ... flowers? - ... flowers are in ... beautiful vase. 8. Where is ... vase? - ... vase is on ... little table near ... window. 9. Open ... window, please. ... weather is fine today. I can see ... sun in ... sky. I can see ... nice little bird. ... bird is sitting in ... big tree. ... tree is green. 10. There is ... little white cloud in ... sky. 11. We have ... large room. There is ... big sofa in ... room and ... little lamp on ... wall over ... sofa. I like to sit on ... sofa and read ... good book.

Запомните следующее устойчивое словосочетание:

in s front (of)

¹ Существительное, стоящее в скобках, может быть лю­бым. Прилагательное также может быть любым. Вместо пред­лога "on" может быть любой другой предлог или заменяющее его словосочетание, напр. "in front of".

12 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Упражнение 9

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. There is ... wonderful small computer in ... front of ... books there. 2. Where is ... soup? - ... soup is in ... big saucepan on ... gas cooker. 3. Where are ... cutlets? - ... cutlets are in ... refrigerator on ... little plate. 4. There is no ... bread on ... ta­ble. Where is ... bread? 5. There is ... little brown coffee table in our ... room in ... front of ... sofa. 6. Where is ... table in your ... room? 7. There is ... thick carpet on ... floor in my mother's ... room.

8. Is your brother at ... home? - No, he is at ... work. He works at ... big factory. He is ... engineer.

9. My sister has many ... books. ... books are in ... big bookcase. 10. ... weather is fine today. Let's go and play in ... yard. There are many ... children in ... yard. They are playing with ... ball.

Запомните следующие конструкции, требующие неопределенного артикля:

I have а ... This is a ... I am a ...

Не has a ... That is a ... Не is a ...

I see a ... It is a ... She is a ...

There is a ...

Упражнение 10

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. I see ... bottle of ... pineapple ... juice on ... kitchen table. 2. Her ... son has ... great ... sense of ... humor. 3. There was ... discotheque at ... club last Saturday but he didn't go. 4. Is there ... bus stop near ... building? 5. We have ... big dog. ... dog is very clever. 6. My friend has ... very good comput-

Артикль 13

er. 7. This ... boy is big. He is ... student. 8. There is ... very large piano in ... hall. 9. This is ... tree and that is not ... tree. It's ... bush. 10. I am ... boy. I am ... pupil. I study at ... school. 11. My sis­ter is at ... work. She is ... secretary. She works at ... large office. 12. This is ... very difficult ques­tion. I don't know ... answer to it. 13. Do you see ... little girl with ... big ball in her ... hands? She is ... pupil of our ... school. 14. There was ... beautiful flower in this ... vase yesterday. Where is ... flower now? 15. Last year we were in Geneva. It is ... excit­ing city to visit, but ... very expensive place to live.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

in the middle in the corner to the right to the left

Упражнение 11

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. There is ... jar of ... orange ... marmelade in ... middle of ... shelf. 2. There is ... big ... box of ... cereal to ... right of you. 3. There is ... bunch of ... bananas on ... table. Don't keep them in ... re­frigerator. 4. There is ... loaf of ... white ... bread on ... upper ... shelf of ... refrigerator. If you want your ... bread to be fresh, keep it only in ... refrigerator. 5. Is there ... bag of ... flour in ... cupboard? 6. There was ... bottle of ... lemonade in ... corner of ... kitchen. 7. There is ... thick red ... carpet in my ... room. ... carpet is on ... floor in ... front of ... sofa. 8. Where is ... table in your brother's ... room? -

14 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

His ... table is near ... window. 9. I can see ... fine ... vase .on ... shelf. Is it your ... vase? 10. We have no ... piano in our ... living room. 11. My ... uncle is ... married. He has ... beautiful wife. They have ... son, but they have no ... daughter. 12. I can see ... nice ... coffee table in ... middle of ... room to ... right of ... door. It is ... black and ... red. I like ... coffee table. 13. Our ... TV set is on ... little ... ta­ble in ... corner of ... room. 14. There is ... beautiful picture in my father's ... study. ... picture is on ... wall to ... left of ... window.

Упражнение 12

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

My aunt's flat is in ... new house. There is ... liv­ing room, ... bedroom, ... study, ... bathroom and ... kitchen in ... flat. ... bedroom is ... large room with ... two windows. ... room is light as ... windows are large. There are ... white curtains on ... windows. There are ... two beds with ... large pillows on them. There are ... small tables near ... beds. There are ... lamps on them. To ... left of ... door there is ... dress­ing table with ... mirror on it. There is ... low chair at ... dressing table. There are ... several pictures on ... pale green walls. There is ... thick carpet on ... floor. ... carpet is dark green. ... room is very cosy.

Если после конструкции there is (there are) стоит неисчисляемое существительное или существитель­ное во множественном числе, вместо опущенного неопределенного артикля часто (не обязательно) употребляется слово some.

Артикль 15

Упражнение 13

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. There is ... park behind ... hospital. There are ... beautiful ... trees in ... park. 2. There is ... good ... film on TV this ... evening. I am going to watch it. 3. There is ... library between ... school and ... bank. There are ... English and German books in this ... library. 4. There is ... sofa in ... corner of ... room. 5. There are ... cushions on ... sofa. 6. There are ... books on ... shelf. Give me ... book, please.

7. Look into ... refrigerator. What can you see on ...

shelves? - There is ... butter in ... butter dish.

There is ... sausage, but there is no ... cheese. There

are ... eggs and ... apples. There is ... orange, ...

lemon, and ... jam in ... little vase. 8. There is ...

juice in this ... cup. May I drink ... juice? 9. There

are ... girls in ... yard, but I can see no ... boys.

Where are ... boys? - Oh, all ... boys are playing

football at... stadium. 10. There is ... peculiar charm

in her ... voice.

Упражнение 14

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Where is ... bus station? - ... bus station is next to ... gas station. 2. There are two ... pets in ... house: ... cat and ... dog. 3. There is ... TV antenna on ... roof. 4. There is ... mailbox between ... build­ing and ... bus stop. 5. There is ... big ... dog in ... front of ... fireplace. 6. Do you speak English at ... work or at... school? 7. She had ... bad ... day today.

8. I have ... colour TV set. ... TV set is on ... little

table in ... corner of ... room. 9. There is ... book,

... pen, and ... paper on my ... writing desk. 10. My

... brother is ... teacher. He works at ... school. He

16 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

has ... very good books. His ... books are in ... big bookcase. 11. There is ... tea in my ... glass. There is no ... tea in my ... friend's ... glass. His ... glass is empty. 12. Where is ... coffee table in your ... room? - ... coffee table is in ... front of ... sofa. There is ... cup on ... coffee table and ... newspa­pers. There is ... coffee in ... cup. 13. There are ... photographs on ... sofa. 14. There is ... guitar on ... chair near ... piano.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

in the morning in the evening

in the afternoon at s night

А также:

to go to ± bed to go to • school

to go to s work

Упражнение 15

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Every day my ... brother and I get up at eight o'clock and walk to ... school. I like ... school. It's ... fun. My ... brother loves ... football. He hates ... homework. So he doesn't like to go to ... school. Will he go to ... work in ... future? 2. My ... friend has to get up early in ... morning because he goes to ... school. That's why he usually goes to ... bed early in ... evening. 3. ... weather was very bad in ... morn­ing yesterday. ... sky was grey and it was raining. But in ... middle of ... day ... weather began to change. ... rain stopped and ... sun appeared from behind ... clouds. In ... afternoon it was very warm.

Артикль 17

I did not want to stay at ... home and went into ... yard. There were ... boys and ... girls in ... yard. We played in ... yard till late in ... evening. When I came ... home, I drank ... tea, ate ... sandwich and went to ... bed at once. I slept very well at ... night.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

at s half past five at a quarter past five

to go s home to come s home

to leave S home for S work (for S school)

Упражнение 16

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. My brother is ... pupil. He goes to ... school. He goes to ... school in ... morning. He has five or six ... lessons every day. In ... afternoon he goes ... home. At ... home he does his ... homework. In ... evening he reads ... books. He usually goes to ... bed at ... half past ten. At ... night he sleeps. 2. My fa­ther goes to ... work in ... morning and comes ... home in ... evening. 3. I get up at ... half past seven in ... morning and go to ... bed at ... quarter to eleven in ... evening. 4. When does your mother leave ... home for ... work? - She leaves ... home for ... work at ... quarter past eight. 5. When do you leave ... home for ... school? - I leave ... home for ... school at ... half past ... eight. 6. What do you do when you come ... home from ... school? - I do my ... homework, talk to my ... friends on ... phone and go for ... walks. I often listen to ... music. I like ... jazz best.

18 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Перед названиями месяцев и дней недели артикль не употребляется.

School begins in •{_ September. We rest on s Sunday.

Перед порядковыми числительными обычно упот­ребляется определенный артикль.

Our classroom is on the second floor. Today is the tenth of May.

Упражнение 17

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. We always go to ... Russian Museum on ... Sun­day. 2. On ... Saturday she usually goes to ... Phil­harmonic. 3. In ... August he has his ... birthday. He is planning to have ... nice party with his ... friends. 4. There are three rooms and ... kitchen in our new flat. 5. My new dress is made of ... silk. 6. If you want to write something on ... blackboard, you must have ... piece of ... chalk. 7. Are there any pupils in ... classroom? 8. I have ... new English book. ... book is very interesting. 9. There is ... gar­den in ... front of our school. ... garden is not large, but it is very nice. 10. ... May is ... fifth month of the year. 11. ... Saturday is ... sixth day of the week. 12. ... Sunday is ... day off. 13. Today is ... ninth of ... May. Anton has got ... new mobile phone. He is going to make ... phone call to his ... grandfather. 14. This is ... nice place. In ... June we are going there for ... holiday.

Артикль 19

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

after s work after s school

from s work from •/_ school

Упражнение 18

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. My friends live in ... small town. It is ... new town. ... streets in ... town are broad and straight. There are ... beautiful buildings in them. ... town is very green, and so ... air is fresh. There are ... beau­tiful parks and gardens in ... town. ... people like to go there after ... work. In ... evening you can hear ... sounds of ... music from ... parks. There are ... schools, ... libraries, ... supermarket, ... hospital, ... theatre, ... cinemas, ... clinics and ... kindergartens in ... town. 2. This is ... classroom. ... classroom is large and light. 3. There is ... picture on ... wall. 4. What is ... date today? It is ... seventh of ... De­cember. 5. ... third lesson today is ... lesson of En­glish. 6. Pete, go to ... blackboard. 7. After ... school I usually go ... home. 8. My father always comes from ... work late: at eight o'clock or at ... half past eight. But on ... Friday he comes ... home early: at half past four or at ... quarter to five. On ... Satur­day and on ... Sunday he does not go to ... work.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

to have (cook, make, prepare) ■{_ breakfast

•/_ lunch •/_ tea •" dinner Ssupper

20 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Упражнение 19

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

I go to ... school in ... morning, so I get up early. I usually get up at ... quarter past seven. I go to ... bathroom, turn on ... water and wash my face and hands. My father and mother also get up early in ... morning. My mother works at ... office. She is ... typist. My father is ... doctor. He works at ... hos­pital. We have ... breakfast in ... kitchen. We eat ... porridge and ... eggs. We drink ... tea. My father and mother leave ... home for ... work at... half past eight. My father goes to ... hospital, and my mother goes to ... office. I don't leave ... home with my par­ents: ... school where I study is near our house. I leave ... home for ... school at ... quarter to nine. My granny stays at ... home and cooks ... dinner. I have ... lunch at ... school after ... third lesson. My father and mother have ... lunch at ... work. When we come ... home, we have ... dinner.

Упражнение 20

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Every day my husband goes to ... work, my son goes to ... school and I go to ... institute. 2. There is ... new school at ... corner of our street. 3. My daughter came ... home from ... school on ... Mon­day and said to me, "There will be ... parents' meet­ing on ... tenth of February at six o'clock in ... evening." 4. ... teacher told us ... very interesting story at ... lesson. 5. When ... bell rang, ... pupils went into ... classroom. 6. We are usually at ... school from nine o'clock in ... morning till two o'clock in ... afternoon. 7. We don't go to ... school on ... Sunday.

Артикль 21

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

after S breakfast before S breakfast

after s lunch before s lunch

after s tea before S tea

after *f dinner before s dinner

after S supper before S supper

at s breakfast for • breakfast

at •/_ lunch for s lunch

at • tea for • tea

at •/_ dinner for • dinner

at s supper for ^ supper

Упражнение 21

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. What do you do after ... breakfast? - After ... breakfast I go to ... school. 2. My granny likes to read ... book after ... lunch. 3. ... people usually have ... breakfast in ... morning. They have ... dinner in... afternoon. In ... evening ... people have ... supper. 4. There is a proverb: "After ... dinner sleep awhile, after ... supper walk ... mile." 5. Who cooks ... din­ner in your family? 6. Yesterday father told us ... very interesting story at ... breakfast. 7. What did you have for ... lunch at ... school on ... Wednes­day? - We had ... salad and ... tea. 8. My mother never has ... supper with ... family because she does not like to eat in ... evening. 9. When do you clean your teeth in ... morning: before ... breakfast or af­ter ... breakfast?

22 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

23

Упражнение 22

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. For ... breakfast I have ... coffee with ... milk and ... sugar. I have ... jam, too. There are ... dif­ferent things on ... dinner table. There is ... bread, ... butter and ... ham. There are ... cups and ... glasses there. There is ... jug on ... table. ... milk in ... jug is hot. There is ... teapot on ... table. There is ... tea in ... teapot. ... tea is hot, too. There are ... plates, ... forks and ... knives on ... table. 2. ... lamp is on ... table. 3. There is ... lamp on ... table. 4. Is there ... lamp on ... table? 5. Is ... lamp on ... table? 6. Is there ... clock on ... wall? 7. There are two ... shelves on ... wall. 8. Where are ... shelves? - ... shelves are on ... wall. 9. They have ... large flat. There are ... four rooms in ... flat. 10. Is ... newspa­per on ... table? 11. Is there ... newspaper on ... ta­ble? 12. There is ... butter on ... plate. 13. Where is ... butter? - ... butter is on ... little plate. 14. There is ... white and ... brown bread on ... table.

Запомните следующее устойчивое словосочетание:

to watch s TV

Упражнение 23

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Pete has ... small family. He has ... father and ... mother. He has no ... brother, but he has ... sis­ter. His sister is ... pupil. She is ... good girl. She has ... many Russian books, but she has no ... En-

glish books. 2. There is ... writing desk in ... room. ... writing desk is good. There is ... lamp on ... writ­ing desk. 3. My uncle has ... large family. They are six in ... family. 4. My father is ... engineer. He works at ... big factory. 5. We have ... good library. Our books are in ... big bookcase. 6. Is your ... sis­ter married? 7. What do you do after ... breakfast?

• I go to ... school. 8. When do you come ... home?

• I come ... home at ... half past two. 9. Do you like to watch ... TV in ... evening? 10. He watches ... television all day. I never do it. I can't watch ... TV very often. But tonight I can spend ... evening in ... front of ... box, because there is ... very in­teresting ... film on. It is "My Fair Lady" with Rex Harrison and Audrey Hepburn. I love it.

Упражнение 24

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. My ... aunt and my ... uncle are ... doctors. They work at ... hospital. They get up at seven o'clock in ... morning. They go to ... bed at eleven o'clock. 2. I work in ... morning and in ... afternoon. I don't work in ... evening. I sleep at ... night. 3. When do you leave ... home for ... school? - I leave ... home at ... quarter past eight in ... morn­ing. 4. What does your mother do after ... break­fast? - She goes to ... work. 5. Is there ... sofa in your ... living room? - Yes, there is ... cosy little ... sofa in ... living room. - Where is ... sofa? - It is in ... corner of ... room to ... left of ... door. I like to sit on this ... sofa in ... front of ... TV set in ... evening. 6. There is ... nice coffee table near ... win­dow. There are ... newspapers on ... coffee table. 7. There is ... tea in ... glass. 8. When do you watch

24 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

... TV? - I watch ... TV in ... evening. We have ... large colour TV set in our ... room. There is ... beau­tiful vase on ... TV set. There are ... flowers in ... vase. 9. I have ... large writing desk in ... study. There is ... paper on ... writing desk. My ... books and ... exercise books are on ... writing desk, too.

Упражнение 25

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

My friend's ... flat is very comfortable. There are ... three rooms in ... flat: ... living room, ... study and ... bedroom. ... living room is not very large. ... walls in ... living room are blue. There are ... pic­tures on ... walls. There is ... table in ... middle of ... room with some chairs around it. To ... left of ... door there is ... sofa. Near ... sofa there are ... two large armchairs. They are very comfortable. There is ... piano in my friend's living room. ... piano is to ... right of ... door. ... bedroom and ... study are small. ... furniture in ... flat is brown.

Если перед существительным стоит вопроситель­ное или относительное местоимение, артикль опускается.

• E.g. What • colour is your cat?

I want to know what • book you are reading.

Упражнение 26

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. What ... colour is your new ... hat? - It's ... red. 2. Is there ... refrigerator in your ... kitchen?

Артикль 25

3. Where is ... refrigerator in your ... kitchen? - It is in ... corner of ... kitchen. 4. There are ... flow­ers in our ... living room. ... flowers are in ... beau­tiful vase. 5. I have ... tea in my ... cup. 6. He has no ... coffee in his ... cup. 7. What ... book did you borrow from ... library on ... Tuesday? 8. I have ... books, ... exercise books and ... pens in my ... bag. 9. I am ... engineer. I work at ... office. I go to ... office in ... morning. As ... office is far from ... house I live in, I take ... bus to get there. 10. What ... bus do you take to get to ... work? 11. Whose ... pen is this? 12. What ... colour is your ... new ... T-shirt? - It's ... white. 13. She is going to ... music shop to buy ... cassette. - What ... cassette is she going to buy? 14. That's ... man whose ... com­puter was stolen last night.

Упражнение 27

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Here is ... large window. Through ... window we can see ... room. Opposite ... window there is ... door. On ... door there is ... curtain. In ... corner of ... room there is ... round table. On it we can see ... books and ... telephone. There is ... bookshelf over ... table. On ... bookshelf we can see ... newspapers and ... book by ... Jack London. There are ... two ... pictures in ... room. One ... picture is small, ... other picture is very large. There are ... two bookcases in ... room. ... bookcases are full of ... books. There is ... large sofa in ... room. On ... sofa we can see ... bag. Whose ... bag is that? There is no ... bed in ... room. On ... small table near ... window there are ... flowers and ... glass of ... water. In ... front of ... window we can see ... armchair.

26 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль 27

Перед названиями наук, учебных предметов и язы­ков¹ артикль не употребляется.

•E.g. He studies •chemistry. I speak • English.

Упражнение 28

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. ... English is ... world language. 2. I study ... English. I attend ... English classes in ... evening. On ... days when I have no ... classes, I stay at ... home and do some work about ... house. I have ... dinner with my ... family. After ... dinner I talk to ... members of my ... family, watch ... TV and read ... books, ... newspapers and ... magazines. I go to ... bed late at ... night. 3. I am thirsty. Give me ... water, please. 4. There is ... book on ... table. Give me ... book, please. 5. I enjoy listening to ... music but I don't really like ... music that that man plays on his ... guitar. 6. What did you have for ... lunch? - I only had ... tuna sandwich. 7. He is ... wonder­ful ... teacher. He teaches ... history.

Упражнение 29

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. When my grandfather was ... young man, he studied ... physics. 2. Do you speak ... Spanish? 3. My uncle is ... great specialist in ... biology. 4. ...

¹ Если после названия языка не стоит слово "language". В противном случае употребляется определенный артикль. Е. g. S_ Chinese is difficult.

The Chinese language is difficult.

Japanese is more difficult than ... French. 5. We listened to ... very interesting lecture on ... English literature yesterday. 6. Yesterday at ... lesson of ... geography ... teacher told us ... very interesting things about ... famous travellers. 7. My father speaks ... English and ... French, but he does not speak ... German. 8. We had ... lesson of ... math­ematics yesterday. We wrote ... paper in ... mathematics. ... teacher said, "I shall correct ... pa­pers in ... evening. Tomorrow you will know ... re­sults".

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

to play •£_ chess to play the piano

to play «f football to play the guitar

out of s doors

Упражнение 30

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. My ... name is Charlie. I come from ... pretty big ... family. I have two ... brothers and ... sister. I am ... oldest and my ... sister is ... youngest; she plays ... violin really well and wants to be ... profes­sional ... musician. She has other ... hobbies, too, and she often goes swimming with her ... friends if ... weather is nice. 2. Do you play ... piano? 3. There is ... big black piano in our living room. It is at ... wall to ... left of ... door opposite ... sideboard. My mother likes to play ... piano. She often plays ... pi­ano in ... evening. 4. ... boys like to play ... foot­ball. 5. What do you do in ... evening? - I often play ... chess with my grandfather. 6. Where are ...

28 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

29

children? - Oh, they are out of ... doors. ... weather is fine today. They are playing ... badminton in ... yard. 7. What... games does your sister like to play? - She likes to play ... tennis. 8. Do you like to play ... guitar? 9. What ... colour is your guitar?

Запомните, что перед обращением артикль опускается:

• E.g. What are you doing, s children?

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

in a loud voice in a thin voice

in a low voice in a tiny voice

in an angry voice in a trembling voice

in a high voice in a weak voice

in a kind voice in a ... voice

Упражнение 31

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

It was ... hot day. ... sun was shining brightly in ... blue sky. ... wolf and ... lamb met at ... stream. ... water in ... stream was cool and clear. ... wolf saw that ... lamb was fat and wanted to eat it. He began to shout, "You, ... fool, you are making ... water dirty!" ... lamb was afraid. It looked at... wolf and said in ... thin voice, "But, ... Mr. Wolf, I can­not make ... water dirty for you from ... place where I am standing, because ... stream runs from you to me." "Stop talking!" shouted ... wolf in ... angry

voice. "I know you! I met you six months ago, and you were very rude to me." "You are wrong, ... Mr. Wolf," cried ... lamb, "you could not have met me six months ago: I am only four ... months old." "Never mind," said ... wolf, "if it wasn't you, it was your brother." And with these ... words he seized ... poor lamb and carried it into ... wood.

Запомните, что перед превосходной степенью при­лагательных употребляется определенный артикль:

• E.g. Asia is the largest continent.

My brother is the best pupil in his class.

Упражнение 32

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Bill Robins was ... very rich man. He was ... richest man in ... village. 2. Pete is ... tallest boy in our class. Nick is ... shortest boy, but he is very ... strong. He is ... stronger than many boys who are ... taller than he. I think Nick is ... strongest boy in ... class. 3. Granny often tells us ... long stories. Today her story was still ... longer. It was ... long­est story. She began telling it after ... dinner and finished only before ... supper. But... story was very interesting. I think it was ... most interesting of Granny's stories. 4. Which was ... most difficult exercise in ... paper? 5. Which is ... best season of the year? 6. February is ... shortest month of the year. 7. Do you know ... longest river in our coun­try? 8. In ... May ... days are ... longer than in ... April.

30 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

31

Запомните правила употребления артикля с географическими названиями:

Определенный артикль употребляется перед назва­ниями рек, каналов, морей, заливов, проливов, океа­нов, архипелагов, горных цепей.

Артикль не употребляется перед названиями озер, отдельных горных вершин, отдельных островов, го­родов, стран, континентов.

Исключения:

the United States of America

the United Kingdom of Great Britain and

Northern Ireland the Netherlands the Ukraine the Crimea the Congo

Упражнение 33

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1.... Moscow is situated on ... Moscow River. ... Moscow is a river that moves very slowly. There is ... canal called ... Moscow-Volga Canal which joins ... Moscow to ... Volga. ... Volga runs into ... Cas­pian Sea. 2. Several rivers run into ... sea at ... New York. ... most important is ... Hudson River which empties into ... Atlantic Ocean. Besides ... Hudson there are ... two other rivers: ... East River and ... Harlem River. 3. In ... Siberia there are many long rivers: ... Ob, ... Irtysh, ... Yenissei, ... Lena and ... Amur. 4. ... Altai Mountains are ... higher than ... Urals. 5. There is ... splendid ... view of ... Lake Ge­neva from this hotel. 6. My ... friends have travelled a lot. This ... year they are going to fly to ... Canary Islands. 7. Which river flows through ... London? -

... Thames. 8. Of which country is ... Washington ... capital? - ... United States. 9. ... United King­dom consists of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 10. Chicago is on ... Lake Michigan.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

in the north to the north

in toe south to toe south

in toe east to toe east

in toe west to toe west

Упражнение 34

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. ... Russia occupies ... eastern half of ... Eu­rope and ... northern third of ... Asia. 2. ... climate of ... northern part of ... Russia is severe. 3. This winter is ... true Russian winter with ... hard frosts. 4. It is warm in ... Crimea and ... Caucasus. 5. ... Washington is ... capital of ... United States of America. 6. I want to go to ... New York some day. 7. ... best way to know and understand ... people of ... other countries is to meet them in their own homes. 8. Is ... Australia ... island or ... continent?

9. ... Red Sea is between ... Africa and ... Asia.

10. There are seven continents on ... Earth. 11. ...

France is to ... north of ... Italy.

Упражнение 35

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. ... Neva flows into ... Gulf of ... Finland. 2. ... Pacific Ocean is very deep. 3. ... Urals are not very

ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

high. 4. ... Kazbek is ... highest peak of ... Cauca­sus. 5. ... Alps are covered with ... snow. 6. ... Shet­land Islands are situated to ... north of ... Great Britain. 7. ... USA is ... largest country in ... America. 8. ... Crimea is washed by ... Black Sea.

9. ... Lake Baikal is ... deepest lake in ... world.

10. ... Paris is ... capital of ... France.

11. Lomonosov was born in ... small village on ...

shore of ... White Sea. 12. Gogol was born in ...

Ukraine in 1809. 13. ... Caucasus separates ... Black

Sea from ... Caspian Sea. 14. ... Europe and ...

America are separated by ... Atlantic Ocean. 15. ...

Baltic Sea is stormy in winter. 16. There are many

small islands in ... Pacific Ocean. 17. ... North Sea

separates ... British Isles from ... Europe. 18. ... Bal­

kans are old mountains. 19. ... Nile flows across ...

northeastern part of ... Africa to ... Mediterranean

Sea. 20. Which are ... highest mountains in ...

Russia?

Упражнение 36

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. ... Thames is ... short river. 2. ... Russia is washed by ... Arctic Ocean in ... north. 3. Kiev is to ... south of ... Moscow. 4. ... Europe is ... continent. 5. ... Moscow is ... capital of ... Russia. 6. Is ... Asia ... island or ... continent? 7. ... Black Sea is in ... south of our country. 8. ... White Sea is in ... north of our country. 9. This is ... map of ... world. Can you read ... map? What can you see on ... map? What ... colour are ... valleys on ... map? 10. Petrov is ... architect. He is ... experienced architect. He is in ... Far East. He has ... wife. His wife is ... typist. They have ... son and ... daughter. 11. ... Philippines are situated to ... southeast of ... Asia.

Артикль 33

Упражнение 37

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. This is ... pen. It is ... good pen. ... pen is black. It is on ... table. 2. I have got ... dog. ... dog's name is Spot. He is ... big grey dog. ... dog is very strong. 3. My friend has ... sister. Her name is Ann. ... girl is ... pupil. 4. We have ... picture in ... living room. ... picture is very good. It is on ... wall. 5. ... Irish Sea is between ... Great Britain and ... Ireland. 6. There is ... map on ... wall of ... classroom. It is ... map of ... world. There are many seas and lakes on ... map. This is ... Mediterranean Sea and that is ... Red Sea. These are ... Himalayas. They are ... highest mountains in ... world. 7. We live in ... St. Petersburg. ... St. Petersburg is ... very large city. It is one of ... largest cities in ... Russia. 8. My brother is ... doctor. His flat is in ... centre of ... city. It is in ... new house. There are three rooms in ... flat. ... living room is .. largest of all. It is ... nice light room. There are ... pictures on ... walls. There is ... round table in ... middle of ... room. There is ... sofa at ... wall with ... large thick carpet in ... front of it. ... study and ... bedroom are small, but very comfortable.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

to have a good time from s morning till s night all o£ day long a lot of

2 Ю. Голицынский

34 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

35

Упражнение 38

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Did you have ... good time in the country? - Oh, yes. ... weather was fine. We were out of ... doors from ... morning till ... night. We played ... football, ... volleyball and ... other games. We came ... home late at ... night and went to ... bed at once. 2. Look at ... clock! It is ... quarter past ten. Go to ... bed at once. 3. ... sun rises in ... east and sets in ... west. 4. We spent last summer in ... Ukraine, in ... little village on ... bank of ... big river with ... very warm water. There was ... wood on ... other side of ... river. We often went to ... wood and gathered ... lot of ... mushrooms. 5. My friend likes to play ... chess. He is ready to play ... chess all ... day long. He is ... best chess player in our school.

Перед названиями университетов артикль не употребляется.

• E.g. I shall study at s St. Petersburg University.

My grandfather graduated

from s Oxford University.

Упражнение 39

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Teckle comes from ... very old country on ... Nile. It is called ... Ethiopia. ... Ethiopia is ... beau­tiful mountainous country. Teckle is ... young man. He wants to become ... engineer. He is very happy to be ... student of ... St. Petersburg University. He

spends ... lot of time at ... library reading and stud­ying different subjects. Very often in ... evening his new friends and he walk about ... city talking about their native countries. 2. Galina lives in ... Ukraine. She lives in ... small village near ... Odessa. She is ... librarian. She always has ... lot of ... work. Gali­na wants to enter ... Moscow University and now she is preparing for ... entrance exams. 3. My friend lives in ... America. He is ... student. He studies ... history at ... Harvard University. 4. Every year, thousands of ... students come to ... Cambridge from overseas to study ... English. Use, ... German student, graduated from ... Cambridge University two ... years ago.

Упражнение 40

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

When we want to write ... letter, we take ... piece of ... paper and ... pen. We first write our ... ad­dress and ... date in ... right-hand corner. Then on ... left-hand side we write ... greeting. We may write, for instance, "My dear brother," "Dear Hen­ry," etc., and then on ... next line we begin ... body of ... letter. We must not forget to leave ... ;background: #ffffff; line-height: 0.15in"> Запомните следующее устойчивое словосочетание:

What's the use?

ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль 37

Упражнение 41

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Once there lived ... man who was very fond of ... gold. He used to say, "While I have my gold, I am ... happiest man in ... world." And so all his life he saved ... money. One day he was travelling in ... desert of ... North Africa. He lost his way. He had no ... food or ... water. He was almost dying of ... hunger. He was so weak that he could not walk, he could only crawl. ... heat was terrible. There were only ... stones and ... sand around. Just then he saw ... bag lying on ... sand. He hoped that he would find ... food in it and ... water, too. He crawled up to ... bag and opened it. He saw that ... bag was full of ... gold. What is ... use of ... gold to ... hungry man in ... desert? He left ... bag on ... hot sand, crying bit­terly, "I am ... most unhappy man in ... world."

theatre, but I am very busy. I work from ... morn­ing till ... night. I even have no ... time to play ... piano. 4. Oleg has ... lot of ... interesting books at ... home. 5. ... lot of ... tourists from ... different countries come to ... St. Petersburg. They want to see one of ... most beautiful cities in ... world. 6. My new friend said to me, "I am ... student in ... first year at Harvard." 7. We went to ... cinema in ... evening. 8. What ... foreign languages does your father speak? - He speaks ... English. He studied ... English at ... school. 9. I am interested in ... his­tory. 10. We played ... tennis at ... lesson of ... physical training yesterday. We had ... good time. 11. Did you go for ... walk yesterday? - No, we didn't. ... weather was bad, and we went to ... cine­ma. 12. What are your friends doing? - Mary is playing ... piano. Tom and Nick are playing ... chess.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

to the cinema at the cinema

to the theatre at the theatre

to the shop at the shop

to the market at the market

to go for a walk

Упражнение 42

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Let's go to ... shop. I must buy ... bread and ... milk. 2. I was at ... cinema yesterday. - What ... film did you see? - Oh, I saw ... very good film. I think it is ... best film of ... year. 3. Do you often go to ... theatre? - No, I don't. I like to go to ...

Упражнение 43

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Three men came to ... New York for ... holiday. They came to ... very large hotel and took ... room there. Their room was on ... forty-fifth floor. In ... evening ... friends went to ... theatre and came back to ... hotel very late. "I am very sorry," said ... clerk of ... hotel, "but ... lifts do not work tonight. If you don't want to walk up to your room, we shall make ... beds for you in ... hall." "No, no," said one of ... friends, "no, thank you. We don't want to sleep in ... hall. We shall walk up to our room." Then he turned to his friends and said, "It is not easy to walk up to ... forty-fifth floor, but we shall make it easier. On ... way to ... room I shall tell you some jokes; then you, Andy, will sing us some songs; then you, Peter, will tell us some interesting stories." So they

38 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

39

began walking up to their room. Tom told them many jokes; Andy sang some songs. At last they came to ... thirty-sixth floor. They were tired and decided to have ... rest. "Well," said Tom, "now it is your turn, Peter. After all ... jokes, I would like to hear ... sad story. Tell us ... long and interesting story with ... sad end." "... story which I am going to tell you," said Peter, "is sad enough. We left ... key to our room in ... hall."

... morning Swift asked ... servant why he had not cleaned ... boots. "What's ... use cleaning ... boots now?" said ... servant. "... roads are muddy, and ... boots will soon be dirty again." "All right," said ... writer. "Let's go. We must continue ... journey." "But I haven't had ... breakfast," said ... displeased servant. "Well, what's ... use giving you ... break­fast now?" said Swift. "You will soon be hungry again."

Запомните следующие конструкции:

The famous English writer Dickens lived in the 19th century.

Dickens, a famous English writer, lived in the 19th century.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

on S horseback on •/ board a ship

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

in • fact the same

Запомните употребление артикля в восклицатель­ных предложениях, начинающихся со слова what:

What a good boy! What a long story! What a day!

Упражнение 44

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Swift, ... famous English writer, was travelling one day on ... horseback with his servant. ... weather was bad, it was raining, and ... roads were muddy. In ... evening the two¹ men came to ... inn. Before going to ... bed Swift told his servant to clean his boots. But ... servant was lazy and did not do it. In

¹ Обратите внимание на употребление определенного артик­ля перед количественным числительным. В этом случае опре­деленный артикль имеет значение "эти"; "эти двое мужчин"; "эти два человека".

Упражнение 45

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

In ... small town in ... East there was once ... man who had ... parrot. ... parrot was taught to say ... words, "There is no doubt about it." It used to re­peat these words all ... day long. Every time it was asked ... question, it gave ... same answer, "There is no doubt about it." One day ... man decided to sell ... bird; so he put ... parrot into ... cage and went to ... market with it. "Twenty pounds for ... very clever parrot!" he cried. ... man who was passing by heard this and turned to ... parrot. "Are you worth twenty pounds?" he asked. "There is no doubt about it!"

ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

41

answered ... parrot. "What ... clever parrot!" said ... man and bought ... bird. He took ... parrot home and invited his friends to look at ... clever bird. ... friends came and looked at ... parrot and talked to it. Now you must know that ... man was not rich. In ... fact, he was often short of ... money. So ... week or two later, sitting in ... armchair and looking at ... parrot, he said, "What... fool I was to throw away such ... lot of ... money!" "There is no doubt about it!" cried ... parrot. And this time ... bird was right.

Упражнение 46

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

... train stopped at ... little station. ... passenger looked out of the window of ... train carriage and saw ... woman selling ... cakes. ... man had not had ... breakfast in ... morning. He was hungry and wanted to buy ... cake. ... woman was standing rather far from ... carriage. ... man did not want to go and buy ... cake himself because he was afraid to miss ... train. He saw ... boy who was walking along ... platform near ... carriage. He called ... boy and asked him, "How much does ... cake cost?" "Three­pence, sir," answered ... boy. ... man gave him a six­pence and said, "Bring me ... cake, and with ... other threepence buy ... cake for yourself." ... boy took ... money and went to ... woman. A few minutes later ... boy returned. He was eating ... cake. He gave ... man threepence change and said, "... woman had only one cake, sir."

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

it's •{_ high time to take • care of

to take s aim such a ...

Упражнение 47

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

... crow once said to her children, "It's ... high time for you to look for ... food." With these words she turned them out of ... nest and took them to ... field. But ... crow's children did not like ... idea. "We'd rather go back to ... nest," they cried. "It's so nice when you bring ... food to us!" "Indeed!" said their mother. "You are big enough to feed your­selves. My mother turned me out of ... nest when I was much younger, and I had to take ... care of myself." "But... people will kill us with their guns," said ... young crows. "No ... fear of that," answered their mother. "Before ... people shoot, they take ... aim, and that takes ... time. When you see ... man raising ... gun to his face, you must just fly away." "That's ... simple thing to do," said ... children, "but supposing ... man or ... boy wants to throw ... stone at us: in such ... case he won't have to take ... aim." "Well, then he will have to bend down to pick up ... stone," said ... crow. "But what if he carries ... stone in his hand ready?" "Why, if you are clever enough to think of that," said ... mother, "you are clever enough to take ... care of yourselves." And she flew away leaving ... young crows in ... field.

Упражнение 48

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

... Russia is such ... large country that when it is night in one part of ... country, it is day in another part, when it is winter in one part of ... country, it is already summer in another. Imagine it is ... be­ginning of ... May now. It is spring in ... St. Petersburg. ... weather is fine. It is still cool at...

42 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

43

night, but it is quite warm in ... afternoon. It some­times rains, but ... rain is warm, too. ... ground is covered with ... soft green grass, and ... trees are covered with ... green leaves. But while it is spring in St. Petersburg, it is still winter in ... north of our country at ... beginning of ... May. Here it is cold and sometimes frosty, ... rivers and ... seas are cov­ered with ... ice. ... ice does not melt in some places even in summer. ... ground is covered with ... deep snow. In ... south of our country ... weather is quite different. It is already summer in ... Cauca­sus. It is much warmer than in St. Petersburg. It is sometimes even hot. ... sky is usually cloudless and it seldom rains here. People wear ... summer clothes.

Упражнение 49

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Is this ... interesting book? Is this ... very in­teresting book? Is this ... very interesting book you have spoken about so much? It is such ... interest­ing book. Is it ... same book you have recommended to us? 2. She is ... teacher. She is ... good teacher. She is ... teacher of our school. She is ... teacher of ... English. Here is ... teacher, ask her about... ques­tions which interest you. 3. There is ... word in ... text which I cannot understand. There is ... very difficult word, too, which I cannot pronounce. Here is ... word I was looking up in the dictionary. This word is ... adverb. 4. ... first men were vegetarians. 5. Serfdom was abolished in ... Russia in ... 19th century. 6. Columbus, who discovered ... America, was ... native of ... Genoa. 7. ... Rome is ... ancient town. 8. ... Ireland, ... Scotland and ... Wales are

parts of ... United Kingdom. 9. What is ... name of ... ocean between ... America and ... Asia? - ... Pa­cific. 10. Last summer I visited ... Switzerland and ... Germany. 11. ... Amsterdam is ... capital of ... Netherlands.

Упражнение 50

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Once there lived ... king. His name was Midas. He had ... little daughter. They lived in ... beautiful palace with ... wonderful garden around it. Now ... king was very fond of ... gold. He loved ... gold more than anything else in ... world. One day, when ... king was looking at his gold, ... young man appeared before him. "You are ... very rich man, Midas," said ... young man. "Yes," said ... king, "but I would like to be richer. I would like to have ... golden touch. I want everything that I touch to turn into ... gold." ... young man was ... magician, and he gave ... king ... golden touch which he wanted to have. ... king was very happy. He touched ... table, and ... table became gold. He went into ... garden. There were ... beautiful roses in ... garden. He touched ... roses, and they also became gold. ... king's daughter, who loved ... roses very much, saw it and began to cry. "Don't cry, ... dear daughter," said ... king and touched his daughter's head. ... next moment ... girl turned into ... beautiful gold statue.

Запомните следующее устойчивое словосочетание:

The fact is (was) that ...

44 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Обратите внимание на употребление артикля со словом other (другой):

another - другой (неопределенный), какой-то дру­гой, еще один (во множественном числе или перед неисчиспяемым существительным - other);

the other - другой (определенный), тот другой, другой из двух.

Упражнение 51

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

... group of ... farmers were sitting in ... village house, and among ... other things they began talk­ing about ... echoes. One of ... farmers said that there was ... wonderful echo in ... field near his farm where there was ... large group of ... trees. All ... other farmers said that they would like to hear ... echo, and ... farmer invited them to come ... next afternoon. But ... fact was that ... farmer did not really have ... echo he had told ... other farmers about. So when he came ... home, he sent for ... son of ... cook and told him to go to ... field, hide him­self among ... trees and imitate everything that was said. ... next day ... other farmers came, and ... farmer took them to ... field to listen to ... wonder­ful echo. When they were in ... field, he shouted at ... top of his voice, "Are you there?" The answer came back, "Yes, I've been here for two hours!"

Упражнение 52

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

It was ... nice summer day. ... weather was fine, ... sun was shining in ... blue sky, ... air was fra-

Артикль 45

grant with ... smell of ... grass and ... flowers. ... dog which was running about ... streets of ... little town saw ... butcher's ... stall with ... lot of ... meat. ... dog cautiously approached ... stall and, when ... butcher turned away to talk to ... woman, quickly seized ... big piece of ... meat and ran away with it. On ... way home ... dog had to cross ... stream by ... narrow bridge. As he was crossing, he looked down into ... stream and saw his reflection in ... water. He thought it was ... other dog with ... other piece of ... meat. He snapped at ... reflection and dropped his own piece of ... meat. That's how ... dog was pun­ished for ... greediness.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

at • sunrise at • sunset

in the country in s town

to the country to s town

by s bus by •{_ tram by ± train by • car

Упражнение 53

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

On ... Sunday our family went to ... country. We got up at ... sunrise and quickly had ... breakfast. After ... breakfast we left ... home. There is ... lit­tle village not far from ... St. Petersburg where we have ... friends. We went there by ... train. We had ... very good time in ... country. ... weather was fine, ... sky was blue and ... sun was shining. We stayed out of ... doors all ... day long. We played ... volley­ball and ... tennis. We returned to ... town late in

46 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

47

... evening. When we came ... home, we had ... sup­per and went to ... bed at once.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

in *f spring in s autumn

in S summer in £ winter

Упражнение 54

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Look at ... sky. It is covered with ... dark clouds. Let's hurry ... home. 2. It was very pleasant to live in ... country in ... summer. ... weather was fine and it seldom rained. Summer is ... fine season. 3. How lovely ... night is! There are no ... clouds in ... sky and ... air is so fresh. 4. When spring comes, ... sun shines brighter, ... snow melts, ... days be­come longer. 5. Winter is ... good time for sports. 6. On ... Sunday my friend and I usually go to ... country. We ski, skate, play ... snowballs and have ... very good time. 7. ... fog is so dense that it is

difficult to walk. 8. My friend is ... very good chess

player. 9. In ... summer we lived in ... country and

went up to ... town by ... train. 10. Tomorrow is ...

Sunday. If it is too hot in ... town, we shall go to ...

country. And on ... Monday we shall come back.

11. ... Autumn is ... most beautiful ... season of ...

year.

Упражнение 55

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Last Tuesday ... evening, when ... whole family was at ... home, ... burglar came into ... house and

stole $500! When we discovered ... theft, we called ... police. Because ... burglar's ... shoes were wet and dirty, ... detective could follow his ... footprints. Here is what ... burglar did. He broke in through ... front door. It was locked, so he broke ... lock. Dad was reading ... newspaper in ... study near ... front door. He was facing ... big window, so he didn't see ... man, and because he was also listening to ... loud ... music, he didn't hear him. It was raining and there was ... thunder, so there was ... lot of ... noise outside, too. ... burglar crossed ... hall to ... kitchen. Mum was making ... pot of ... tea, so he didn't go into ... kitchen. ... man went back across ... hall and looked into ... dining room. No one was in there. He looked through all ... drawers and found $300. But this wasn't enough. He came out of ... dining room and went upstairs. Tom was doing his ... homework in his ... bedroom and listening to his ... Walkman. ... burglar went past Tom's ... room. Sally was tak­ing ... shower and singing at ... top of her ... lungs. He went into ... TV room. He opened everything but found nothing. Then he left ... TV room, went back down ... stairs and into ... kitchen. Mum was sitting in ... living room with Dad. ... burglar was very quiet! He found $200 in ... old ... teapot on ... top shelf of ... left kitchen cupboard. Then ... man went out through ... French window in ... dining room. It wasn't locked, so it was easy to get out. ... police couldn't believe it! We never heard ... burglar!

Упражнение 56

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. My brother read to me ... extract from ... book which he had brought ... day before. ... main char­acter of ... book is ... young doctor who went to ...

48 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

49

distant village in ... Siberia. 2. ... weather was very bad in ... October. 3. When he came into ... room, he saw ... man sitting on ... sofa. He at once remem­bered that it was ... man he had seen at ... theatre ... night before. 4. Yesterday I saw ... film you are speaking about. 5. He took ... taxi and gave ... ad­dress to ... driver. 6. Tower Bridge is ... first bridge over ... Thames coming from ... sea. Built in 1894, it is ... suspension bridge. ... central portion of it can be opened to admit ... ships to ... docks in this part of ... river. When ... ship arrives, ... traffic is stopped and ... great bridge opens in ... centre: its two halves go up into ... air and ... ship passes through.

cafe could speak ... French. Then ... Frenchman took ... piece of ... paper and ... pencil and drew the pic­ture of ... mushroom. ... waiter looked at ... picture and left ... room at once. Five minutes later he re­turned with ... umbrella.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

after a while

from • place to ^ place

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

It was • morning. It was • evening.

It was • daytime. It was s night.

Упражнение 57

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Once ... Frenchman was travelling in ... Sweden. He stopped at ... hotel in ... little Swedish town. It was ... evening, ... man was tired, so he went to ... bed at once. In ... morning he had ... breakfast in ... hotel restaurant. After ... breakfast he went for ... walk. He walked along ... streets of ... town, visited ... museum and ... shops. Presently he felt hungry and dropped into ... cafe for ... lunch. He sat down at ... table, called ... waiter and ordered ... mush­rooms. But ... Frenchman did not know ... Swedish and ... waiter did not know ... French. Nobody in ...

Упражнение 58

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

... guide was once showing ... group of ... rich American tourists ... places of ... interest in ... lit­tle town in ... south of ... Italy. He took ... tourists from ... place to ... place, but as ... town was small, after ... while ... guide could not think of anything that might be of ... interest to ... Americans. "Tell us something unusual about ... weather or ... climate of this place," said ... American lady to ... guide. "What can I tell her about our climate?" thought ... guide. Then he had ... idea. "Well," he said, "there is one unusual thing about our climate. One can eas­ily notice that the wind here always blows from ... west." "Really?" said ... lady in ... surprised tone, "What ... interesting thing!" But ... other tourist said, "You must be wrong. Look! ... wind is blowing from ... east now!" At ... first moment ... guide did not know what to say. But he was ... clever man and soon found ... way out. "Oh," he said, "is that so? Well, then it must be ... west wind coming back."

50 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

51

Упражнение 59

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

... English king Richard the Lion-Hearted was ... tall, strong man. He was very proud of his strength and liked to show ... people how strong he was. Once, as he was riding on ... horseback in ... countryside, his horse lost ... shoe. Luckily he was not far from ... village and soon he found ... blacksmith. "Give me ... good horseshoe," he said to ... man. ... black­smith gave ... king ... horseshoe. Richard took it in his hand and broke it in two. "This horseshoe is no good," he said, "give me ... better one." ... black­smith did not say ... word. He gave ... king ... other horseshoe, but Richard broke it, too. The blacksmith gave him a third shoe. This time Richard was satis­fied and ordered ... blacksmith to shoe his horse. When ... work was done, Richard offered ... man ... coin. ... blacksmith took ... coin between his fingers and broke it in two. Now it was Richard's turn to be surprised. He took ... larger coin out of his pocket and handed it to ... blacksmith. ... man broke it, too, saying, "This coin is no good, give me ... better one." Richard smiled and gave ... man ... gold coin.

Запомните следующее устойчивое словосочетание:

to set s sail

Упражнение 60

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

In ... fifteenth century ... people knew only three continents: ... Europe, ... Asia and ... Africa. They

knew nothing about such ... big continent as ... America. ... man who discovered ... America was born in 1451 in ... Italy. His name was Christopher Columbus. He became ... sailor at ... early age. Knowing that ... Earth was round, he decided to reach ... India sailing to ... west. He tried to arrange ... expedition, but did not have ... money, and no­body wanted to help him. At last ... king of ... Spain gave him ... money for ... expedition. He set ... sail in 1492. ... voyage was very dangerous and difficult. On ... 12th of ... October his ship reached ... land. When they landed, they saw ... strange trees and ... flowers. ... men and ... women with ... olive-coloured skins gathered around ... sailors and looked at them with ... great surprise. Columbus was sure that he had discovered ... new way to ... India. Some time later ... other sailor reached ... America. ... name of ... sailor was Amerigo Vespucci. He understood that it was ... new continent.

Упражнение 61

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. He's looking for ... plain shirt, but all ... shirts are striped. 2. I'm looking for ... pair of ... black pants. 3. She's looking for ... blouse. Polka-dot ... blouses are very popular this ... summer. 4. I bought ... new hat yesterday. ... shop assistant said it was ... latest style. 5. I want to ask you to accompany me to ... shop. I must buy ... dress. 6. Where did you buy this overcoat? - I bought it at ... big store in Nevsky Prospect on ... Tuesday. 7. My sister bought ... blue hat on ... Wednesday. ... colour suits her very nicely as she has got ... blue eyes. 8. I must buy ... pair of ... new gloves. 9. Where is ... shoe

52 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

53

department? - It is on ... third floor. 10. I think ... coat is a little tight. 11. We came to ... big store to find out if we could have ... suit made to order. 12. I don't like ... hat you have chosen. ... colour is not becoming to you. 13. Here is ... department of ready-made clothes. Let's go in and see if we can buy ... nice pair of ... trousers for you. 14. I am going to give him ... tie as ... birthday present.

Упражнение 62

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Mr. Jones was ... teacher of ... physics at ... school. He was fond of the experimental method in ... physics and often told his pupils to use this method. One day Mr. Jones came to ... school on ... new bicycle. ... bicycle had ... pair of ... pneumatic tyres, which had just been invented, and none of ... pupils had ever seen them. During ... lesson ... teacher took ... pupils into ... school yard and showed them ... new invention. "Now, ... children," he said, "who can tell me what is inside this tyre that makes it so hard and yet so elastic?" ... boys touched ... tyres. "... cotton wool," said one of them. " ... steel springs," said ... other. "Oh no," said ... teacher, "you are wrong." Suddenly ... little boy, who was standing beside ... bicycle, cried out, looking very happy, "I know what it is! There's ... wind inside." Mr. Jones smiled and said, "You are " "Well, I used ... experimental method," said ... boy, "I stuck ... nail into ... tyre, and some wind-came out of it." For ... first time in his life Mr. Jones did not like ... use of ... experimental method.

Упражнение 63

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. Everyone in our country knows Lomonosov, ... founder of ... first Russian university. 2. Nekrasov, ... famous Russian poet, described ... life of ... Rus­sian peasants. 3. I don't want to miss ... concert which will take place at ... Philharmonic on ... 15th of ... April. 4. He graduated from ... university six years ago. Now he is ... scientist. And though he is ... young scientist, his name is well known. 5. My aunt is ... teacher of ... physics. 6. Yesterday I read ... book by Dickens, ... famous English writer. 7. I am sorry, I don't know ... way to ... nearest cafe. I am ... stranger here myself. 8. ... town I was born in is on ... Volga. 9. Who is ... author of this book? 10. ... quarter of ... hour was left before ... begin­ning of ... concert. We entered ... hall and saw ... group of ... pupils of our school. We joined them.

Упражнение 64

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. During ... vacation I attended some interest­ing lectures. I remember two of ... lectures best of all. They were about ... Russian music. 2. I am sure he won't stay in ... town for ... vacation. 3. Two weeks are left before ... end of ... school year. ... ex­aminations are coming. On ... first of ... June we shall take ... exam in ... literature. 4. Today is my day off. I am going to spend ... day in ... country. 5. My brother brought ... new book yesterday. When I looked at ... title, I was very glad: it was ... book which I had wanted to get for ... long time. 6. My sis­ter is acquainted with ... actor who played ... leading part in ... play you saw yesterday. 7. What ... river

54 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

55

is ... longest in ... Europe? - Why, what ... strange question to ask! Any schoolboy can tell you that it is ... Volga. 8. I am afraid you will have ... lot of ... trouble with this business. 9. ... day was not bright yesterday. ... sky was covered with ... clouds.

Упражнение 65

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

I knew ... man who had travelled very much in his life. He had visited many ... countries in ... east and in ... west. He loved ... children and often told them ... interesting stories. I remember some of ... stories which he told me. One of ... stories was about ... adventure he had had in ... London. He was ... young man at that time and was interested in ... his­tory of ... architecture. One day he visited one of ... towers of ... Houses of ... Parliament. He came out on to ... balcony of ... tower and began to look at ... ornaments on ... walls. Then he climbed up on ... roof. Suddenly ... man came running to him and seized him by ... arm. He began shouting something in ... English, but my friend knew only a few words of ... English and did not understand him. ... En­glishman called ... policeman. ... fact was that he thought that ... Russian tourist wanted to kill him­self by jumping from ... top of ... tower. Later, when everything became clear, they laughed ... lot over it.

Упражнение 66

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

One ... day ... father and his ... rich ... family took his ... son on ... trip to ... country with ... firm

... purpose of showing him how poor ... people can be. They spent ... day and ... night at ... farm of ... very poor family. When they returned from their ... trip, ... father asked his ... son, "How was ... trip?" "Very good, Dad!" "Did you see how poor ... people can be?" ... father asked. "Yeah!" "And what did you learn?" ... son replied: "I saw that we have ... dog at ... home, and they have four. We have ... pool that reaches to ... middle of ... garden; they have ... river that has no ... end. We have ... imported lamps in ... garden; they have ... stars. Our ... pa­tio reaches to ... front yard; they have ... whole ho­rizon." When ... little boy finished speaking, his ... father was speechless. His ... son added, "Thanks, Dad, for showing me how poor we are."

Упражнение 67

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

... room in which ... boys were fed was ... large stone hall, with ... copper at one end, out of which ... cook took ... gruel which he put into each bowl at ... mealtimes. Each boy had one portion of ... gruel, and no more, and on ... Sundays they had two ounces and ... quarter of ... bread besides. ... bowls never needed washing - ... boys polished them with their spoons till they shone again. At last ... boys got so wild with ... hunger that one boy said he was afraid he would some night eat ... boy who slept next to him. ... boys believed him. ... council was held. Oliver was chosen to go up to ... cook that evening after ... supper and ask for more. ... evening arrived, and ... boys took their places. ... cook stood at ... copper. ... gruel was served out and disappeared. Then Oliver rose from ... table and advancing to ... cook, said in ... weak voice, "Please, sir, I want some

56 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

57

more." ... cook was ... healthy man, but he turned pale. "What?" said he in ... trembling voice. ... man could not believe his ears.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

to go on • strike to be on • strike

Упражнение 68

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Many years ago ... London theatre performed ... play in which there was ... great storm on the sea. In those days ... theatres had no ... machines. That is why ... manager engaged ... several boys to make ... waves of ... sea. They jumped up and down under ... big piece of ... sea-green cloth. ... boys received ... shilling ... night for their work. They worked for ... several weeks. But then ... manager decided to pay them less ... money - only sixpence ... night. So ... boys decided to go on ... strike. During ... per­formance, when ... storm began, when ... wind blew and it was raining, ... sea remained calm - there was not... single wave on it. ... angry manager lifted one corner of ... "sea" and said to ... boys, "Make ... waves, ... boys, make ... waves!" "Do you want ... waves for ... shilling or for sixpence?" asked ... boy in ... loud voice. "Oh, for ... shilling," answered ... manager. ... boys began to jump up and down, and did it so well, that ... storm looked quite real.

Запомните следующее устойчивое словосочетание:

the rest of the...

Упражнение 69

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

In the old days it was necessary for all ... parts of ... city to be close together, in order that ... de­fensive wall might surround it, and ... streets, there­fore, were made as narrow as possible. Many ... Eu­ropean cities began with ... walls round them. But in ... America there was little need for ... defensive walls, and that's why many ... American cities have been built on ... regular plan, modified a little ac­cording to ... natural surroundings. ... streets in ... American cities, instead of having ... names, are numbered, and so when one has once understood ... plan of ... American city, it is very easy to find one's way from one part of it to ... other. ... old part of ... New York lies in ... southern half of ... Manhattan Island, and there ... streets are narrow and twisted, as in ... towns of ... Old World. But ... rest of ... streets, with but few exceptions, all run in ... straight lines. There is one street in ... city, how­ever, that does not follow ... straight line. And that is Broadway, ... New York's most famous street. It starts within sight of ... dancing waters of ... har­bour and runs between ... tall skyscrapers in ... northwestern direction. This great street is ... long­est in ... world.

Упражнение 70

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

... Africa is ... very large continent lying to ... south of ... Europe and to ... southwest of ... Asia to which it is joined by ... Isthmus of Suez. Less than one hundred years ago ... men knew almost nothing of ... middle of ... continent. ... travellers from ...

58 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль 59

Europe made ... long journeys into ... centre but they met with ... terrible difficulties, for ... conti­nent is covered with ... forests full of ... fearful wild animals. Some travellers died of ... hunger or ... thirst or ... strange illnesses, ... others were killed by ... lions, still ... others by .,. natives; but nevertheless bold men were found ready to go along ... rivers into ... heart of ... Africa. The merchants who came from ... European countries had much to sell, and here were ... millions of ... people ready to buy; here was ... country, ... richness of which was unimaginable.

Упражнение 71

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Robert Burns, ... son of ... small farmer in Ayr­shire, was born on ... 25th of ... January, 1759. His parents were poor, so Burns did not get a good educa­tion. He worked hard as ... ploughboy. He was fond of reading and always had ... ballad book before him at ... dinner. After ... death of his father Robert and his brother and sisters took over ... farm together. Working in ... fields Burns wrote many wonderful songs. However, things became so bad on ... farm, that... poet decided to go to ... Jamaica hoping to get ... job on ... plantation there. Luckily some friends helped Burns to publish ... book of poems. ... book was noticed and praised highly. In 1786 Burns went to ... Edinburgh, and his book of poems unlocked ... doors of ... rich Edinburgh houses to a peasant with such a wonderful talent. In 1788 he married Jean Armour and spent... peaceful and happy year. ... rest of his life story is ... tale of ... poet's hardships. ... hard life ruined ... poet's health, and on ... 21st of ... July, 1796 he died at ... age of thirty-seven.

следующие устойчивые

словосочетания:

in a day

in a

month

in a week

in a

year

Упражнение 72

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

"Is there ... post office near ... house you live in?"

"Yes, there is. Go to ... corner of ... street along which ... trams run. Then turn to ... left and walk ... short distance down ... street. Do not cross ... street, of course. You will see ... sign over ... door which says 'Post and Telegraph Office'."

"Thank you very much. I am sure I shall find it without ... difficulty. I must buy ... stamps, send ... telegram and ask whether they receive ... parcels there. I want to send ... parcel to ... old friend. It will be her birthday in ... week. Perhaps you can tell me where I can find ... shop that sells ... nice things that one can give as ... presents?"

"Yes, certainly. There's ... very good shop not far from here. You can easily walk there in a few min­utes. Go straight down ... street that you will see directly in ... front of you when you come out of ... post office till you come to ... wide street along which ... buses and ... trolleybuses run. Then turn to ... left again and almost immediately you will come to ... beautiful shop with ... big windows full of all sorts of ... things. I am sure you will find ... nice presents there."

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания: for s life a great deal

60 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

61

Упражнение 73

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Until near ... end of ... 19th century it was the law in ... England that if ... man was unable to pay ... debt, even ... small one, he could be imprisoned. This imprisonment might very well be for ... life, as it was impossible for ... people in prison to work at their ordinary occupations and so make ... money to repay ... sum they had borrowed. If they had ... friends who could bring them ... materials to work with, they might work with their hands, sewing or making ... boots, for instance.

... great English novelist Charles Dickens knew ... great deal about the debtors' prisons from per­sonal experience, for when he was about ten, his fa­ther was imprisoned for debt, and ... whole family had to go and live with him in ... prison because they had nowhere else to live. ... mother and ... children, however, could leave ... place when they wished; but at ten o'clock every evening ... great gates were shut for the night, and no one could leave or enter until morning. Dickens described ... life in the debtors' prisons in some of his novels. It was largely because of Dickens' sharp criticism that ... English Govern­ment was finally forced to do away with ... debtors' prisons.

Упражнение 74

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

At ... beginning of ... 19th century ... little boy was born in ... family of John Dickens, ... clerk at ... office in ... Portsmouth, and was named Charles. He had ... sister who was older than himself, and

there were several other children in ... family. When Charles was seven, he was sent to ... school. He was not... strong child. He did not like to play ... cricket or ... football and spent all his free time reading. In 1821 ... family went to ... London, and little Charles left behind him ... happiest years of his childhood. His father was in ... money difficulties, and ... fam­ily became poorer and poorer. ... boy had to give up his studies. Mr. Dickens was put into ... debtors' prison. Little Charles learned to know all ... horrors and cruelty of ... large capitalist city. He had to go to work at... blacking factory. He worked there from ... morning till ... night. When his father came out of prison, Charles was sent to ... school for some time. Soon he got work as ... clerk. Then he learned ... stenography and became ... reporter in Parlia­ment. In 1836 at ... age of 24 Charles Dickens pub­lished his first book. It was ... collection of ... sto­ries. ... title of ... book was "Sketches by Boz." These were followed by "Pickwick Papers" and "Oliver Twist" and many other famous novels. Charles Dick­ens is one of ... greatest writers of ... 19th century. His novels are now translated into most languages of ... world.

Упражнение 75

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

During ... American War of ... Independence, ... commander of ... small unit of soldiers was giving ... orders to his men about... heavy cannon that they were trying to lift to its place at ... top of some for­tifications. It was almost beyond their power to lift ... weight, and ... commander kept shouting ... en­couraging words. ... officer, not in uniform, was passing by, and he asked ... commander why he did

62 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

63

not help ... soldiers. Greatly surprised, ... man turned round and said proudly, "Sir, I am ... corpo­ral!" "Oh, you are, are you?" replied ... officer: "I did not know that. I beg your pardon, Mr. Corpo­ral." Then he got off ... horse he was riding and, taking hold of ... rope that ... men were pulling at, he pulled with all his strength. And when ... cannon was in its place, he turned to ... little great man and said, "Mr. Corporal, when you have ... other job like this and have not enough ... men, send for your com­mander in chief, and I shall gladly come and help you." ... corporal was struck with ... astonishment. ... man who had helped his soldiers was George Washington.

Упражнение 76

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

William Shakespeare, ... greatest English play­wright, was born in 1564 in ... Stratford-upon-Avon in ... England. ... Stratford is ... small country town in ... farming district near ... centre of ... England. ... Avon, which is ... pretty river with ... grass and ... trees all along its banks, runs through ... Strat­ford. Not much is known of ... Shakespeare's father. He was ... farmer who, at ... different times of his life, sold ... meat and bought and sold ... wool. He was poor and was often in ... money difficulties. Also very little is known about ... life of his only son William. ... little house in which ... great writer was born still stands. It is now ... museum. William went to ... school in ... Stratford. In 1586 he went to ... London. Probably ... first work he did there was at one of the two theatres that were in ... London at that time. Then he became ... actor and soon began to write ... plays for ... company of actors to which

he belonged. Shakespeare bought ... largest house in his home town in 1597, but he did not spend much time there till 1610. He spent ... last years of his life mostly in ... Stratford, but he often visited ... London. He died in 1616.

Упражнение 77

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Last July, my ... 65-year-old father was on his ... daily run. It was ... unusually hot ... day, and he felt ... little sick, so he stopped to rest in ... shade. ... passerby asked if he needed help, but my ... fa­ther said, "No," figuring he'd be able to get... home. Minutes later, ... other person stopped. ... man rea­lized something was seriously wrong and called 911. That ... stranger saved my father's ... life. Dad suf­fered ... heart attack and was hospitalized for five ... days.

I cannot thank that ... passerby enough for get­ting involved and helping ... stranger when it would have been easier to walk away. Now, my ... father has many ... years left to enjoy his ... grandchildren.

Let everybody be ... Good Samaritans when they see ... need. ... life could depend on it.

Упражнение 78

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

... young man attempted to rob ... store near my ... office. He bought ... bag of ... potato chips, and while ... clerk was making ... change, he attempted to grab ... money from ... cash register. When ... clerk quickly closed ... drawer, ... man tried to take ... cash register but it was so heavy, he couldn't lift

64 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

65

it. He got angry. There was ... rack full of ... ciga­rettes in ... corner of ... store. He decided to grab ... cigarettes but ... clerk stopped him.

... man drove away empty-handed, but was spot­ted by ... police for driving ... stolen car. ... police pursued him with ... lights flashing and ... sirens blaring. He was soon arrested and charged with ... possession of ... stolen vehicle, careless and reckless driving and speeding. His ... fine was set at $2,000.

While being escorted, ... man asked if he could stop near ... store and get his ... potato chips, since he had paid for them. ... clerk at ... store identified him as ... man who tried to steal ... cash register, and he was charged with ... attempted robbery. His ... fine was increased to $15,000; he sits in ... jail awaiting ... trial.

what ... kind of ... property he had. He learned about it from ... conversation with Lickcheese, Sar­torius' rent collector. It turned out that Sartorius was ... owner of some tenements in the London slums, and that all ... property he had was built by getting ... money out of ... poor people who lived there. Trench was greatly shocked. He did not want to take ... money from Blanche's father. But Blanche said she could not live on ... small income Trench had. They had ... quarrel, and Trench left ... house. After some time Trench learned that ... land on which Sartorius' houses were built belonged to Trench's aunt and that he himself was living on ... money got in ... same way. Everything comes out "all right" in ... end: Trench marries Blanche and becomes ... partner in Sartorius' business. The au­thor shows that in ... fact Trench is no better than Sartorius, Lickcheese and the like.

Упражнение 79

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

1. George Bernard Shaw, ... well-known English playwright, was born in ... Ireland in 1856. He was ... son of ... clerk and had to begin working at ... early age. At ... age of twenty he moved to ... Lon­don where he became ... journalist.

2. ... play "Widowers' Houses" shows ... egoism and hypocrisy of some businessmen who got their profits from ... London slums where ... poorest peo­ple lived.

3. While travelling in ... Germany Harry Trench, ... young English doctor, got acquainted with Mr. Sartorius, ... respectable-looking gentleman, and his daughter Blanche. ... young people fell in love with each other and were going to get married. Trench knew that Sartorius was rich, but he did not know

Упражнение 80

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

My ... husband picks up ... local newspaper every morning from ... vending machine on our ... way to ... work. ... other morning, ... girl who appeared to be about six was in ... front of him in ... line, buy­ing ... paper for her ... mother, who was sitting in ... car. ... child put ... money for one ... paper in ... slot and took two ... newspapers!

My ... husband said to her, "Oh, is this two-for-one day?" ... child did not reply. She just took ... two ... newspapers to her ... mother.

This is stealing, pure and simple. I wonder what this ... mother is going to think when her ... daugh­ter becomes ... teen and gets arrested for ... shop-

3 Ю. Голицынский

66 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Артикль

67

lifting at ... mall? I suppose she'll wonder where her ... daughter got ... idea that it is OK to take something without paying for it.

... mother missed ... opportunity to teach her ... child right from wrong. If ... child took ... extra newspaper in ... error, ... mother should have in­structed her to put it back. However, if she put ... child up to it - shame on her.

ink! As ... men left ... room and tried to leave ... hospital, ... emergency room doctor saw them and she thought, "Oh God, they're all covered in ... blood." So she tried to help them but they refused her ... help and ran off. ... doctor realized something funny was going on and she called ... police. ... po­lice caught ... robbers - guess where? Outside ... bank on Main Street.

Упражнение 81

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

Three ... bank robbers got ... surprise last night. This is what happened. ... three ... robbers, who all work as ... cleaners at ... hospital, drove up to ... bank on Main Street. ... three men, wearing ... masks over their ... faces, got out of ... car and ran into ... bank. Inside ... bank, they pointed ... guns at ... customers and ... bank tellers. One of ... men told all ... customers to lie down on ... floor. And then one of ... other men said something like, "Quick, ... money! Give me ... money!" So one of ... tellers handed them some ... bags. After leaving ... bank, ... three men jumped into their ... van and drove off. One ... mile down ... road, ... robbers parked their ... van next to ... ambulance they had parked before ... robbery. They got into ... ambulance and drove off. They went straight to their ... hospital. After leaving ... ambulance in ... hospital parking lot, ... three ... men went together into ... small room. There, they opened ... bags of ... money they had been given - and got... very ... unpleasant surprise! ... bank teller had given ... robbers ... special bags containing ... bright red ... ink! ... red ink is released when ... bag is opened, and it can't be washed off. So suddenly, ... men found themselves covered in red

Упражнение 82

Вставьте артикль, где необходимо.

... tsunami is ... natural phenomenon consisting of ... series of ... waves generated when ... water in ... lake or ... sea is rapidly displaced on ... massive scale. It is also ... very large dangerous ocean wave caused by ... underwater explosion, earthquake, etc. ... earthquakes, ... landslides, ... volcanic eruptions and ... large meteorite impacts all have the poten­tial to generate ... tsunami. ... effects of ... tsunami can range from unnoticeable to ... devastation.

... magnitude 9.0 2004 ... Indian Ocean Earth­quake triggered ... series of ... lethal tsunamis on December 26, 2004 that killed over 310,000 people (more than 220,000 in ... Indonesia alone), making it ... deadliest tsunami in ... recorded history. ... tsunami killed ... people over ... area ranging from ... immediate vicinity of ... quake in ... Indonesia, ... Thailand and ... north-western coast of ... Malay­sia to thousands of kilometres away in ... Bangla­desh, ... India, ... Sri Lanka, ... Maldives, and even as far as ... Somalia, ... Kenya and ... Tanzania in ... eastern Africa. ... disaster prompted ... huge worldwide effort to help ... victims of ... tragedy, with hundreds of ... millions of ... dollars being raised for ... disaster relief.

Существительное

69

СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНОЕ

Упражнение 83

Дайте соответствующие существительные жен­ского рода.

A lion, a tiger, an actor, a poet, a man, an uncle, a husband, a brother, a grandfather, a son, a mas­ter, a baron, a count, a shepherd, a host.

Упражнение 84

Дайте соответствующие существительные мужского рода.

A lady, a girl, a niece, Mrs. Smith, a widow, a stewardess, a French woman, a cow, a queen, a princess, a duchess, a hen, a mother.

Образование множественного числа существительных

a cat - cats a dog - dogs a car - cars a chair - chairs

a dress - dresses a box - boxes a dish - dishes a watch - watches

a boy - boys a potato - potatoes¹

a city - cities a leaf - leaves²

Ho: 1) a piano - pianos; a photo - photos. 2) a roof - roofs; a safe - safes; a handkerchief - handkerchiefs.

Упражнение 85

Поставьте следующие существительные во мно­жественное число (не забудьте, что перед множе­ственным числом неопределенный артикль нужно опустить).

A pen, a class, a story, a road, a day, a cat, a bush, a desk, a table, a plate, a fox, a room, a lady, a knife, a chair, a bus, a hero, a match, a way, a house, a family, a flag, a town, a wolf, a country, a lion, a park, a play, a dictionary, a thief, a key.

Запомните форму множественного числа следующих существительных:

a man - men a goose - geese

a woman - women a tooth - teeth

a child - children a foot - feet

a mouse - mice an ox - oxen

Запомните также: an Englishman - Englishmen a Frenchman - Frenchmen Ho: a German - Germans

Запомните три существительных,

имеющих во множественном числе ту же форму,

что и в единственном:

a sheep - sheep a deer - deer a swine - swine

ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Существительное

71

Упражнение 86

" Поставьте следующие существительные во мно­жественное число (обратите внимание на артик­ли: неопределенный артикль во множественном числе опускается, определенный артикль сохраня­ется).

A baby, a plant, a lemon, a peach, a banana, a brush, a star, a mountain, a tree, a shilling, a king, the waiter, the queen, a man, the man, a woman, the woman, an eye, a shelf, a box, the city, a boy, a goose, the watch, a mouse, a dress, a toy, the sheep, a tooth, a child, the ox, a deer, the life, a to­mato, a secretary, a crowd, the airport, a theatre, the tornado, a shop, the tragedy.

Упражнение 87

Поставьте следующие словосочетания во множе­ственное число.

This magazine, that sticker, this stamp, that sandwich, this poster, this teacup, this egg, that wall, that picture, this foot, that mountain, this lady, that window, this man, that match, this knife, this book, this family, this pie, that answer, that apartment, that teacher, that comedy.

Запомните:

this

is - these

are

that

is - those

are

there is - there

are

it is

- they are

Упражнение 88

Поставьте следующие предложения во множе­ственное число.

1. This is a spider. 2. That is a snail. 3. This is a space film. 4. That is a cartoon. 5. This is a star. 6. This is a boy. 7. This is a baby. 8. That is a plate. 9. That is a flower. 10. That is a bookshelf. 11. Is this a sofa? 12. Is this a bookcase? 13. Is this a man? 14. Is that a ball? 15. Is that a train? 16. Is that a plane? 17. Is the window open? 18. Is the door closed? 19. Is the boy near the window? 20. That is not a king. 21. That is not a queen. 22. That is not a bus. 23. This isn't a mountain. 24. That isn't a goose. 25. This isn't a mouse. 26. It is a sheep. 27. It is a cigarette. 28. It is a cat. 29. It is not a girl. 30. It isn't a bag. 31. It isn't a tree. 32. It is not a bad egg. 33. It is a good egg. 34. Is that a flower?

Упражнение 89

Поставьте следующие предложения во множе­ственное число.

1. This cup is dirty. 2. That biscuit was tasty.

3. This hotel is very expensive but it's very nice.

4. There is a children's playground in the park.

5. That is a new supermarket in our town. 6. It's a delicious lemon pie for dessert. 7. It's a nice cot­ton dress for my niece. 8. This man is an engineer. 9. That woman is my sister. 10. This child is my son. 11. That goose is big. 12. This mouse is white. 13. This man is a doctor. 14. That woman is my cousin. She is a teacher. 15. That girl is my niece.

72 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Существительное

73

She is a pupil. 16. This girl has a blue sweater. 17. This boy has a good coat. 18. My uncle has a large flat. 19. There is a table in the room. 20.1 have a good pen. My pen is in my pocket. 21. There is a flower in the vase. 22. This child's foot is sore.

Упражнение 90

Поставьте следующие предложения во множе­ственное число.

1. This phone in the office is out of order. 2. That blouse is made of silk. 3. This is an excellent paint­ing. 4. His book is very popular and it really in­terests me. 5. It's a difficult word to write. 6. My son is a journalist and he has been very successful. 7. This purse isn't made of leather. 8. That is my neighbour's car. 9. Has he got a camera? 10. It's a new cassette recorder. 11. This room is very large. 12. There is a match in the box. 13. Has this lady got a knife? 14. There is a man and a woman in the street. 15. This lady is that gentleman's wife. 16. This shoe is too large for my foot. 17. The child is sitting on a bench. 18. My tooth is white. 19. This key is made of steel. 20. A potato is a ve­getable and a cherry is a fruit. 21. This is my friend's study.

Упражнение 91

Поставьте следующие предложения во множе­ственное число.

1. This is my stocking. 2. He has a new suit. 3. This metal is very hard. 4. That ship is a Russian one. 5. I heard her voice. 6. His dog does not like

bread. 7. The plate was on the table. 8. This town isn't very large. 9. I was talking to her at the tram stop yesterday. 10. Is that girl your sister? 11.1 shall give you my book. 12. This story will be a good one. 13. Is this a good match? 14. The boy put his book on the desk. 15. She took off her hat. 16. That house is new. 17. The young man put his hand in his pocket. 18. Is this student coming with us, too? 19. The woman didn't say anything. 20. Does she speak English? 21. The police officer has caught the thief. 22. He is holding the child hostige.

Упражнение 92

Поставьте следующие предложения во множе­ственное число.

1. It's a very difficult question to answer. 2.1 think I'll have that cake on the right. 3. Look at that pumpkin! It's the biggest one I've seen this year. 4. Is this your scarf? 5. That was a cookie jar. 6. What is that child's name? 7. The cat has caught a mouse. 8. There was a lady, a gentleman, a boy, and a girl in the room. 9. In the farmyard we could see an ox, a sheep, a cow, and a goose. 10. Is this worker an Englishman or a German? - He is a Frenchman. 11. Why don't you eat this potato? 12. This strawberry is still green. 13. The withered leaf has fallen to the ground. 14. Can you see a bird in that tree? 15. Does your tooth still ache? 16. I held up my foot to the fire to warm it. 17. His child stud­ies very well. 18. This man works at our office. 19. There is a new house in our street. 20. This story is very interesting. 21. I have hurt my foot. 22. The wolf has been shot. 23. He keeps his toy in a box. 24. Put this knife on that table.

74 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Существительное

75

Упражнение 93

Поставьте следующие предложения во множе­ственное число.

1. This is a bird. 2. Is that also a bird? - No, it isn't. That is a cat. 3. Is that a good horse? - Yes, it is. 4. Is that cow big or small? - It is big. 5. This is an apple and that is a flower. 6. Where is the coin? - It is in the box. 7. What colour is the box? - It is green. 8. What is it made of? - It is made of wood. 9. What is that man? - He is a clerk. 10. Is he in the office? - Yes, he is. 11. Is that woman a typist? - No, she isn't. - What is she? - She is a doctor. 12. Is his brother at home? - Yes, he is. 13. This house has a balcony looking out on the street. 14. The architecture of this building is quite modern. 15. This is a new district of St. Petersburg. 16. There is a shop, a cinema and a theatre in the new district. 17. He is a retired worker. 18. I am a doctor. 19. We hear the sounds of a child's voice. 20. She is a nice girl.

Притяжательный падеж существительных the child's toys - the children's toys the boy's books - the boys' books

Упражнение 94

Перефразируйте следующие словосочетания и предложения, употребляя притяжательный падеж.

1. The ball of the dog. 2. The skateboard of that man. 3. The songs of the children. 4. The umbrella of my grandmother. 5. The room of my friend. 6. The questions of my son. 7. The wife of my broth­er. 8. The table of our teacher. 9. The poems of Push-

kin. 10. The voice of this girl. 11. The new club of the workers. 12. The letter of Pete. 13. The car of my parents. 14. The life of this woman. 15. The handbags of these women. 16. The flat of my sister is large. 17. The children of my brother are at home. 18. The room of the boys is large. 19. The name of this girl is Jane. 20. The work of these students is interesting. 21. The computer of my son is modern. 22. He was a friend of my cousins.

Упражнение 95

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя при­тяжательный падеж.

1. Глаза у кошки зеленые. 2. Игрушки детей в большом ящике. 3. День рождения моего отца в мае. 4. И что за совпадение! Это любимый торт и моей мамы. 5. Я люблю книги моего мужа. 6. Как зовут того молодого человека? 7. Он пока­зал мне письмо своей сестры. 8. Она взяла коньки своего брата. 9. Дайте мне тетради ваших учени­ков. 10. Принесите вещи детей. 11. Вчера дети нашли птичье гнездо. 12. Это семья моего друга. Отец моего друга - инженер. Мать моего друга - преподаватель. 13. Чья это сумка? - Это сумка Тома. 14. Чьи это словари? - Это словари студен­тов. 15. Вы видели книгу нашего учителя? 16. Мне нравится почерк этого мальчика. 17. Я слышу го­лос моей сестры. 18. Она открыла окно и услыша­ла смех и крики детей. 19. Она поставила мокрые сапоги мальчиков к печке. 20. Это бабушкино кресло. 21. Я считаю, что ответ этого студента от­личный. 22. Мой муж много знает о романах (кни­гах) Агаты Кристи. 23. В воскресенье у Дианы был день рождения. 24. Вчера вечером мы смотрели телевизор в доме моего друга. 25. Собака Лизы прыгнула с нами в пруд.

Местоимения some, any, no, every

77

МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ

SOME, ANY, NO, EVERY

И ИХ ПРОИЗВОДНЫЕ

Some обозначает некоторое количество.

We have got some dictionaries.

We have got no dictionaries.

We haven't got any dictionaries.

Have you got any dictionaries?

Употребление

Утвердительная форма Отрицательная форма

Вопросительная форма

Упражнение 96

Вставьте some, any или no.

A

1. There are ... pictures in the book. 2. Are there ... new students in your group? 3. There are ... old houses in our street. 4. Are there ... English text­books on the desks? - Yes, there are ... . 5. Are there ... maps on the walls? - No, there aren't ....

6. Are there ... pens on the desk? - Yes, there are ... . 7. Are there ... sweets in your bag? - Yes, there are ... . 8. Have you got ... English books at home? - Yes, I have ... . 9. There are ... beautiful pictures in the magazine. Look at them. 10. There is ... ink in my pen: I cannot write. 11. Is there ... paper on your table? 12.1 haven't got ... exercise books. Give me ... , please. 13. It is winter. There are ... leaves on the trees.

В

1. I need ... sugar, ... flour, ... eggs, ... butter and ... milk to make a cake. 2. There is ... butter in the fridge, but there isn't ... milk. 3. Are there ... eggs? - There aren't ... eggs left. 4. We haven't got ... flour. 5. To make cabbage soup I need ... cab­bage, ... onions, ... carrots, and ... salt. I don't need ... plums or ... pineapples. 6. I need to buy a lot of things. There isn't ... time to waste. 7. Oh, dear! There is ... money in my purse.

Упражнение 97

Вставьте some, any или по.

1. We haven't got ... milk. We can't make an omelette. 2. Bob always likes ... sugar in his cof­fee. 3. Poor Oliver was hungry. He wanted ... bread.

4. They haven't got... stamps. I can't post my letter.

5. He has got ... money. He can't spend his holidays in Switzerland any more and stay at luxury hotels.

6. There are ... schools in this street. 7. Are there ... pictures in your book? 8. There are ... flowers here in winter. 9. I can see ... children in the yard. They are playing. 10. Are there ... new buildings in your street? 11. There are ... people in the park be­cause it is cold. 12. I saw ... boys in the garden, but

78 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Местоимения some, any, no, every 79

Mike was not among them. 13. They brought ... good books from the library. 14. Give me ... tea, please, I am thirsty. 15. Dinner was not yet ready, so she gave the children ... bread and butter because they were hungry. 16. Do you want ... milk in your coffee? 17. Have you got ... time to spare? I'd like to ask you ... questions. 18. Is there ... cheese on the plate? 19. There is ... ham on the plate. 20. There is ... tea in the cup: the cup is empty.

Сравните следующие предложения:

After dinner he drank some juice.

сока (некоторое количество)

He does not drink milk after dinner, he drinks s juice.

сок (не некоторое коли­чество, а сок вообще; сок, а не молоко)

I brought some books from the library.

(некоторое количество книг)

I like s books.

(не некоторое количество, а вообще книги)

Упражнение 98

Вставьте some, any, по или оставьте пропуски незаполненными, смотря по смыслу.

1. There are ... buses today and I can't go shop­ping. 2. There is ... caviare in the can. I love it. Would you like ... ? 3. Please don't offer her ... chips. She doesn't want .... 4. Can I have ... milk in my tea? I don't like it black. 5. There is ... ink in my pen. 6. Is there ... snow in the street this morn­ing? 7. My mother likes ... music. 8. Are there ... chess players here? 9. There are ... diagrams in the

new book. 10. Are there ... newspapers on the ta­ble? 11. Was there ... water in the glass or ... milk? 12. There was ... soap in the box; he used it to wash his hands. 13. There was ... soap in the box: it smells of ... soap. 14. There are ... letters for you on the table. 15. Do you like ... apples? 16. Were there ... of our teachers at the stadium? 17. There were ... students of our group at the consultation yesterday.

18. Will there be ... concerts at the club next month?

19. There were ... yellow and green pencils on the table. 20. People need ... oxygen for breathing. 21. Are there ... mistakes in my dictation? - Yes, there are .... 22. My brother doesn't like ... carrots.

something - что-нибудь, что-то

Употребление

Утвердительная форма

1 can see something on the table.

Отрицательная форма

1 can see nothing on the table.

1 cannot see anything on

the table.

Вопросительная форма

Can you see anything on the table?

everything - всё

Упражнение 99

Вставьте something, anything, nothing или everything.

1. My husband taught his son ... he knows. 2. Her patient has a bad memory. She can't remember ... . 3.1 think there is ... wrong with my watch. 4. We've

80 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Местоимения some, any, no, every 81

got ... to eat. We've got only ... to drink. 5. The student-didn't understand ... because she heard ... . 6. Does he know ... about computers? - Yes, he knows ... because he is the best specialist in comput­er science at Harvard University. 7. He felt terri­ble. He couldn't do ... else. 8. ... is all right, the patient is much better today. 9. Is there ... interest­ing in the programme of the concert? 10. I could see ... : it was quite dark. 11. Give me ... to drink. 12. I didn't take any money with me, so I couldn't buy .... 13. My new eyeglasses are very good, I can see ... now. 14. I saw ... near the wood that looked like a tent.

somebody - кто-нибудь, кто-то

Употребление

Утвердительная форма Не asked somebody

to help him.

Отрицательная форма Не asked nobody

to help him.

He did not ask anybody to help him.

Вопросительная форма Did he ask anybody

to help him?

everybody - все

Упражнение 100

Вставьте something, anything, nothing или everything.

1. She has to go to the supermarket. There isn't ... in the fridge. 2. I've had a terrible day. ... went wrong. 3. The young man is very upset. There is ... wrong with his car. 4. His grandparents like doing ... : cooking, playing board games, going to muse­ums, visiting their friends. 5. She never says ... nice about her neighbours. 6. What do you want to drink? - .... I'm not thirsty. 7. Nobody told me ... about his lung cancer. I could do ... to save his life. 8. Give me ... to read, please. - With plea­sure. 9. I don't know ... about your town. Tell me ... about it. 10. Please give me ... warm: it is cold here. 11. I understand ... now. Thank you for your explanation. 12. There is ... white in the box. What is it? 13. Is there ... that you want to tell me? 14. Where is the book? - It is on the table. - No, there is ... there.

Упражнение 101

Вставьте somebody, anybody, nobody или every­body.

1. Don't tell ... about it. It's a secret. 2. Life is tough! ... has problems. 3. ... has eaten all the ice cream. That's terrible! ... will be able to have it for dessert tonight. 4. I think, ... in our class is honest. That's why we trust ... . 5. If you look in the yellow pages, I am sure you'll find ... who can fix your TV. 6. I am not a perfectionist. ... is perfect in this world. 7. Is there ... in the office? 8. ... needs good friends. A friend in need is a friend indeed. 9. Has ... in this group got a dictionary? 10. ... left a maga­zine in our classroom yesterday. 11. The question was so difficult that ... could answer it. 12. I am afraid I shan't be able to find ... in the office now: it is too late. 13. ... knows that water is necessary for life. 14. Is there ... here who knows French? 15. You must find ... who can help you. 16. ... knew anything about America before Columbus discovered it. 17. I saw ... in the train yesterday who looked

82 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Местоимения some, any, no, every 83

like you. 18. There is ... in the next room. I don't know him. 19. Please tell us the story. ... knows it. 20. Is there ... in my group who lives in the dormi­tory? 21. Has ... here got a red pencil? 22. ... can answer this question. It is very easy.

Petrov lives on the third floor. 8. They have some English books. 9. There are some tall trees in front of their house. 10. Peter has something in his box. 11. There are some parks in this town. 12. There are some good bookshops in our district.

Упражнение 102

Заполните пропуски, вставив одно из слов, дан­ных в скобках.

1. We haven't... black stockings (no, any). 2. They have ... red boots, Kate (any, no). 3. I don't want ... today, thank you (nothing, anything). 4. "I haven't got ... clean exercise books, Mother," said the boy (any, no). 5. "We shall not buy ... in this shop, chil­dren," said the mother (nothing, anything). 6. Didn't you buy ... potatoes yesterday (any, no)? 7. I didn't see ... in the street when I went out (anybody, no­body). 8. We did not play ... games in the yard be­cause it was raining all day long (no, any). 9. There is ... at home (anybody, nobody). 10. How much did you pay for these boots? - I didn't pay ... (nothing, anything). They are a present from my grandmoth­er. 11. Have you lost ... (anything, nothing)? - No, nobody here has lost ... (nothing, anything).

Упражнение 103

Поставьте следующие предложения в отрица­тельную и вопросительную форму.

1. They have done something. 2. He has given them some money. 3. You have brought something for us. 4. I have taken some English books from you. 5. She was reading something. 6. He has written a letter to somebody. 7. Somebody by the name of

Упражнение 104

Переведите на английский язык.

1. Я ничего не сказал. Ни слова. 2. Все хотели получить автограф Юрия Гагарина. 3. Все, что у меня есть, принадлезкит тебе. 4. В столовой есть кто-нибудь? 5. В саду никого нет. 6. В нашей ком­нате есть кто-нибудь? 7. Там есть кто-то. 8. Там никого нет. 9. В библиотеке есть кто-нибудь? 10. За занавеской есть что-нибудь? - Нет, там ни­чего нет. 11. В сумке что-то есть. 12. В доме есть кто-нибудь? - Да, там есть кто-то. 13. Под сто­лом есть что-нибудь? - Да, там что-то есть. 14. Там ничего нет. 15. В кабинете врача есть кто-нибудь? - Нет, там никого нет. 16. В нашей биб­лиотеке есть кое-какие книги на английском язы­ке. 17. В вашей библиотеке есть какие-нибудь кни­ги Джека Лондона? 18. Мой дядя хочет мне что-то сказать. 19. На другой день мой брат знал всех. 20. Если вы захотите что-нибудь поесть, идите в вагон-ресторан. 21. Расскажите нам всё о вашем путешествии.

Заметьте, что в утвердительных предложениях:

any значит "любой" anything значит "что угодно" anybody значит "кто угодно"

84 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Местоимения some, any, no, every 85

Упражнение 105

Вставьте some, any, по или их производные.

1. Here are ... books by English writers. Take ... book you like. 2. There are ... boys in the garden because they are at school. 3. I can see ... on the snow, but I don't know what it is. 4. Are there ... desks in the classroom? - Yes, there are many. 5. There are ... books on this desk, but there are ... exercise books. 6. Did he say ... about it? - No, he said ... . 7. What shall I do now, Mom? I have done my homework. - You can do ... you like. 8. There was ...in the street because it was very late. 9. ... wants to see him. 10. Is there ... here who knows this man? 11. Have you ... books on Dickens? I want to read ... about him. I have read ... books by Dickens and I am interested in the life of the writer. 12. Can ... tell me how to get to the Public Library? - Yes, take ... bus that goes from here towards the railway station and get off at the third stop. 13. Please bring me ... apples, Mary. 14. That is a very easy ques­tion - ... can answer it.

somewhere - где-нибудь, куда-нибудь, где-то, куда-то

Употребление

Утвердительная форма

1 saw this man somewhere.

Отрицательная форма

1 saw this man nowhere.

1 did not see this man anywhere.

Вопросительная форма

Did you see this man anywhere?

everywhere - везде

Упражнение 106

Вставьте somewhere, anywhere, nowhere или everywhere.

1. I can't find my book .... I have looked all over the house. 2. Johnny lives ... near Chicago. 3. It so happened that he had ... to go to. So last summer he stayed at home in his beloved city for his holidays. 4. This book can be found .... Let's buy it. 5. Do you live ... near them? 6. Is it ... in Russia? - Yes, it's ... in Russia. 7. Where are you going? - I am not going ... . 8. I put my dictionary ... yesterday and now I can't find it ... . - Of course, that is be­cause you leave your books ... . 9. You must go ... next summer. 10. Did you go ... on Sunday? 11. Let's go ... . The weather is fine. I don't want to stay at home in such weather. 12. I cannot find my glasses ... . I always put them ... and then look for them for hours. 13. Today is a holiday. The streets are full of people. There are flags, banners and flowers ....

Упражнение 107

Переведите на английский язык.

1. Здесь нет Кати. Мы ее везде искали, но не можем нигде найти ее. Кто-нибудь видел Катю? - Вот она. Никто ничего не знает о ней, а она сидит на скамейке и читает книгу. 2. На столе лежит что-то круглое. Что это такое? 3. Никто об этом ничего не знает. 4. В городе много парков. Везде деревья и цветы. 5. В той комнате кто-то есть. 6. Анна живет где-то в этом районе. 7. Я никого не знаю в этом городе. 8. Дай мне, пожалуйста, что-нибудь поесть. 9. Кто-нибудь знает адрес на­шего учителя? 10. Все в порядке. 11. Кто-нибудь хочет посмотреть телевизор? 12. Мы слышали эту песню повсюду. 13. Он где-то в саду.

86 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Упражнение 108

Вставьте одно из следующих слов:

a) some, any, по.

1. There were ... of my friends there. 2. Well, anyway, there is ... need to hurry, now that we have missed the train. 3. Have you ever seen ... of these pictures before? 4. There is ... water in the kettle: they have drunk it all. 5. There were ... firtrees in that forest, but many pines. 6. We could not buy cherries, so we bought ... plums instead.

b) somebody, anybody, nobody.

1. I saw ... I knew at the lecture. 2. I dare say that there may be ... at the lecture that I know, but what does that matter? 3. Do you really think that ... visits this place? 4. I have never seen ... lace their boots like that.

c) somewhere, anywhere, nowhere.

1. I haven't seen him ... . 2. I know the place is ... about here, but I don't know exactly where. 3. Did you go ... yesterday? - No, I went ... , I stayed at home the whole day.

Упражнение 109

Вставьте some, any, no, every или их производ­ные.

1. To know ... is to know ... . 2. ... is rotten in the state of Denmark (W. Shakespeare). 3. Wealth is ... without health. 4. ... is good in its season.

5. Can I have ... milk? - Yes, you can have ... .

6. Will you have ... tea? 7. Give me ... books, please. I have ... to read at home. 8. Put ... sugar in her

Местоимения some, any, no, every 87

tea: she does not like sweet tea. 9. Is ... the matter with you? Has ... offended you? I see by your face that ... has happened. 10. We did not see ... in the hall. 11. ... was present at the lesson yesterday. 12. He is busy. He has ... time to go to the cinema with us. 13. Do you need ... books to prepare for your report? 14. Have you ... questions? Ask me ... you like, I shall try to answer ... question. 15. ... liked that play: it was very dull. 16. If ... is ready, we shall begin our experiment. 17. Money isn't... in the world.

Упражнение 110

Вставьте some, any, no, every или их производ­ные.

1. Can you see ... in an empty box? No, I can't see ... in an empty box. I can see ... in an empty box. Why not? Because there is ... in an empty box. There isn't ... in an empty box. What is an empty box? An empty box is a box that has ... in it. An empty box is a box without ... in it. An empty room is a room without ... in it.

2. Can ... see? No, ... people can't see. ... people are blind. Blind people can't see. They can't see ... ; they can see ....

3. Can ... hear? No, ... people can't hear. ... peo­ple are deaf. People who are quite deaf can't hear. They can't hear ..., they can't hear .... They can hear ... ; they can hear ....

4. Can we see ... ? No, we can't see .... We can­not see the air. ... can see the air.

5. We can't walk without legs and feet. People without legs and feet can't walk. They can't walk .... They can walk ....

88 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Местоимения some, any, no, every 89

Упражнение 111

Вставьте some, any, no или их производные.

1. Are there ... cinemas or theatres in your town?

• There aren't ... cinemas, but there is a theatre festival in summer. 2. Is there ... for young people

• a zoo, interesting museums? - I'm sorry, there is ... zoo in our town. But there are ... museums, ... discos and every three weeks there is a rock concert for young people here. 3. Have you ... relations? - No, I haven't ... , I have ... relations. 4. Has she ... nephews or nieces? - She has ... nephews. 5. She has ... sisters, she has only brothers. 6. Do you know ... about Chinese art? 7. They have ... cousins in Minsk. 8. Have you ... brothers? - No, I haven't ... , I have ... brothers. 9. I have ... good friends. 10. We did not know ... about his problems: he told us ... . 11. Have you got ... interesting books? 12. Have you ... friends in America? 13. He has ... English books in this bookcase. 14. Did you meet ... on your way to school? 15. Have you got ... pencils in your bag? 16. Do we have ... chalk on the black­board? 17. How could I know that he was ill? ... told me .... 18. She has ... mistakes in her test.

Упражнение 112

Вставьте одно из следующих слов: some, any, no, the или оставьте пропуски незаполненными.

1. Передай мне масло. Pass me ... butter, please. 2. Дай ему масла. Give him ... butter. 3. Я не хочу масла. I don't want ... butter. 4. Эта ферма производит масло. This farm produces ... butter. 5. В этом стакане нет молока. There is ... milk in this glass. 6. Возьми варенья. Take ... jam. 7. Возьми варенье. Take ... jam. 8. Любите ли вы бекон? Do

you like ... bacon? 9. Какова цена бекона? What is the price of ... bacon? 10. Он никогда не кладет са­хару в чай. Не never puts ... sugar in his tea. 11. Сахар - важный пищевой продукт. ... sugar is an important food product. 12. Суп (вообще) содержит много воды. ... soup contains much wa­ter. 13. Суп готов. ... soup is ready. 14. Дайте мне супу. Give me ... soup. 15. Название этого супа - борщ. The name of ... soup is borshch. 16. Прежде всего нам нужно согреть воды. First of all we must heat... water. 17. Прежде всего нам нужно согреть воду. First of all we must heat ... water. 18. Вода состоит из водорода и кислорода. ... water consists of hydrogen and oxygen. 19. Мыло необходимо для мытья. ... soap is necessary for washing. 20. Ha умывальнике нет мыла. There is ... soap on the washstand. 21. Мыло на полке. ... soap is on the shelf. 22. Мне не нравится цвет этого мыла. I don't like the colour of ... soap. 23. Есть у вас карболовое мыло? Have you got ... carbolic soap? 24. В Ка­релии много фабрик, которые производят бумагу. There are many factories in Karelia that produce ... paper. 25. Бумага для стенгазеты на столе. ... paper for the wall newspaper is on the table. 26. Дайте мне бумаги. Give me ... paper. 27. Я очень люблю этот сорт бумаги. I like this sort of ... paper very much.

Упражнение 113

Вставьте a, the, some или оставьте пропуски не­заполненными.

1. a) I've just made ... coffee. Would you like ... ? b) Wait ... minute! ... coffee is very hot. - I'd like ... milk, please. - I prefer ... black coffee.

90 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Местоимения some, any, no, every 91

2. a) Give me ... water, please. I am thirsty.

2. ... water in this river is always cold.

3. ... water is necessary for animals and plants.

3. a) Do you like ... brown bread?

b) Please go to the shop and buy ... brown bread.

4. a) He likes ... modern music.

2. I should like to listen to ... music.

3. I don't like ... music, it is too noisy. Switch off the radio, please.

5. a) Ann has bought ... cheese.

2. Where did she put ... cheese?

3. Give me ... cheese, please.

6. a) Yesterday she invited us to dinner. It was

... good dinner, b) I cannot forget ... dinner we had at the Savoy.

Упражнение 114

Вставьте одно из следующих слов: some, the, a или оставьте пропуски незаполненными.

1. In ... bedroom of this flat there are twin beds, ... little bedside table between them, and ... chair. There are clothes thrown over ... chair. 2. Here is ... book that you left on my table yesterday. 3. ... men saw ... boat on ... river. 4. Can you give me ... match? 5. I get ... long letters from my mother, but only ... postcards from my brother. 6. The waitress put ... salad into each plate. 7. When did ... lesson begin? 8. Children must go to ... school. 9. Pass me ... piece of ... bread, please. 10. Do you like ... cu­cumbers? 11. We bought ... cucumbers at ... mar­ket. 12. We use ... pencils or ... pens when we write. 13. He was reading ... book when I came into ... room. 14. Give me ... water to drink, please. 15. At

what time will ... meeting begin? 16. Do you find ... English difficult? 17. I got ... letter from my brother yesterday. 18. I had ... bread and ... butter and ... egg for ... breakfast this morning.

Упражнение 115

Вставьте одно из следующих слов: some, any, no, the, а или оставьте пропуски незаполненными.

1. I'm afraid there's ... juice in ... fridge. Would you like ... lemonade? 2. My friends from Chicago can't speak ... foreign languages. 3. She bought ... new books yesterday. 4. Where are ... books which you brought from ... library yesterday? 5. Did you buy ... apples when you were at... shop? 6. We could not skate because there was ... snow on ... ice. 7. ... house must have ... windows. 8. Most people like ... music. 9. There was ... meat on Nick's plate and ... fish on Tom's. 10. We saw ... houses in the distance. 11. ... cats like ... milk. 12. They stopped in ... front of ... house where Tom lived. 13. I showed him ... way to ... station. 14. What is ... name of ... street in which you live? 15. I want to say ... words to your sister. 16. ... tea in this glass is cold. 17. ... sun was high in ... sky. 18. Oh, there are ... apples in ... vase: ... children have eaten all of them. Please put ... apples into ... vase. 19. Yesterday we had ... fish for dinner. 20. He gave me ... coffee. 21. I drank ... cup of ... coffee after ... dinner.

MUCH, MANY, (A) LITTLE, (A) FEW

_ much time (ед. ч.)

Много *=^Щ7

'-■- many books (мн. ч.)

Упражнение 116

Переведите на английский язык следующие пары слов.

Много тетрадей, много молока, много воды, много дней, много газет, много мела, много снега, много лет, много картин, много музыки, много мальчиков, много девочек, много чая, много ли­монов, много мяса, много комнат, много учителей, много работы, много воздуха, много птиц, много машин.

Упражнение 117

Вставьте much или many.

1. A don't eat ... mangoes. 2. Не eats ... fish. 3. She ate so ... dessert that she is in bed today with

Much, many, (a) little, (a) few 93

a stomachache. 4. That man drank so ... wine, and he smoked so ... cigarettes that he has a terrible headache today. 5. Mary must not eat too ... salt be­cause she has problems with her blood pressure. 6. My mother says I eat too ... French fries and drink too ... beer. She wants me to be healthy. 7. There is not too ... space in my flat. 8. There are ... new pic­tures in this room. 9. There are ... teachers at our school, and ... of them are women. 10. ... of these plays are quite new. 11. Thanks awfully for the books you sent me yesterday. - Don't mention it, it wasn't ... bother. 12. ... of her advice was useful. 13. He had ... pairs of socks. 14. Please don't put ... pepper on the meat. 15. There were ... plates on the table. 16. I never eat ... bread with soup. 17. Why did you eat so ... ice cream? 18. She wrote us ... let­ters from the country. 19. ... of these students don't like to look up words in the dictionary. 20. ... in this work was too difficult for me. 21. ... of their an­swers were excellent. 22. ... of their conversation was about the university.

_____-- little time (ед. ч.)

Мало -=d^T7

"--- few books (мн. ч.)

Упражнение 118

Переведите на английский язык следующие пары слов.

Мало домов, мало чая, мало чашек, мало яблок, мало окон, мало бумаги, мало кофе, мало статей, мало радости, мало супу, мало деревьев, мало тра­вы, мало детей, мало игрушек, мало света, мало парт, мало колбасы, мало сока, мало книг, мало цветов, мало соли, мало друзей, мало дворцов.

94 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Much, many, (a) little, (a) few

95

Упражнение 119

Вставьте little или few.

1. Не has got ... friends. 2. I drink ... coffee. I don't like it. 3. We must hurry. We've got very ... time. 4. There are very ... scholarships for students in this university. 5. The Smiths have ... money. They aren't rich. 6. The theatre was almost empty. There were very ... people there. 7. There was ... lem­onade in the bottle. There were ... peaches in the basket. 8. I have ... time, so I can't go with you. 9. He has ... English books. 10. There is ... juice in my glass. Have you got any juice? 11. There are ... bears in the zoo. 12. Tom Canty was the son of poor parents and had very ... clothes. 13. There is too ... soup in my plate. Give me some more, please.

14. The children returned from the wood very sad because they had found very ... mushrooms.

15. There was too ... light in the room, and I could not read. 16. There are very ... people who don't know that the Earth is round.

We have very ... time. 8. I am sorry to say, I have read very ... books by Walter Scott. 9. My brother is a young teacher. Every day he spends ... time pre­paring for his lessons. 10. I know very ... about this writer. It is the first book I am reading. 11. The pu­pils of our class ask ... questions at the lesson. They want to know everything. 12. You do not make ... mistakes in your spelling. Do you work hard at it? - Oh, yes, I do, I work very ....

Сравните:

плохо

1 have little time.

У меня мало времени.

хорошо

1 have a little time.

У меня есть немного времени.

плохо

1 have few books.

У меня мало книг.

хорошо

1 have a few books.

У меня есть несколько книг.

Упражнение 120

Вставьте much, many, little или few.

1. Robert wrote so ... letters that he's never go­ing to write a letter again. 2. She ate so ... ice cream that she's going to have a sore throat. 3. His father earned ... money, but he enjoyed his job. He loved teaching English very ... . 4. There are ... cookies in the box. I should have bought them last Monday. 5. Does your sister read ... ? - Yes, she does. And your brother? - Oh, he doesn't. He has so ... books, but he reads very ... . 6. Have you ... work to do today? - No, not very ... .7. Walk quicker, please.

Упражнение 121

Переведите на английский язык следующие пары слов.

Немного денег, мало денег, несколько стульев, мало стульев, несколько песен, мало песен, немно­го веселья, мало веселья, мало мальчиков, немно­го воды, несколько человек, мало воды, мало воз­духа, мало столов, несколько минут, несколько кошек, мало травы, немного удачи, несколько дней, мало работы, немного соли, несколько ло­жек, мало света, мало окон, несколько машин, немного сахару, мало яиц, мало сыра.

96 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Much, many, (a) little, (a) few

97

Упражнение 122

Вставьте a little, a few.

This is my mother's favorite recipe for fruitcake, and everybody says it's out of this world!

1. Put 3 cups of flour into a mixing bowl.

2. Add ... sugar.

3. Slice ... apples.

4. Cut up ... oranges.

5. Pour in ... honey.

6. Add ... baking soda.

7. Chop up ... nuts.

8. Add ... salt.

9. Mix in ... raisins. 10. Bake for 45 minutes.

Enjoy, dear!

Упражнение 123

Вставьте little, a little, few или a few.

1. There is ... salad left in this bowl. 2. Would you like ... salad? - Yes, thank you. My doctor says it's good for my health. 3. I have ... money, so we can go to the cinema. 4. I have ... money, so we can­not go to the cinema. 5. This girl works very ... , that's why she knows nothing. 6. Mother gave us ... apples, and we were glad. 7. He did not like it at the camp: he had very ... friends there. 8. This lemon drink is sour; if you put ... sugar in it, it will be sweeter. 9. This lemon drink is sour; if you put ... lumps of sugar in it, it will be sweeter. 10. The hall was almost empty: there were very ... people in it. 11. I can't buy this expensive hat today: I have too ... money. 12. She left and returned in ... minutes. 13. I think you can spare me ... time now. 14. I am sorry I have seen ... plays by this author.

Упражнение 124

Вставьте much, many, little, few, a little или a few.

1. When we walked ... farther down the road, we met another group of students. 2. Have you got ... money on you? - I'm sorry. I have very ... money at the moment. 3. At the conference we met ... peo­ple whom we knew well. 4. There are very ... old houses left in our street. Most of them have already been pulled down. 5. If you have ... spare time, look through this book. You will find ... stories there which are rather interesting. 6. There are ... things here which I cannot understand. 7. Shall I bring ... more chalk? - No, thank you. There is ... chalk on the desk. I hope that will be enough for our lesson. 8. He had ... English books at home, so he had to go to the library for more books. 9. She gave him ... water to wash his hands and face. 10. I'd like to say ... words about my journey. 11. After the play ev­erybody felt ... tired. 12. Let's stay here ... longer: it is such a nice place. 13. There were ... new words in the text, and Peter spent ... time learning them. 14. There was ... hay in the barn, and the children could not play there. 15. My friend isn't going to the concert this evening because he has got ... work to do. 16. My mother knows German ... and she can help you with the translation of this letter. 17. He's got very ... time left. If he doesn't hurry up, he'll miss the plane.

4 Ю. Голицынский

Степени сравнения прилагательных 99

СТЕПЕНИ СРАВНЕНИЯ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ

Запомните особые случаи образования степеней сравнения:

Положительная степень

Сравнительная степень

Превосходная степень

old

elder older

the eldest the oldest

far

farther

the farthest

good

better

the best

bad

worse

the worst

и двусложные прилагательные

Положительная степень

Сравнительная степень

Превосходная степень

small

smaller

the smallest

large

larger

the largesf

big

bigger

the biggesf

happy

happier

the happiest

Упражнение 126

Переведите на английский язык.

Старый, старше, самый старый, самый стар­ший, мой старший брат, мой старый друг, даль­ше, самый дальний, самый длинный, короче, счаст­ливый, счастливее, самый счастливый, самый луч­ший, самый черный, длиннее, хуже, лучше, теп­лее, ее лучший друг, ее младший сын, его стар­ший сын.

Упражнение 125

Образуйте сравнительную и превосходную сте­пень следующих прилагательных. Не забудьте упо­треблять определенный артикль перед превосходной степенью прилагательных.

Hot, long, short, clever, silly, great, red, black, white, thin, thick, fat, nice, warm, cold, merry, small, tall, high, weak, strong, heavy, light, green, dry, clean, dirty, wide, deep, brave.

Многосложные прилагательные

Положительная степень

Сравнительная степень

Превосходная степень

interesting beautiful

тоге interesting

more beautiful

the most ■ interesting

the most beautiful

100 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Степени сравнения прилагательных 101

Упражнение 127

Переведите следующие предложения на англий­ский язык.

1. а. Я знаю интересную историю.

б. Он знает более интересную историю.

в. Она знает самую интересную историю.

2. а. Это длинный путь.

б. Это более длинный путь.

в. Это самый длинный путь.

3. а. Ее работа очень важна.

б. Его работа важнее.

в. Моя работа самая важная.

4. а. Это плохая песня.

б. Это еще более плохая песня.

в. Это самая плохая песня.

5. а. Он хороший инженер.

б. Он более хороший инженер.

в. Он самый лучший инженер.

6. а. Он принес ей красивый цветок.

б. Он принес ей более красивый цветок.

в. Он принес ей самый красивый цветок.

7. а. Он рассказал нам о счастливом человеке.

б. Он рассказал нам о более счастливом чело­

веке.

в. Он рассказал нам о самом счастливом чело­

веке.

Упражнение 128

Переведите следующие предложения на англий­ский язык.

1, Я,думаю, что наш учитель английского язы­ка был очень терпелив. 2. Hani старый доктор был очень занят. Наш новый доктор даже более занят. 3. Моя учительница немецкого языка - самый

энергичный человек. 4. Мы знаем, твой сосед - очень скучный человек. 5. Я считаю, твой дедуш­ка - самый щедрый человек, которого я когда-либо встречал. 6. Часы Рональда точные, но часы его тети более точные. 7. Она купила часы в Швей­царии, потому что она считает, что швейцарские часы самые точные в мире. 8. Тот телевизионный фильм гораздо хуже, чем сегодняшний. 9. Какая самая смешная телевизионная программа? 10. Это были самые счастливые дни в ее жизни. 11. Это очень легкая задача. Дайте мне более трудную за­дачу. 12. Летом дни длинные, а ночи короткие. 13. 22 июня - самый длинный день. 14. В июле дни короче. 15. В декабре дни самые короткие. 16. "Четверка" - хорошая отметка, но "пятер­ка" лучше. 17. "Пятерка" - самая лучшая отмет­ка. 18. Самая плохая отметка - "двойка". 19. Твое платье, конечно, очень красивое, но мое платье красивее. 20. Мой папа - высокий мужчина. 21. Это более теплое пальто.

Упражнение 129

Раскройте скобки, употребляя требующуюся фор­му прилагательного.

1. - How do you like Smucker's Sweet Orange Marmalade, Mrs. Johnson? - I think it's (delicious). It's much (delicious) than the marmalade I usually buy. - We agree with you, Mrs. Johnson. We think Smucker's Sweet Orange Marmalade is (delicious) marmalade in the world. 2. The rivers in America are much (big) than those in England. 3. The island of Great Britain is (small) than Greenland. 4. What is the name of the (high) mountain in Asia? 5. The English Channel is (wide) than the Straits of Gibral­tar. 6 Russia is a very (large) country. 7. Which is

102 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

(large): the United States or Canada? 8. What is the "name of the (big) port in the United States? 9. Moscow is the (large) city in Russia. 10. The Lon­don underground is the (old) in the world. 11. There is a (great) number of cars and buses in the streets of Moscow than in any other city of Russia. 12. St. Petersburg is one of the (beautiful) cities in the world.

Запомните:

as ... as - такой же... как not so ... as - не такой... как not as ... as - не такой... как¹

Упражнение 130

Переведите следующие предложения на русский язык.

1. English is as difficult as German. 2. My com­position is not as long as yours. 3. It isn't as warm today as it was yesterday. 4. The house his aunt lives in is as old as the one his uncle lives in. 5. His apart­ment isn't as elegant as her apartment, but it's much bigger. 6. Johnny isn't as rich as Don but he is younger and much happier. 7. My dog isn't as friend­ly as your dog. 8. You can eat as much as you like. 9. A football match isn't as exciting as a hockey match. 10. The hotel isn't as cheap as we expected. 11. His songs aren't as popular as the Beatles songs. 12. Her brother is as intelligent as his wife.

¹ В современном английском языке употребляется not as ... as. См. Raymond Murphy "Essential Grammar In Use".

1. A book for elementary students: Unit 88 - Rome is not as old as Athens.

2. A book for intermediate students: Unit 106 - But he isn't iin rifh as Shirly.

Степени сравнения прилагательных 103

Упражнение 131

Вставьте as ... as или so ... as.

1. Mike is ... tall ... Pete. 2. Kate is not ... nice ... Ann. 3. My room is ... light ... this one. 4. This book is not ... thin ... that one. 5. Sergei is ... old ... Michael. 6. She is ... young ... Tom's brother. 7. This woman is ... good ... that one. 8. Nick's English is not ... good ... his friend's. 9. I am not ... tall ... Pete. 10. This woman is ... young ... that one. 11. I am ... thin ... you. 12. Kate is ... lazy ... her brother. 13. This child is not ... small ... that one.

Упражнение 132

Переведите следующие предложения на англий­ский язык.

1. Он не такой усталый, как она. 2. Упражне­ние 2 такое же трудное, как и упражнение 3. 3. Она думает, что бокс такой же опасный вид спорта, как и борьба. 4. Этот дом такой же высокий, как тот.

5. Сегодня вода в реке не такая теплая, как вчера.

6. Ты не такой умный, как папа. 7. Индия не та­кая большая, как Китай. 8. Темза такая же краси­вая, как Нева. 9. Его бабушка не такая старая, как дедушка. 10. Яблоки такие же вкусные, как сли­вы, но не такие вкусные, как груши. 11. Русский музей такой же богатый, как Эрмитаж? 12. Держа­вин не такой знаменитый, как Пушкин. 13. Днепр не такой длинный, как Волга. 14. В прошлом году август был такой же жаркий, как июль. 15. Он не такой старый, как я. 16. Она такая же щедрая, как ее бабушка. 17. Его машина такая же удоб­ная (комфортабельная), как твоя. 18. Экзамен был не таким трудным, как мы ожидали. 19. Он та­кой же сильный, как его брат. 20. Этот компью-

104 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Степени сравнения прилагательных 105

тер не такой дорогой, как я ожидал. 21. Ее сын такой же вежливый, как и она. 22. Эта работа такая же интересная, как и твоя.

Не забывайте употреблять союз than при сравнительной степени прилагательного:

• E.g. Tom is taller than Kate.

Том выше Кати.

Упражнение 133

Переведите следующие предложения на англий­ский язык.

1. Эта работа легче той. 2. Этот роман более увле­кательный, чем тот. 3. Андрей Миронов был бо­лее талантливым актером, чем другие. 4. Эти люди более приятные, более вежливые и более госте­приимные, чем те. 5. Этот дом выше того. 6. Сегод­ня вода в реке холоднее, чем вчера. 7. Папа умнее тебя. 8. Китай больше Индии. 9. Его бабушка моложе дедушки. 10. Груши вкуснее яблок. 11. Наша кошка меньше нашей собаки. 12. Мой брат моложе меня. 13. В прошлом году февраль был холоднее января. 14. Днепр короче Волги. 15. Эрмитаж богаче Русского музея.

Упражнение 134

Переведите следующие предложения на русский язык.

1. The new cinema in our district is much bigger than the old one. 2. He is one of the most danger­ous criminals in the world. 3. Nevsky Prospect is

much more beautiful than our street. 4. Our house isn't as big as yours. 5. That's the funniest story I've ever heard. 6. The tram system isn't as reliable as it used to be. 7. What is your height? You are taller than me. 8. She felt as strong as her brother. 9. We start­ed earlier than you. 10. He was more careful than I.

11. This student is the most attentive in our group.

12. I need a warmer coat. 13. He is as tired as you. 14. He was one of the most experienced workers at the factory. 15. Better late than never. 16. She was not so attractive as her mother. 17. His work is not so difficult as mine. 18. He was the eldest in the family.

19. It is easier to swim in the sea than in the river.

20. This is the smallest room in our flat.

Упражнение 135

Раскройте скобки, употребляя требующуюся фор­му прилагательного.

1. We should eat (healthy) food. 2. Today the streets aren't as (clean) as they used to be. 3. It's (bad) mistake he has ever made. 4. This man is (tall) than that one. 5. Asia is (large) than Australia. 6. The Volga is (short) than the Mississippi. 7. Which build­ing is the (high) in Moscow? 8. Mary is a (good) stu­dent than Lucy. 9. The Alps are (high) than the Urals. 10. This garden is the (beautiful) in our town. 11. She speaks Italian (good) than English. 12. Is the word "newspaper" (long) than the word "book"? 13. The Thames is (short) than the Volga. 14. The Arctic Ocean is (cold) than the Indian Ocean. 15. Chinese is (difficult) than English. 16. Spanish is (easy) than German. 17. She is not so (busy) as I am. 18. It is as (cold) today as it was yesterday. 19. She is not

106 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

so (fond) of sports as my brother is. 20. Today the weather is (cold) than it was yesterday. 21. This book is (interesting) of all I have read this year. 22. January is the (cold) month of the year. 23. My sister speaks English (bad) than I do. 24. Which is the (hot) month of the year? 25. Which is the (beau­tiful) place in this part of the country? 26. This good-looking girl is the (good) student in our group.

Упражнение 136

Раскройте скобки, употребляя требующуюся фор­му прилагательного.

1. Her eyes are (grey) than mine. 2. He was the (fat) man in the village. 3. As he went on, the box became (heavy) and (heavy). 4. My sister is the (tall) girl in her class. 5. Who is the (attentive) student in your group? 6. It is autumn. Every day the air becomes (cold), the leaves (yellow). 7. This is the (beautiful) view I have ever seen in my life. 8. Your handwriting is now (good) than it was last year; but still it is not so (good) as Nick's handwriting. Nick has a (good) handwriting than you. And of course Nellie has the (good) handwriting of all. 9. Oil is (light) than water. 10. We shall wait for a (dry) day to go on the excursion. 11. A bus is (fast) than a tram. 12. Take some of these sweets: they are very (nice). They are (nice) than the sweets in that box.

13. He clearly did not like the explanation, and as he listened to it, he became (angry) and (angry).

14. He worked (hard) and (hard) as the end of the term came nearer. 15. The (tall) trees in the world grow in California. 16. Please be (careful) next time and don't spill the milk again. 17. Bobby was a (qui­et) child. He was (quiet) than his sister.

Степени сравнения прилагательных 107

Упражнение 137

Переведите следующие предложения на англий­ский язык.

1. Это самая ценная картина в Русском музее. 2. Мой компьютер не такой новый, как компью­тер моего друга. 3. Наши экзамены гораздо труд­нее, чем ваши. 4. Здание Московского универси­тета самое высокое в столице. 5. Наш город не та­кой большой, как Киев, но он такой же красивый. 6. Невский проспект - одна из самых красивых улиц Санкт-Петербурга. 7. Кто самый младший ученик в нашей группе? - Петров. Но он самый высокий. 8. Грамматика английского языка труд­ная, но английское произношение труднее. 9. Ма­газины на нашей улице больше, чем магазины на вашей улице. 10. Наш телевизор такой же хо­роший, как этот. 11. Эта комната светлее той. 12. Погода сегодня хуже, чем вчера. Сегодня хо­лоднее, и идет дождь. 13. Моя комната не такая большая, как комната моей подруги, но она свет­лее и теплее. 14. Какая из этих книг самая инте­ресная? 15. Ноябрь - не такой холодный месяц, как январь. 16. Мой отец - очень занятой чело­век. 17. Крым - одно из самых лучших мест для отдыха. 18. Сегодня он чувствует себя гораз­до лучше.

ПРЕДЛОГИ

Предлоги места и направления

В целях выработки беглости речи полезно запомнить следующие словосочетания:

Упражнение 138

Вставьте предлоги on, in или into.

1. Where is the book? - It is ... the table. 2. Where is the tea? - It is ... the cup. 3. Put the plates ... the table. 4. Put the book ... the bag. 5. There is a beautiful picture ... the wall. 6. He went ... the room. 7. I like to sit... the sofa ... my room. 8. Moth­er is cooking dinner ... the kitchen. 9. She went ... the room and sat down ... the sofa. 10. There are many people ... the park today. 11. There is a girl standing ... the bridge. Why is she crying? - She has dropped her doll ... the water. 12. There is no tea ... my cup. 13. Pour some tea ... my cup. 14. Put these flowers ... the windowsill. 15. I saw many people ... the platform waiting for the train. 16. We went... the garden and sat down ... a bench. 17. The

ГДЕ?

НА столе ON

On the table, on the floor, on the sofa, on the chair, on the windowsill, on the ground, on the grass, on the roof, on the bridge, on the platform, on the shelf, on the cupboard, on the bench, on the snow, on the ice, on the wall, on the blackboard, on the ta­ble, on the floor, on the sofa, on the chair, on the windowsill, on the ground, on the grass, on the roof, on the bridge, on the plat­form, on the shelf, on the cupboard, on the bench, on the snow, on the ice, on the wall, on the black­board.

КУДА?

НА стол ON

On the table, on the floor, on the sofa, on the chair, on the windowsill, on the ground, on the grass, on the roof, on the bridge, on the platform, on the shelf, on the cupboard, on the bench, on the snow, on the ice, on the wall, on the blackboard, on the table, on the floor, on the sofa, on the chair, on the win­dowsill, on the ground, on the grass, on the roof, on the bridge, on the platform, on the shelf, on the cup­board, on the bench, on the snow, on the ice, on the wall, on the black­board.

ГДЕ?

В комнате IN

In the room, in the kitchen, in the house, in the car, in the box, in the cupboard, in the bag, in the pocket, in the hall, in the plate, in the cup, in the glass, in the bottle, in the snow, in the water, in the river, in the lake, in the sea, in the wood, in the park, in the garden, in the yard, in the classroom.

КУДА?

В комнату INTO

Into the room, into the kitchen, into the house, into the car, into the box, into the cupboard, into the bag, into the pocket, into the hall, into the plate, into the cup, into the glass, into the bottle, into the snow, into the water, into the river, into the lake, into the sea, into the wood, into the park, into the garden, into the yard, into the class­room.

110 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Предлоги

111

teacher hung a picture ... the blackboard. 18. I ope­ned the door and went... the classroom. The teacher was writing some words ... the blackboard. The pupils were writing these words ... their exercise books. There were some books and pens ... the teacher's table. There were two maps ... the wall and some flowers ... the windowsills. I saw a pen ... the floor. I picked it up and put it ... the table. 19. He put his hand ... his pocket, took out a let­ter and dropped it ... the mailbox which hung ... the wall of the house. Then he got ... his car and drove off.

Запомните также следующие словосочетания:

ГДЕ?

КУДА?

У стены AT

К стене ТО

At the wall, at the door, at the window, at the blackboard, at the map, at the bookcase, at the tree, at the river.

То the wall, to the door, to the window, to the blackboard, to the map, to the bookcase, to the tree, to the river.

И следующие словосочетания:

ГДЕ?

КУДА?

ЗА столом -

AT the table

ЗА партой -

AT the desk

ЗА стол -

AT the table ЗА парту -

AT the desk

Упражнение 139

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя предлоги on, in, at, to, into.

1. Идите к доске.

2. Напишите число на доске.

3. Повесьте картину на доску.

4. Она налила в вазу воды и поставила в нее цве­ты. Потом она пошла к окну и поставила вазу на подоконник.

5. Учитель стоит у доски. Он пишет на доске предложение. Ученики сидят за партами. Они пи­шут это предложение в своих тетрадях.

6. Ник вошел в кухню и сел за стол. Мама сто­яла у плиты. Она подошла к столу, поставила на стол чашку и налила в чашку чаю.

7. Мы собрали в лесу много грибов.

8. Маша открыла дверь и вошла в дом. В доме никого не было. Медведи были в лесу. В комнате Маша увидела стол. Она подошла к столу. На сто­ле она увидела три тарелки.

9. Катя была в комнате. Она стояла у книжно­го шкафа.

10. На полу лежал толстый ковер. Дети сели на ковер и начали играть.

11. Где мальчики? - Они играют во дворе.

12. Сейчас зима. На земле лежит снег. На реке лед.

13. Она подошла к доске, взяла мел и начала пи­сать на доске.

14. Масло на столе. Поставь его в холодильник. А теперь садись за стол. В этом стакане сок. Вы­пей его и поставь стакан на полку.

15. Где твоя ручка? - Она в (моем) кармане.

16. Положи в карман платок.

17. Он прыгнул в реку и быстро поплыл к

острову.

112 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Предлоги

113

Запомните следующие словосочетания:

ГДЕ?

КУДА?

At the theatre, at the cinema, at the museum, at the swimming pool, at the library, at the shop, at the university, at the port, at the railway station, at the concert, at the exhibition, at the stadium, at the stop, at the factory, at work¹, at school¹, at the lesson.

To the theatre, to the cinema, to the museum, to the swimming pool, to the library, to the shop, to the university, to the port, to the railway station, to the concert, to the exhibition, to the stadium, to the stop, to the factory, to work¹, to school¹, to the lesson.

Упражнение 140

Переведите на английский язык следующие сло­восочетания, употребляя предлоги in или at.

В кухне, в порту, в плавательном бассейне, в парке, в лесу, в театре, в саду, в библиотеке, в реке, в магазине, в стакане, в комнате, в кино, в снегу, в школе, в классе, в доме, в чашке, в му­зее, в университете.

Упражнение 141

Переведите на английский язык следующие сло­восочетания, употребляя предлоги on или at.

На полке, на подоконнике, на скамейке, на за­воде, на стене, на вокзале, на платформе, на полу, на крыше, на выставке, на остановке, на земле, на концерте, на доске, на уроке, на мосту, на ста­дионе, на снегу, на траве, на работе.

¹ Обратите внимание на отсутствие артикля в этих слово­сочетаниях.

Упражнение 142

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя предлоги at, on, in, to, into.

1. Где Коля? - Он в университете. 2. Папа хо­дит на работу каждый день. 3. Вчера папа был на работе, а мама была дома. 4. Вчера я ходил в библиотеку. В библиотеке я взял очень интерес­ную книгу. 5. Катя сидела за столом. На столе ле­жали книги и тетради. Папа подошел к столу и поставил на стол вазу. В вазу он поставил цветы. 6. Вчера мы ходили на выставку. На выставке мы видели много картин. 7. Где Том? - Он на ста­дионе. Он всегда ходит на стадион в воскресенье. А его сестра ходит в плавательный бассейн. Сей­час она в бассейне. 8. Ты любишь ходить в театр? 9. Когда мы пришли на вокзал, мы поставили свои вещи на платформу и сели на скамейку. Мама по­шла в магазин и купила лимонаду. 10. Вчера на уроке учитель сказал мне: "На доске две ошибки. Иди к доске и исправь ошибки". 11. Вы были вче­ра на концерте? - Нет, мы работали в библиоте­ке, а потом мы пошли в парк. В парке мы играли, а потом сидели на траве. 12. Положи книгу в порт­фель и иди к доске. 13. Сегодня во дворе, много ре­бят.

Обратите внимание на разницу в значении в за­висимости от употребления предлогов to и into со словами wood, park, garden, yard, etc.:

пошел, ходил в лес, парк и т. д. went TO

вошел в парк, лес и т. д. went INTO

(преодолел какое-то расстояние прежде, чем дошел)

(был рядом и вошел внутрь)

114 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Упражнение 143

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя предлоги to или into.

1. Я пошел в сад. 2. Я вошел в сад. 3. Мы по­шли в лес. 4. Мы вошли в лес. 5. Идите в класс. 6. Войдите в класс. 7. Иди в парк. 8. Войди в парк. 9. Она пошла в кухню. 10. Она вошла в кухню. 11. Не ходите в магазин. 12. Не входите в мага­зин. 13. Она побежала во двор. 14. Она вбежала во двор.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

ГДЕ?

КУДА?

в постели - in bed¹ в городе - in town¹ за городом - in the country

в постель - to bed¹ в город - to town¹ за город -

to the country

Упражнение 144

Вставьте предлоги in или to.

1. In winter I usually go ... bed at ten o'clock be­cause I go... school and have to get up early. But in summer, when I don't go ... school and live ... the country, I like to go ... bed late. 2. Do you like to read ... bed? 3. We did not want to stay ... town on such a hot day, so we went ... the country. 4. It is very late. Go ... bed at once. 5. Where is your little sister? - She is ... bed. Mother always puts her ... bed at eight o'clock. 6. In summer my mother does

¹ Обратите внимание на отсутствие артикля в этих слово­сочетаниях.

115Предлоги

not go ... work and I don't go ... school. We live ... the country. My father goes ... work every day, so he stays ... town. But sometimes he comes ... the country after work and goes back ... town early in the morning, when I am still ... bed.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания:

ГДЕ?

КУДА?

на севере - in the north на юге -in the south на востоке - in the east на западе - in the west

на север - to the north на юг - to the south на восток - to the east на запад - to the west

Упражнение 145

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя предлоги on, in, at, to, into.

1. Летом они всегда ездят на юг. 2. Мой папа работает на заводе, а мама в библиотеке. Мой стар­ший брат учится в университете, а я учусь в шко­ле. Утром папа идет на завод, мама идет в биб­лиотеку, мой брат идет в университет, а я иду в школу. Наша бабушка обычно ходит в магазин утром. В магазине она покупает продукты. 3. Мой друг живет на севере. 4. Мы провели лето на юге. 5. В городе было очень жарко, и мы решили по­ехать за город. После завтрака мы поехали на вок­зал. На вокзале было много народу. Люди стояли на платформе и ждали поезда. За городом было чу­десно. Сначала мы пошли в лес. Было жарко, но, когда мы вошли в лес, стало прохладно. Потом мы подошли к реке. Мы плавали в реке, а бабушка

116 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Предлоги 117

сидела у реки на траве. Вечером мы поехали в город. 6. Владивосток расположен на Дальнем Востоке. 7. Вчера мы были в театре. 8. Позавче­ра мы были в парке. 9. Завтра мы пойдем в кино или в музей. 10. Где твой брат? - Он в комнате, стоит у окна. 11. Где твоя сестра? - Она в шко­ле. 12. Где ребенок? - Он в постели. Мама уло­жила его в постель полчаса назад. 13. Где твой папа? - Он на работе. 14. Где твой дедушка? - Он в парке. 15. Где Коля? - Он на стадионе.

Предлоги времени: AT

в пять часов

- at five o'clock

в полдень -

at noon

в полночь -

at midnight

на восходе солнца - at sunrise

на закате -

at sunset

Упражнение 146

Переведите на английский язык следующие сло­восочетания.

В четыре часа, в половине шестого, без четвер­ти три, на закате, в четверть пятого, в полночь, в пять минут шестого, без десяти два, в полдень, на восходе солнца, в двадцать пять третьего.

Упражнение 147

Вставьте предлоги at или on.

1. I get up ... seven o'clock or ... a quarter past seven. 2. ... Sunday I usually get up ... nine o'clock or ... half past nine. But last Sunday I slept very long and got up only ... noon. 3. My birthday is ... the ninth of July. 4. The school year begins ... the first of September. 5. ... the twenty-fifth of Decem­ber people celebrate Christmas. 6. ... Wednesday I usually have a lot of homework. 7. Lev Tolstoy liked to get up ... sunrise. 8. Our lessons are usually over ... twenty minutes to two. 9. They returned from the wood ... sunset. 10. I began writing my composition ... seven o'clock and finished only ... midnight.

Предлоги времени: IN

в 1997 году - in 1997

в марте - in March

Ho:

в этом году - J_ this year

в прошлом году - s_ last year

в будущем году - S_ next year

А также:

в этом месяце - S_ this month

в прошлом месяце - S_ last month

в будущем месяце - S_ next month

А также:

на этой неделе - £ this week

на прошлой неделе - Ц last week

на будущей неделе - S_ next week

Предлоги времени: ON

в воскресенье - on Sunday пятого марта - on the 5th of March

Упражнение 148

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя предлоги at, on, in, to.

В прошлом месяце моя тетя не ходила на рабо­ту. Она вставала в десять часов и ложилась спать

118 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Предлоги 119

в полночь. Она часто ходила в театр и в кино. Но в этом месяце она встает на восходе солнца, пото­му что она опять ходит на работу. Она работает в нашем университете. Учебный год в университете начинается в сентябре, а кончается в мае. В янва­ре и в июне студенты сдают экзамены. Тетя ходит в университет во вторник, в среду, в четверг и в субботу. В понедельник она всегда работает в биб­лиотеке. В пятницу она обычно ездит за город. Она встает в семь часов и едет на вокзал. За городом она проводит целый день и возвращается в город на закате. На будущей неделе моя тетя поедет в Лондон, а в будущем году - в Нью-Йорк.

в море. В полдень мы обедали и отдыхали. Вече­ром мы ходили в парк. На закате мы часто ходи­ли к морю и возвращались домой в половине одиннадцатого или в одиннадцать. 8. В будущем году мы поедем на Дальний Восток. 9. На буду­щей неделе я пойду в театр. 10. Диккенс родил­ся в 1812 году.

Предлоги времени: BY

к пяти часам - by 5 o'clock

к 2010 году - by 2010

к завтрашнему дню - by tomorrow

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания с предлогом in.

весной - in spring утром - in the morning

летом - in summer днем - in the afternoon

осенью - in autumn вечером - in the evening

зимой - in winter Но: ночью - at night

Предлоги времени: SINCE

с прошлого года - s/лсе last year

с весны - s/лсе spring

с 1998 года - since 1998

с утра - since morning

с трех часов - since 3 o'clock

Упражнение 149

Переведите на английский язык.

1. Четвертого июня мы поедем за город. 2. Я люб­лю ходить в парк осенью. 3. На этой неделе мы будем встречать наших друзей в аэропорту. Само­лет прибывает в семь часов вечера. Я думаю, что мы ляжем спать только в полночь. 4. Прошлой зимой он часто ходил на каток в воскресенье. 5. На прошлой неделе мы ходили в Русский му­зей. 6. Летом солнце встает рано утром, а садится поздно вечером. 7. Прошлым летом мы ездили на юг. Когда мы были на юге, мы ходили к морю каждый день. Мы вставали на рассвете и купались

Упражнение 150

Переведите на английский язык следующие сло­восочетания.

В пять часов, к пяти часам, с пяти часов, в пол­день, к полудню, с полудня, с полуночи, к полу­ночи, в полночь, с прошлого года, в прошлом году, в этом году, к 2005 году, к двадцатому февраля, двадцатого февраля, с утра, к ночи, ночью, к пер­вому ноября, в ноябре, с лета, во вторник, к пят­нице, в половине третьего, к завтрашнему дню, на восходе солнца, к весне, весной, прошлой весной, с прошлой весны, к зиме, в будущем году, к буду­щему году, со вчерашнего дня.

120 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Предлоги

121

Обратите внимание на употребление Present Perfect в отрицательных предложениях с предлогом since:

I haven't been to the Hermitage since winter.

Упражнение 151

Переведите на английский язык.

1. Я не слышал эту песню с прошлой зимы. 2. Она не была в театре с прошлого месяца. 3. Мы не разговаривали об этом с прошлой недели. 4. Ты не подходила к роялю с понедельника. 5. Сейчас уже вечер, а ты с трех часов ничего не сделал. 6. Мы не были в Москве с 1999 года. 7. Он не пи­сал нам с прошлого года. 8. Я не видел его со вче­рашнего дня. 9. Она не ела с самого утра. 10. Мы не играли в футбол с лета.

Запомните:

через час - in an hour

через год - in a year

через два дня - in two days

через несколько минут - in a few minutes

минут. Мы поехали на вокзал. Через полчаса мы были на вокзале. На платформе мы встретили сво­их друзей. Через час мы были уже за городом. Мы пошли в лес. Было жарко, но когда мы вошли в лес, стало прохладно. Мы провели за городом весь день и вернулись в город на закате. 2. Он придет через час. 3. Подождите, пожалуйста, я вернусь через несколько минут. 4. Мы окончим школу че­рез несколько лет. 5. Через два или три года все изменится. 6. Я не был в Эстонии с 1997 года. Будущим летом я поеду туда. Я проведу там все лето и вернусь в Санкт-Петербург к первому сен­тября.

Предлоги, передающие падежные отношения

Обратите внимание на соответствие некоторых предложных оборотов русским падежным формам:

of - родительный

•the leg of the table - ножка стола

to - дательный

•explain to me - объясните мне

Упражнение 152

Переведите на английский язык.

1. В прошлое воскресенье мы встали на рассве­те и к семи часам были готовы идти. В десять ми­нут восьмого мы отправились. Мы пошли на авто­бусную остановку. На остановке было мало наро­ду: в воскресенье люди не любят вставать на рас­свете. Автобус подошел к остановке через десять

Упражнение 153

Вставьте предлоги to или of.

1. The young scientist was trying to prove ... the professor the necessity ... the experiment. 2. Lon­don is the capital ... Great Britain. 3. The embank­ments ... the Neva are faced with granite. 4. It is clear ... me that you don't know your lesson. 5. He was devoted ... his friend. 6.1 explained ... the teach­er that by the end ... the leseon I had not finished

122 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Предлоги 123

the translation ... the text and that's why I had not handed it ... him. The surprise ... the teacher was great. My explanation seemed strange ... the teach­er. 7. He bought a book ... English poems and gave it ... his sister. 8. I wrote ... him asking to send me a box ... chocolates. 9. The roof ... the house is very old. 10. There is a monument ... Pushkin in Arts Square. 11.Would you like to try a piece ... lemon pie? 12. He was standing outside the door ... his house and explaining ... the mechanic what was wrong with his car. 13. He gave her a big bunch ... beautiful flowers. 14. I sent a letter ... my friend.

15. The streets ... St. Petersburg are straight.

16. Many pages ... this book are torn.

Сочетания существительных с предлогами with и by соответствуют русскому творительному падежу.

Не путайте употребление этих предлогов:

with обозначает орудие (чем произведено дей­ствие)

by обозначает деятеля (кто совершил действие)

• with a knife - ножом

• by my brother - братом

Упражнение 154

Вставьте предлоги with или by.

1. Не was taken to hospital ... an ambulance. 2. He was treated ... very effective drugs. 3. He was cured ... a very skilful doctor. 4. He wrote his letter ... a pencil. 5. He was scolded ... his mother. 6. The boy cut his finger ... a knife. 7. The boat was car­ried ... the waves into the open sea. 8. The teacher was pleased ... our work. 9. America was discovered ... Columbus. 10. "Hamlet" was written ... Shakes­peare. 11. We eat soup ... a spoon. 12. He was killed

... a knife. 13. He was killed ... the robbers. 14. He was knocked down ... a big stick. 15. He was knocked down ... a car.

Запомните употребление предлогов со следующими глаголами и выражениями:

They waited for me. - Они ждали меня. They looked at me. - Они смотрели на меня. They spoke to me. - Они говорили со мной. They listened to me. - Они слушали меня. They laughed at me. - Они смеялись надо мной. They complained of illnesses. - Они жаловались на

болезни. They complained about² me. - Они жаловались на меня They were afraid of me. - Они боялись меня. They answered s my question. - Они ответили на

мой вопрос. They entered s the room. - Они вошли в комнату. They turned ^ the corner. - Они повернули за угол.

Упражнение 155

Вставьте предлоги, где необходимо.

1. We tried to speak ... him, but he did not want to listen ... us. He did not even look ... us and did not answer ... our questions. 2. Your brother com­plains ... you. He says you always laugh ... him, nev­er speak ... him and never answer ... his questions. 3. When I entered ... the room, everybody looked ...

1. Complain p_f употребляется при жалобах на боли или бо­лезни.

2. Complain about - в остальных случаях. См. Longman Dictionary of English Language and Culture, p. 256:1) He went to the doctor complaining of difficulty in breathing. 2) They complained bitterly about the injustice of the system.

124 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Предлоги

125

me with surprise: they had not expected ... me. 4. At the end ... the street she turned ... the corner, walked ... the bus stop and began waiting ... the bus. 5. My mother is afraid ... rats. 6. "What do you complain ...?" asked the doctor. 7. Don't enter ... the room. 8. What are you laughing ... ? 9. They did not want to listen ... me. 10. Wait... me. I'll be back ... a few minutes. 11. Yesterday the teacher spoke ... us about the architecture ... St. Petersburg. 12. My grand­mother often complains ... headache. 13. I am sor­ry, I cannot speak ... you now, the professor is wait­ing ... me. I must go ... the institute and explain ... him some details ... our work. Come ... the evening, I shall listen ... you very attentively and answer ... all your questions. 14. Turn ... the corner ... the house and look ... the flowers grown ... my mother: aren't they beautiful? 15. He was an excellent pu­pil, and the teachers never complained ... him. 16. She complained ... feeling bad and could not an­swer ... the questions ... the teacher. 17. ... nine o'clock the lecturer entered ... the hall, walked up ... the table, put his bag ... it, looked ... everybody and began his lecture. The lecture, as all the lectures ... this professor, was very interesting, and the stu­dents listened ... him with great attention.

внимание на способы

перевода русско-

го предлога через:

через час -

in an hour

через дорогу

- across the road

через поле -

- across the field

через лес -

through the wood

через реку (вброд, вплавь, на лодке) -

across

the

river

через реку (по мосту, по воздуху)

- over

the

river

через забор

- over the fence

Обратите внимание на способы перевода русско-

го предлога по:

по

улице -

- along (down) the street

по

реке -

down (up) the river

по

морю -

across the sea

по

городу -

- about the town

по

комнате

- about the room

по

коридору - along the corridor

по

стране -

- about the country

Упражнение 156

Переведите на английский язык, обращая внима­ние на способы перевода предлогов через и по.

1. Пройдите по этому коридору, заверните за угол в конце коридора и войдите в первую комна­ту. 2. Через пять минут все сидели за столом и слушали бабушку. 3. Он смотрел на лодки, плы­вущие по реке. 4. В прошлом году мы путешество­вали по Европе. 5. Он шел по улице и смотрел на лица прохожих. 6. Собака подбежала к реке, прыгнула в воду, переплыла реку и вбежала в лес. 7. Он перешел дорогу и вошел в кафе. 8. Она хо­дила по комнате. 9. Они плавали по южным мо­рям. 10. Иди по этой дорожке через поле и через лес, и через два-три часа ты подойдешь к реке. 11. Они гуляли по городу с рассвета до заката, го­ворили со многими людьми, смотрели на прекрас­ные дворцы и памятники. Вечером они вернулись в гостиницу усталые, но довольные. 12. Том Сойер перепрыгнул через забор и побежал по улице. Че­рез несколько секунд он повернул за угол и исчез.

Употребление времен

127

УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЕ ВРЕМЕН

Спряжение глагола to be (быть)

в Present Simple Tense (Present Indefinite Tense)

1 am

1 am not

He is

He is not

She is

She is not

It is

It is not

We are

We are not

You are

You are not

They are

They are not

Am 1?

Yes, 1 am.

No, 1 am not.

Is he?

Yes, he is.

No, he isn't.

Is she?

Yes, she is.

No, she isn't.

Is it?

Yes, it is.

No, it isn't.

Are we?

Yes, we are.

No, we aren't.

Are you?

Yes, you are

No, you aren't.

Are they?

Yes, they are.

No, they aren't.

Упражнение 157

Вставьте глагол to be в Present Simple.

1. What ... your name? - My name ... Shirley Frank. 2. What ... your address? - My address ... 175 Grand Central Parkway. 3. What... your phone number? - My phone number ... 718-1930.

4. Where ... you from? - I ... from New York.

5. I ... a pupil. 6. My father ... not a teacher, he ... a scientist. 7. ... your aunt a doctor? - Yes, she .... 8. ... they at home? - No, they ... not at home, they ... at work. 9. My brother ... a worker. He ... at work. 10. ... you an engineer? - Yes, I ... . 11. ... your sister a typist? - No, she ... not a typist, she ... a student. 12. ... your brother at school? - Yes, he ... . 13. ... your sister at school? - No, she ... not at school. 14. My sister ... at home. 15. ... this your watch? - Yes, it ... . 16. She ... an actress. 17. This ... my bag. 18. My uncle ... an office work­er. 19. He ... at work. 20. Helen ... a painter. She has some fine pictures. They ... on the walls. She has much paper. It ... on the shelf. The shelf ... brown. It ... on the wall. Helen has a brother. He ... a student. He has a family. His family ... not in St. Petersburg, it ... in Moscow.

Упражнение 158

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­гол to be в Present Simple.

1. Как тебя зовут? - Меня зовут Аня. 2. Ка­кой твой адрес? - Мой адрес: Оксфорд Стрит, 45. 3. Откуда ты родом? (... приехала?) - Я из Лон­дона. 4. Кто он (на фотографии)? - Это мой отец. 5. Как его зовут? - Его зовут Джон. 6. Где он? - Он в Лондоне. 7. Я Лена, а это Коля. Он мой

128 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен 129

брат. Ему 10 лет, а мне 12 лет. Мы из Петербур­га. 8. Я ученик. Я в школе. 9. Мой брат - худож­ник. Он не инженер. 10. Моя сестра на работе. Она врач. 11. Он студент. 12. Вы студент? - Нет, я врач. 13. Моя сестра дома. 14. Мы не в школе. Мы дома. 15. Мой брат - ученик. Он в школе. 16. Ваша мама дома? - Нет, она на работе. 17. Ваш двоюродный брат дома? - Нет, он в школе. Он ученик. 18. Ваша сестра - учительница? - Нет, она студентка. 19. Твой папа на работе? - Нет, он дома. 20. Твоя сестра - машинистка? - Да. - Она дома? - Нет, она на работе. 21. Мой де­душка - ученый. 22. Моя мама - не учитель­ница. Она врач.

Упражнение 159

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­гол to be в Present Simple.

1. Меня зовут Катя. 2. Мне 14 лет. 3. Я рус­ская. Я из Санкт-Петербурга. 4. Я ученица. 5. Мой любимый вид спорта - теннис. 6. Я ин­тересуюсь музыкой. 7. Мой любимый предмет - английский язык. 8. Мой папа - программист. Он не интересуется политикой. 9. Моя мама - зубной врач. Она интересуется искусством. 10. Мы всегда заняты, но мы очень счастливы быть вместе. 11. Чья это ручка? - Это моя руч­ка. 12. Чья это книга? - Это ваша книга. 13. Чей это стол? - Это стол моего брата. 14. Чья это сум­ка? - Это сумка моей мамы. 15. Чей это каран­даш? - Это карандаш моей сестры. 16. Это твоя тетрадь? - Да. 17. Это тетрадь твоего брата? - Нет, это моя тетрадь. 18. Где ваш стол? - Он посередине комнаты. 19. Где твоя ручка? - Она в моем кармане. 20. Где твоя тетрадь? - Она на

столе. 21. Где твоя мама? - Она на работе. 22. Где твой брат? - Он в школе. 23. Где твоя сестра? - Она дома. 24. Чей это карандаш? - Это мой карандаш. - А где мой карандаш? - Он на столе. 25. Чьи это часы? - Это мои часы. - А где мои часы? - Они на столе.

Упражнение 160

Вставьте глагол to be в Present Simple.

1. Where ... you? - I... in the kitchen. 2. Where ... Fred? - He ... in the garage. 3. Where ... Lisa and John? - They .. at college. 4. ... you busy? - No, I... not. Mike ... busy. He ... the busiest person I've ever met. 5. It... ten o'clock. She ... late again. 6. How ... you? - I ... not very well today. - I ... sorry to hear that. 7. We ... interested in classical music. 8. Vera ... afraid of snakes. 9. My grandmoth­er ... not nervous and she ... rarely upset. She ... the kindest person I've ever seen. My grandmother ... really wonderful. 10. I ... sorry. They ... not at the office at the moment. 11. Where ... the keys? - In your jacket. 12. What... the time, please? - Two o'clock. 13. It ... the biggest meal I've ever had. 14. Which sport do you think ... the most danger­ous? 15. Chess and aerobics ... not as exciting as sky­diving and figure skating. 16. Debt... the worst kind of poverty. 17. The game ... not worth the candle. 18. Do you have any idea where he ... ? 19. Used cars ... cheaper but less reliable than new cars.

20. What ... the weather forecast for tomorrow?

21. Art ... long, life ... short. 22. You ... the best friend I've ever had. 23. I don't remember what his telephone number .... 24. Two heads ... better than one. 25. You ... right. That ... a lot of money! Cof­fee ... very expensive this week.

5 Ю. Голицынский

130 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

131

Спряжение глагола to be (быть) в Past Simple Tense (Past Indefinite Tense)

1 was He was She was It was

We were You were They were

1 was not He was not She was not It was not

We were not You were not They were not

Was 1? Was he? Was she? Was it?

Were we? Were you? Were they?

Yes, 1 was. Yes, he was. Yes, she was. Yes, it was.

Yes, we were. Yes, you were. Yes, they were.

No, 1 wasn't. No, he wasn't. No, she wasn't. No, it wasn't.

No, we weren't. No, you weren't. No, they weren't.

Упражнение 161

Вставьте глагол to fee в Past Simple.

My aunt ... very depressed last Sunday. The weather ... terrible. It ... cold and rainy. Her hus­band ... not at home. He ... at hospital because he ... sick. Her children ... not at school. They ... not in the yard, they ... in the living room. The TV ... broken. The children ... not only upset, they ... very angry. The neighbours ... not happy because her chil­dren ... too noisy.

The house ... not clean. The sink ... broken. There ... dirty dishes on the kitchen table and in the sink. There ... nothing in the fridge. There ... no vegeta­bles for dinner, there ... no juice for her children. There ... not even bread in the house! She ... tired and hungry. She ... just exhausted.

Упражнение 162

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­гол to fee в Present Simple или Past Simple.

1. Погода была прекрасная. Было тепло и солнеч­но. Мои дети были в школе, а мой муж был на ра­боте. Я была в саду. Там было много красивых цве­тов. Это было в мае. Я была счастлива. 2. Я уче­ник. 3. Он летчик. 4. Она доктор. 5. Мы школь­ники. 6. Вы рабочие. 7. Ты рабочий. 8. Они уче­ники. 9. Я дома. 10. Он в школе. 11. Она в кино? 12. Мы в парке. 13. Они в театре? 14. Она моло­дая? 15. Он старый. 16. Она не старая. 17. Они сильные. 18. Она больна. 19. Вы больны? 20. Он болен? 21. Я не болен. 22. Я был болен вчера. 23. Она не была больна. 24. Мы были в кино.

Спряжение глагола to be (быть) в Future Simple Tense (Future Indefinite Tense)

1 shall be He will be She will be It will be

We shall be You will be They will be

1 shall not be He will not be She will not be It will not be

We shall not be You will not be They will not be

Shall 1 be? Will he be? Will she be? Will it be?

Shall we be? Will you be? Will they be?

Yes, 1 shall. Yes, he will. Yes, she will. Yes, it will.

Yes, we shall. Yes, you will. Yes, they will.

No, 1 shan't. No, he won't. No, she won't. No, it won't.

No, we shan't. No, you won't. No, they won't.

132 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

133

Упражнение 163

Вставьте глагол to be в Present Simple, Past Simple или Future Simple.

1. The students ... in the Russian Museum. 2. Last month they ... in the Hermitage. There ... an interest­ing exhibition there. 3. In two weeks they ... in the Tretyakov Gallery. They ... lucky. 4. My father ... a teacher. 5. He ... a pupil twenty years ago. 6. I ... a doctor when I grow up. 7. My sister ... not ... at home tomorrow. 8. She ... at school tomorrow. 9. ... you ... at home tomorrow? 10. ... your father at work yesterday? 11. My sister ... ill last week. 12. She ... not ill now. 13. Yesterday we ... at the theatre. 14. Where ... your mother now? - She ... in the kitchen. 15. Where ... you yesterday? - I ... at the cinema. 16. When I come home tomorrow, all my family ... at home. 17. ... your little sister in bed now? - Yes, she .... 18. ... you ... at school tomor­row? - Yes, I ... . 19. When my granny ... young, she ... an actress. 20. My friend ... in Moscow now. 21. He ... in St. Petersburg tomorrow. 22. Where ... your books now? - They ... in my bag.

Упражнение 164

Вставьте глагол to be в Present Simple, Past Simple или Future Simple.

Ronald Frank ... a managing director of the First Bank of Kings ville on Main Street. He ... always on a business trip. Yesterday he ... in Geneva. Tomor­row he ... in London. Last week he ... in Chicago. Next week he ... in New Orleans. At the moment he ... in Amsterdam. In two hours he ... in the Hague.

Three days ago he ... in Paris. At the end of his trip he ... usually very tired but happy. He ... with his family now. His sons ... so much excited. They have got new toys from their father. Everybody in the family ... very glad to see him at home again.

Упражнение 165

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­гол to be в Present Simple, Past Simple или Future Simple.

1. Вчера они были в библиотеке. 2. Сейчас они в школе. 3. Завтра они будут в театре. 4. В дан­ный момент его здесь нет. 5. В воскресенье он бу­дет на концерте. 6. В прошлую субботу он был на стадионе. 7. Мой брат сейчас в школе. 8. Мой брат был вчера в кино. 9. Мой брат будет завтра дома. 10. Ты будешь дома завтра? 11. Она была вчера в парке? 12. Он сейчас во дворе? 13. Где папа? 14. Где вы были вчера? 15. Где он будет завтра?

16. Мои книги были на столе. Где они сейчас?

17. Моя мама вчера не была на работе. Она была дома. 18. Мой друг не в парке. Он в школе. 19. Завтра в три часа Коля и Миша будут во дво­ре. 20. Мы не были на юге прошлым летом. Мы были в Москве. 21. Завтра мой дедушка будет в деревне. 22. Когда твоя сестра будет дома? 23. Ты будешь летчиком? - Нет, я буду моряком. 24. Моя сестра была студенткой в прошлом году, а сейчас она врач. - Ты тоже будешь врачом? - Нет, я не буду врачом. Я буду инженером. 25. Они не были в кино. 26. Они не в школе. 27. Они дома. 28. Вы были в парке вчера? 29. Он был в школе вчера? 30. Он был рабочим. 31. Она была учитель­ницей.

134 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

135

Спряжение глагола to work (работать)

в Present Continuous Tense

(Present Progressive Tense)

(действие в процессе, совершается в тот момент, когда

о нем говорят)

1 am working

1 am not working

Не is working

He is not working

She is working

She is not working

It is working

It is not working

We are working

We are not working

You are working

You are not working

They are working

They are not working

Am 1 working?

Yes, 1 am.

No, 1 am not.

Is he working?

Yes, he is.

No, he isn't.

Is she working?

Yes, she is.

No, she isn't.

Is it working?

Yes, it is.

No, it isn't.

Are we working?

Yes, we are.

No, we aren't.

Are you working?

Yes, you are.

No, you aren't.

Are they working?

Yes, they are.

No, they aren't.

Упражнение 166

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous.

(NOW) 1. Timothy (to feed) his dog. 2. Mr. Jones (to clean) his yard. 3. Nancy (to paint) her kitchen. 4. Our neighbours (to wash) their car. 5. I (to wash) my hair. 6. Who (to fix) your sink? 7. What she (to do) now? - She (to dance). 8. The children (to brush) their teeth. 9. What he (do) at the moment? - He (to fix) his bicycle. 10. They (to have) a big dinner together. 11. The boys (to run) about in the garden.

12. I (to do) my homework. 13. John and his friends (to go) to the library. 14. Ann (to sit) at her desk. She (to study) geography. 15. A young man (to stand) at the window. He (to smoke) a cigarette. 16. The old man (to walk) about the room. 17. The dog (to lie) on the floor. 18. You (to have) a break? 19. What language you (to study)? 20. Who (to lie) on the sofa? 21. What they (to talk) about? 22. It still (to rain). 23. I (to open) an umbrella. 24. John (to play) computer games.

Упражнение 167

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous.

(NOW) It (not to rain) any more, it (to clear) up and the sun (to shine). The jazz band (to play) in the park. A lot of people (to listen) to the music and they really (to have) a good time. But they (not to dance) yet. There is a coffee shop there. Only seven people (to sit) there, and only five people (to wait) in the queue. Some people (to have) sandwiches and (to drink) coffee, tea or fruit juices. Boys and girls over there (to laugh) and (to make) a lot of noise. They (to play) games and Tom (to take) pictures. So what (to go) on?

Упражнение 168

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Present Continuous.

(СЕЙЧАС) 1. Я читаю. 2. Он не пишет. 3. Мы не работаем. 4. Вы читаете? 5. Он спит? 6. Коля и Миша играют в футбол. 7. Катя играет на рояле.

136 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

137

8. Она не поет. 9. Моя сестра спит. 10. Папа пьет чай? 11. Твои родители пьют чай? 12. Я не сплю. 13. Она сидит за столом. 14. Мы делаем упражне­ние. 15. Мы не купаемся. 16. Они играют во дво­ре? 17. Нина и Аня моют пол. 18. Коля помогает маме. 19. Ты помогаешь папе? 20. Моя сестра читает интересную книгу. 21. Они идут в школу. 22. Вы идете в школу? 23. Он работает? 24. Твоя бабушка идет в магазин? 25. Он покупает конфе­ты. 26. Что делает твоя сестра? 27. Где играют дети? 28. Почему ты смеешься? 29. Куда они идут? 30. Что несут эти мальчики? 31. Я сижу в парке на скамейке и кормлю птиц. 32. Мама си­дит на диване в гостиной и смотрит телевизор. 33. Это фотография моих друзей. Том играет на ги­таре, а Джейн поет. 34. А здесь они танцуют на моем дне рождения.

Спряжение глагола to work (работать) в Present Simple Tense (Present Indefinite Tense)

(действие совершается обычно)

1 work He works She works It works

We work You work They work

1 do not work He does not work She does not work It does not work

We do not work You do not work They do not work

Do 1 work? Does he work? Does she work? Does it work?

Do we work? Do you work? Do they work?

Yes, 1 do. Yes, he does. Yes, she does. Yes, it does.

Yes, we do. Yes, you do. Yes, they do.

No, 1 don't. No, he doesn't. No, she doesn't. No, it doesn't.

No, we don't. No, you don't. No, they don't.

Упражнение 169

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple.

(USUALLY) 1. My working day (to begin) at sev­en o'clock. I (to get) up, (to switch) on the radio and (to do) my morning exercises. It (to take) me fifteen minutes. At half past seven we (to have) breakfast. My father and I (to leave) home at eight o'clock. He (to take) a bus to his factory. My mother (to be) a doctor, she (to leave) home at nine o'clock. In the evening we (to gather) in the living room. We (to watch) TV and (to talk).

2. My sister (to get) up at eight o'clock. 3. She (to be) a schoolgirl. She (to go) to school in the af­ternoon. 4. Jane (to be) fond of sports. She (to do) her morning exercises every day. 5. For breakfast she (to have) two eggs, a sandwich and a cup of tea. 6. After breakfast she (to go) to school. 7. It (to take) him two hours to do his homework. 8. She (to speak) French well.

Упражнение 170

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple.

(USUALLY) 1. Andrea Schatzmann, an exchange student from Switzerland, (to live) with the Connor family in San Francisco. She (to get) up at 7 am and (to take) a shower. She normally (not to have) break­fast. At half past seven she (to catch) the bus. Her first class (to start) at a quarter past eight. She al­ways (to have) lunch at 12 o'clock in the cafeteria. The cafeteria food (to be) OK and it (to be) cheap too. Her afternoon classes (to be) from 1.15 till 3.00 pm, so she (to be) at school all day. She usually (to have) dinner with the Connors at about 8.00. On Sat-

138 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

139

urdays she (to have) lunch at the restaurant. Once a week, usually on Sunday mornings, she (to go) swimming. A few friends usually (to go) along, too. One of her friends has got a car, so he (to pick) them up and then he (to drive) them home. After swim­ming they often (to go) out for a pizza. On Saturday evenings she sometimes (to go) out with friends to a party or maybe to a concert. Sometimes she (to in­vite) friends to her house and they (to listen) to music and (to talk). Mr. and Mrs. Connor often (to take) them for a camping weekend to the seaside or to the mountains. From time to time she (to call) her family in Switzerland. They never (to talk) for very long because it (to be) expensive. She usually (to call) on Sundays because it (to be) cheaper then.

2. What time Andrea usually (to get) up? 3. When she (to catch) the bus? 4. She (to take) a shower in the morning? 5. She (to go) home for lunch? 6. When she (to go) swimming? 7. How she (to get) to the pool? 8. What she (to do) on Saturday evenings?

Упражнение 171

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Present Simple.

(ОБЫЧНО) 1. Я работаю. 2. Мы работаем. 3. Они не работают. 4. Вы работаете? - Да. 5. Он работает? - Нет. Он учится. 6. Мой брат не учит­ся. Он работает. 7. Ты носишь очки? 8. Вы помо­гаете людям? 9. Он любит читать сказки? 10. Она любит играть на скрипке? 11. Моя сестра не чита­ет книг. 12. Наша бабушка любит спать на дива­не. 13. Вы любите отдыхать в кресле? 14. Мы едим и пьем в кухне. 15. Мой брат не любит читать га­зеты. 16. Мы спим в спальне. 17. Мой брат спит на диване в жилой комнате. 18. Моя сестра оде-

вается перед зеркалом. 19. Мой дядя пишет кни­ги. 20. Мы пишем упражнения в школе. 21. Я тра­чу свои карманные деньги на мороженое. 22. Он читает все время и не любит смотреть телевизор.

Упражнение 172

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Present Simple.

1. Где ты живешь? - Я живу в Москве. 2. Ког­да у тебя каникулы? - В январе. 3. Что тебе боль­ше всего нравится в школе? 4. Мой брат работает в больнице. Он врач. Он встает в двадцать минут восьмого. Он работает утром и днем. Вечером он не работает. Вечером он отдыхает. 5. Твоя сестра говорит по-французски? - Нет. Она говорит по-немецки, а ее муж говорит по-английски. 6. Ког­да вы встаете? - Я встаю без четверти семь. 7. Когда встает твой брат? - Он встает без двад­цати восемь. - А твоя сестра тоже встает без двад­цати восемь? - Нет. Мой брат ходит в школу, а моя сестра не ходит в школу. Она еще не учени­ца. Она встает в девять часов. 8. Он не моет руки перед едой. 9. Этот мальчик свистит в классе. 10. Он не играет ни на каком музыкальном инстру­менте. 11. Но мальчик играет в футбол и любит смотреть мультипликационные фильмы. 12. Он лю­бит школьные каникулы, особенно летние. 13. День рождения у мальчика 31 декабря. 14. Поэтому он получает много подарков.

Упражнение 173

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Present Simple.

Мой дядя - инженер. Он очень занят. Его ра­бочий день начинается рано утром. Он встает в

140 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

141

семь часов. Он умывается, одевается и завтрака­ет. После завтрака он идет на работу. Он работа­ет в институте. Он любит свою работу. Он женат. Его жена - врач. Она работает в больнице. Ве­чером она изучает французский язык. Она посе­щает курсы французского языка. Мой дядя не говорит по-французски. Он говорит по-русски и по-немецки. Он изучает английский язык. Вече­ром он посещает курсы английского языка. Сын моего дяди - ученик. Он ходит в школу. В шко­ле он изучает английский язык.

Сравните употребление Present Continuous и Present Simple

Упражнение 174

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous или в Present Simple.

1. I (to take) my sister I (to take) her to school to school now. every day.

2. He (to help) his He (to help) his father father now. very often.

3. At the moment they They usually (to go) to (to go) to the river the river for a swim. for a swim.

4.

She (to play) the

She (to play) the violin

violin now.

every day.

5.

I (to read) now.

I (to read) every day.

6.

He (to sleep) now.

He (to sleep) every night.

7.

We (to drink) tea

We (to drink) tea every

now.

morning.

8. They (to go) to school now.

9. I (not to sleep) now.

10. She (not to drink) coffee now.

11. We (not to watch) TV now.

12. They (not to eat) now.

13. My mother (not to work) now.

14. You (to work) now?

15. He (to play) now?

16. They (to eat) now?

17. Your sister (to rest) now?

18. What you (to do) now?

19. What you (to read) now?

20. What they (to eat) now?

21. What your brother (to drink) now?

22. Everybody (to have) a good time now?

23. She (to take) medi­cine now?

24. Where they (to go) now?

25. They (to speak) English now?

They (to go) to school

every morning. I (not to sleep) in the

daytime. She (not to drink) coffee

after lunch. We (not to watch) TV in

the morning. They (not to eat) at the

lesson. My mother (not to work)

at an office. You (to work) every day? He (to play) in the after­noon? They (to eat) at school? Your sister (to rest) after

school? What you (to do) every

morning? What you (to read) after

dinner? What they (to eat) for

breakfast? What your brother (to

drink) in the evening? Everybody (to have)

a good time every

Saturday? How often she (to take)

medicine? Where they (to go) on

Sunday? What language they usu­ally (to speak)?

142 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

143

Упражнение 175

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous или в Present Simple.

1. Не (to work) in the centre of Chicago. 2. He (to work) in the centre of Chicago? 3. He (not to work) in the centre of Chicago. 4. They (to read) many books. 5. They (to read) many books? 6. They (not to read) many books. 7. The children (to eat) soup now. 8. The children (to eat) soup now? 9. The children (not to eat) soup now. 10. You (to play) vol­leyball well? 11. When you (to play) volleyball? 12. What Nick (to do) in the evening? 13. He (to go) to the cinema in the evening? 14. We (not to dance) every day. 15. Look! Kate (to dance). 16. Kate (to sing) well? 17. Where he (to go) in the morning? 18. He (not to sleep) after dinner. 19. My granny (to sleep) after dinner. 20. When you (to sleep)? 21. Nina (not to sleep) now. 22. Where John (to live)? - He (to live) in England. 23. My friends from Switzerland (to speak) four languages. 24. Elvire (to speak) English, German and French? - Yes, she .... 25. She only (not to speak) Italian.

Упражнение 176

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous или в Present Simple.

1. Tom (to play) football on Saturday. 2. He (not to play) football every day. 3. I (to wear) a suit now. 4. I (not to wear) jeans now. 5. My friend (not to like) to play football. 6. I (not to read) now. 7. He (to sleep) now? 8. We (not to go) to the country in winter. 9. My sister (to eat) sweets every day. 10. She (not to eat) sweets now. 11. They (to do) their homework in the afternoon. 12. They (not to

go) for a walk in the evening. 13. My father (not to work) on Sunday. 14. He (to work) every day. 15.1 (to read) books in the evening. 16. I (not to read) books in the morning. 17. I (to write) an exercise now. 18. I (not to write) a letter now. 19. They (to play) in the yard now. 20. They (not to play) in the street now. 21. They (to play) in the room now? 22. He (to help) his mother every day. 23. He (to help) his mother eve­ry day? 24. He (not to help) his mother every day. 25. You (to go) to school on Sunday? 26. She (to work) in a shop now? 27. He (to deliver) letters now? 28. You (to go) to the opera with your friends?

Упражнение 177

Раскройте скобки, употреблял глаголы в Present Continuous или в Present Simple.

1. His father (not to watch) TV at the moment. He (to sleep) because he (to be) tired. 2. Pat (not to cook) dinner at the moment. She (to talk) on the phone. She (to cook) dinner every Monday. 3. I (not to drink) coffee now. I (to write) an English exer­cise. 4. I (not to drink) coffee in the evening. I (to drink) coffee in the morning. 5. Your friend (to do) his homework now? 6. Your friend (to go) to school in the morning? 7. Look! The baby (to sleep). 8. The baby always (to sleep) after dinner. 9. My grand­mother (not to work). She is on pension. 10. My fa­ther (not to sleep) now. He (to work) in the garden. 11.1 usually (to get) up at seven o'clock in the morn­ing. 12. What your sister (to do) now? - She (to wash) her face and hands. 13. When you usually (to come) home from school? - I (to come) at three o'clock. 14. Where your cousin (to work)? - He (to work) at a hospital. 15. Your sister (to study) at college? - No, she (to go) to school. 16. My

144 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

145

cousin (to go) to school every day. 17. My mother (not to play) the piano now. She (to play) the piano in the morning. 18. When you (to listen) to the news on the radio? 19. Who (to make) breakfast for you now? 20. You (to read) a magazine and (to think) about your holiday at the moment? 21. They (to be) good dancers but they (not to go) to discos very of­ten. 22. What she (to talk) about right now?

Упражнение 178

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous или в Present Simple.

1. I (to sit) in the waiting room at the doctor's now. 2. I (not to work) in my office now. 3. Eric (to talk) about his holiday plans, but Kenny (not to lis­ten) to him. He (to think) about his new car at the moment. 4. My friend (to live) in St. Petersburg. 5. My cousin (not to live) in Moscow. 6. The chil­dren (not to sleep) now. 7. The children (to play) in the yard every day. 8. They (not to go) to the stadi­um on Monday. 9. She (to read) in the evening. 10. She (not to read) in the morning. 11. She (not to read) now. 12.1 (to write) a composition now. 13.1 (not to drink) milk now. 14. I (to go) for a walk after dinner. 15. I (not to go) to the theatre every Sun­day. 16. He (not to read) now. 17. He (to play) now. 18. He (to play) now? 19. My mother (to work) at a factory. 20. My aunt (not to work) at a shop. 21. You (to work) at an office? 22. Your father (to work) at this factory? 23. You (to play) chess now? 24. Look at the sky: the clouds (to move) slowly, the sun (to appear) from behind the clouds, it (to get) warmer. 25. How is your brother? - He is not well yet, but his health (to improve) day after day. 26. Listen! Who (to play) the piano in the next room? 27. Henry usually (to wear) glasses and now

he (to wear) sunglasses. 28. Who (to listen) to mu­sic on his personal" stereo over there right now?

Запомните глаголы, не употребляющиеся во вре­менах группы Continuous: to be, to know, to understand, to think, to recognize, to want, to like, to see, to hear, to feel, to have¹. Эти глаголы надо употреблять в Present Simple, даже если действие совершается в момент речи.

Упражнение 179

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous или в Present Simple.

1. I (not to know) what to give my brother for his birthday. 2. They (to want) to publish this book in July? 3. She (to think) he (to drive) dangerously. 4. He (to understand) that he (to eat) noisily, but he always (to forget) about it. 5. Who that man (to be) who (to stand) in the doorway? - You (not to rec­ognize) him? It (to be) John, my cousin. 6.1 (to have) no time now, I (to have) dinner. 7. Your family (to leave) St. Petersburg in summer? - Yes, we always (to go) to the seaside. We all (to like) the sea. Moth­er (to stay) with us to the end of August, but father (to return) much earlier. 8. Where Tom and Nick (to be) now? - They (to have) a smoke in the garden. 9. What you (to do) here now? - We (to listen) to tape recordings. 10. You (to want) to see my father? - Yes, I ... . 11. Michael (to know) German rather well. He (to want) to know English, too, but he (to have) little time for it now. 12. What magazine you

¹ to have - только в своем прямом значении «иметь». В словосочетаниях типа "to have breakfast", "to have a lesson", "to have a smoke" глагол to have употребляется также и во вре­менах группы Continuous.

146 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

147

(to read)? - It (to be) a French magazine. There (to be) good articles on sports here. You (to be) in­terested in sports? - Yes, I ... . But I (not to know) French. 13. We (to have) an English lesson now.

14. He (to feel) in a position to lend her money.

15. I (to think) she (not to feel) safe there. 16. You (to see) what I (to mean)? 17. You (to hear) what she (to say)? 18. He (not to feel) at liberty to tell you the truth. 19. Ron has got a new job. He (to earn) a fortune as a managing director. They (to think) he (to be) a bag of money.

Упражнение 180

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous или в Present Simple.

One Sunday Agnes and her mother went to the zoo. Agnes was very excited. She was interested in everything she saw.

"Mother, look," she said. "There (to be) a monkey in this cage. It (to eat) an apple. Now it (to give) a bite to another monkey. I (to think) monkeys (to like) apples very much."

"Yes, dear," said her mother.

"Now I (to want) to go and see the lions and ti­gers. Where they (to live), mother?"

"In that big house over there. Come along."

Agnes enjoyed herself very much in the lion house. "Mother," she said, "the tiger (to want) a drink: it (to go) to the dish of water there in the corner. And the lion (to look) right at me. You (to think) it (to want) to eat me up? When the lions and tigers (to have) their dinner, mother?"

"The keepers (to bring) them great pieces of meat every day at four o'clock. And they (to make) a big noise before their dinner time, so everybody (to know) they (to be) hungry."

Упражнение 181

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous или в Present Simple.

1. In the evening I often (to go) to see my friends. 2. On Sunday we sometimes (to go) to the cinema or to a disco club. 3. Andrew (to get) up very early as he (to live) far from school. He (to be) never late. 4. It (to be) six o'clock in the evening now. Victor (to do) his homework. His sis­ter (to read) a book. His mother and grandmother (to talk). 5. I (to write) a letter to my grandmother who (to live) in Novgo-rod. I (to write) to her very often. 6. It (to take) me forty minutes to get to school. 7. Hello, Pete, where you (to go)? - I (to hurry) to school. 8. When your lessons (to begin) on Monday? - They (to begin) at nine o'clock. 9. Where your sister (to be)? - She (to do) her homework in the next room. 10. It usually (to take) me an hour to do my written exercises. 11. Where Boris (to be)? I (to look) for him. - He (to have) dinner. 12. I (to look) for a cassette recorder. You (to have) anything on sale? - Take a look at this little Sonic Walkman. - No, I (not to want) that kind. - Well, this Supersound might interest you. It (to be) a good size, it (to be) stereo and it (to have) a radio to listen to the news.

Упражнение 182

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous или в Present Simple.

1. You (to keep) to any special diet? - Well, I (not to think) it (to be) good to eat a lot of meat.

148 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен 149

I usually (to have) meat only once a week. I (to eat) lots of fruit and vegetables. 2. He (to learn) English now because he (to want) to get a better job. 3. The teacher (to know) the girl often (not to argue) with pupils. 4. I (to think) she often (to worry). 5. Bar­bara's boss (to see) she (to be) always late for work. 6.1 (to call) my son in Cedar Falls now. I (to want) to call him every month but it (to be) very expensive. 7. You (to hear) me now? How your job (to go)? - Great! I (to enjoy) it a lot. The only problem I (to have) here (to be) that the food (to be) so good. I (to eat) too much! I (to get) really fat. 8. Ruth (to learn) English now because she (to like) learning languages and she (to want) to impress everybody. 9. Listen to that man! You (to understand) what language he (to speak)? 10. Your English (to get) better? - Yes, I (to think) so. 11. We (to know) he never (to take) risks. 12. They (to think) he (to learn) fast, he (to know) English well and he (to speak) English fluent­ly. 13. Don't disturb him. He just (to work) at his English. 14. I (not to like) to watch TV very often. But at the moment I (to enjoy) my favourite film "Gone with the Wind". And I (to be) very happy. 15. You (to have) any idea where Rick (to be)? I (not to see) him at work now. - He (to visit) his friends in Spain. 16. Hurry up! We (not to have) much time left. - I (to come)! 17. She (to try) to lose weight, I (to think). She always (to have) light lunches. 18. She (to try) to do her best. 19. My little brother (not to play) the piano very well. That (to be) why he (to practise) the piano again. 20. My grandmother (to be) busy. She (to bake) an apricote pie. She (to bake) pies every Sunday. 21. Tom (to be) tired. He (to be) embarrassed because he (to yawn) his head off. 22. I (to be) sad. That (to be) why I (to cry).

Спряжение глагола to work (работать) в Future Simple Tense (Future Indefinite Tense)

(действие будет совершаться в будущем)

1 shall work Не will work She will work It will work

We shall work You will work They will work

1 shall not work He will not work She will not work It will not work

We shall not work You will not work They will not work

Shall 1 work? Will he work? Will she work? Will it work?

Shall we work? Will you work? Will they work?

Yes, 1 shall. Yes, he will. Yes, she will. Yes, it will.

Yes, we shall. Yes, you will. Yes, they will.

No, 1 shan't. No, he won't. No, she won't. No, it won't.

No, we shan't. No, you won't. No, they won't.

Упражнение 183

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Future Simple.

1. I want to get a medical checkup. I (to go) to my doctor tomorrow. 2. He (to give) me a complete examination. 3. The nurse (to lead) me into one of the examination rooms. 4. I (to take) off my clothes and (to put) on a hospital gown. 5. Dr. Setton (to come) in, (to shake) my hand, and (to say) "hello". 6. I (to stand) on his scale so he can measure my height and my weight. 7. He (to take) my pulse. 8. Then he (to take) my blood pressure. 9. After he takes my blood pressure, he (to take) some blood for a blood analysis. 10. He (to examine) my eyes, ears, nose, and throat. 11. He (to listen) to my heart with

150 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

151

a stethoscope. 12. Then he (to take) a chest X-ray and (to do) a cardiogram (ECG or EKG). 13. After the checkup I (to go) home and (to wait) for Dr. Set-ton's call. 14. Dr. Setton (to call) me tomorrow after­noon and (to say) to me: "Stop worring! Your blood analysis is excellent." He is a very good doctor.

Сравните употребление Present Continuous, Present Simple и Future Simple

Упражнение 184

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous, Present Simple или в Future Simple.

1. I (to play) chess tomorrow. 2. I (not to play) chess tomorrow. 3. You (to play) chess tomorrow? 4. He (to play) chess every day. 5. He (not to play) chess every day. 6. He (to play) chess every day? 7. They (to play) chess now. 8. They (not to play) chess now. 9. They (to play) chess now? 10. Nick (to go) to the park now. 11. Nick (to go) to school every day. 12. Nick (to go) to school tomorrow. 13.1 (to miss) your excellent cooking! 14. You ever (to buy) presents? 15. You (to think) it (to be) easy or difficult to choose the right presents for people? 16. What present your mother (to receive) for her next birthday? 17.

A: The weather (to be) unpredictable these days. B: Well, maybe it (to be) warm and sunny. A: It (to get) cold, and look at those clouds. I (to

think) it (to be) cold and damp. B: You (to be right). It (to get) cold. My feet (to

freeze). You (to know), it might snow. A: You never (to know). They (say) fog (to cover) the

area early tomorrow morning. It (to clear) and (to

become) sunny by noon. So it might be beautiful

this afternoon, too.

В: You (to kid)? I (to freeze). Where (to be) the bus? We (to wait) for the bus now. We always (to wait) for the bus. And tomorrow we (to wait) for the bus, too.

Упражнение 185

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous, Present Simple или в Future Simple.

1. You (to come) to my place next Sunday? 2. You (to read) this book next week? 3. You (to read) books every day? 4. You (to read) a book now? 5. I (not to see) him tomorrow. 6. What you (to do) tomorrow? 7. What your friend (to do) tomorrow? 8. Where you (to go) next summer? 9. Where you (to go) every morning? 10. Where you (to go) now? 11. Look! Mary (to dance). 12. She (to dance) every day. 13. She (to dance) tomorrow? 14. He (to go) to the theatre tomor­row. 15. We (to go) to school in the morning. 16. Look! Kate (to go) to school. 17. You (to help) your mother tomorrow? 18.1 (not to play) the guitar now. 19. My brother (to play) the guitar every evening. 20. They (not to take) care of the garden next summer. 21". You (to like) apples? 22. You (to eat) apples tomorrow? 23. Nick (to read) many books. 24. Mother (to work) every day. 25. He (not to sleep) now. 26. Your brother (to go) to the exhibition next Sunday? 27. We (not to go) to the zoo tomorrow. 28.1 (not to learn) the poem now. 29. She (to live) in San Francisco. 30. My father (to shoot) very well. 31. He is very strong. Look! He (to carry) a very heavy box.

Упражнение 186

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous, Present Simple или в Future Simple.

1. My sister (not to like) coffee. 2. When you (to go) to bed every day? 3. What he (to read) now?

152 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

153

4. What he (to read) every day? 5. What he (to read) tomorrow? 6. You (to give) me this book tomorrow? 7. Where she (to be) tomorrow? 8. Where she (to go) tomorrow? 9. She (to go) to the country with us to­morrow? 10. They (to stay) at home tomorrow. 11. What you (to do) now? I (to see) that you (not to read). 12. When you (to finish) your homework? It (to be) very late, it (to be) time to go to bed. 13. How you usually (to spend) evenings? 14. What you (to do) in the country next summer? 15. They (not to drink) tea now. I (to think) they (to watch) TV.

16. What your father (to drink) in the evening?

17. When you (to get) up every day? - I (to get) up at seven o'clock. 18. My brother usually (not to get) up at seven o'clock. As a rule, he (to get) up at six o'clock, but tomorrow he (to get) up at seven o'clock.

19. Why she (to come) home so late tomorrow?

20. We (to go) to the country the day after tomor­row. 21. Our friends always (to go) to the country for the weekend. 22. Look! The kitten (to play) with its tail. 23. Your parents (to watch) TV now? 24. My sis­ter (not to rest) now. She (to help) mother in the kitch­en. She (to help) mother in the kitchen every day.

He забывайте употреблять настоящее время вме­сто будущего в придаточных предложениях времени и условия после союзов if, when, as soon as, before, after, till (until).

Упражнение 187

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в нужном времени.

1. Before you (to cross) the park, you will come to a supermarket. 2. When you (to cross) the park, you will see the hospital. 3. If you (to translate) this

article into Russian, I shall use it in my report. 4. If she (to be) in St. Petersburg now, she will meet you at the railway station. 5. If you (not to hurry), you will miss the train. 6. If it (to rain), we shan't go to the country. 7. When my friend (to come) to St. Petersburg, we shall go to the Russian Museum. 8. What will you be doing when he (to come) to your place? 9. Don't forget to pay for your dinner before you (to leave) the canteen. 10. I shall be able to trans­late this article if you (to give) me a dictionary. 11. You will have to work hard at home if you (to miss) the lesson. 12. Where will you go when you (to come) to London? 13. The child won't be healthy if you (not to give) him much fruit. 14. I shan't have dinner before mother (to come) home. 15. What will you do if you (not to finish) your homework tonight? 16. She will wait for him till he (to come) back.

Упражнение 188

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple или Future Simple. (Все предложения отно сятся к будущему.)

1. If I (to stay) some more days in your town, I (to call) on you and we (to have) a good talk. 2. He (to go) to the Public Library very often when he (to be) a student. 3. As soon as I (to return) from school, I (to ring) you up. 4. You (to pass) many towns and villages on your way before you (to arrive) in Mos­cow. 5. I (to stay) at home till she (to come). Then we (to go) to the theatre if she (to bring) tickets. 6. After I (to finish) school, I (to enter) the Univer­sity. 7. When he (to return) to St. Petersburg, he (to call) on us. 8. If I (to see) him, I (to tell) him about their letter. 9. We (to gather) at our place when my brother (to come) back from Africa. 10.1 (to sing) this song with you if you (to tell) me the words.

154 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

155

11. I hope you (to join) us when we (to gather) in our- country house the next time. 12. What you (to do) when you (to come) home? 13. When they (to cross) the road, they (to see) the hotel. 14. Be­fore she (to get) to the theatre, she (to go) past the shopping centre. 15. What we (to do) if it (to rain) tonight? 16. What she (to do) if she (to see) her best friend again? 17. If the bus (to be) very crowded, you (to be) exhausted by the time you (to get) to work. 18. If it (to be) very cold tonight, our car (not to start) in the morning.

Упражнение 189

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple или Future Simple. (Все предложения отно­сятся к будущему.)

1. If the weather (to be) nice, we probably (to go) to the beach. 2. If he still (to have) a cold and (not to feel) better, he (not to go) to a disco. 3. If you (to decide) to forget about your diet, you (to eat) wed­ding cake tomorrow. 4. If I (to drink) too much champagne at my friend's wedding, I (to get) a bad headache. 5. If they (to go) to California next year, they (to visit) his friend in San Francisco. 6. If she (not to work) properly, her boss (to fire) her and (to hire) my sister. 7.1 (to see) you before you (to start)? 8. What he (to do) when he (to come) home? 9. Where they (to go) if the weather (to be) fine? 10. He (to ring) me up when he (to return) home. 11. If it (to rain), we (to stay) at home. 12. She (to walk) home if it (not to be) too cold. 13. I am sure he (to come) to say goodbye to us before he (to leave) St. Peters­burg. 14. Please turn off the light when you (to leave) the room. 15. If we (to be) tired, we (to stop) at a small village halfway to Moscow and (to have) a short rest and a meal there. 16. If you (to miss) the 10.30 train, there is another at 10.35. 17. She (to

make) all the arrangements about it before she (to fly) there. 18. Before he (to start) for London, he (to spend) a week or two at a health resort not far from here.

Упражнение 190

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple или Future Simple. (Все предложения отно сятся к будущему.)

1. My grandmother is superstitious. She always says to me, "If you (to spill) salt, you should throw a little salt over your left shoulder. If you (not to do) this, you (to have) bad luck. If you (to break) a mirror, you (to have) bad luck for seven years."

2. I (not to speak) to him until he (to apologize).

3. Peter (to introduce) us to his friends as soon as we (to meet) them. 4. We (to go) to the station to meet Sergei when he (to come) to St. Petersburg. 5. Don't go away until mother (to come) back. Give her the note as soon as she (to come). 6. You (to go) to the library with us? - No, I ... . I (to stay) here and (to help) Jane with her grammar. I (to come) to the library after I (to finish). 7. Ring me up before you (to come). 8. I (to speak) to Mary if I (to see) her today. 9. If you (to ask) me a difficult question, I (to be) nervous. If I (to be) nervous, I (to make) a mis­take. If I (to make) a mistake, the other students (to laugh) at me. If the other students (to laugh) at me, I (to be) embarrassed. And if I (to be) embarrassed, I (to cry). So please don't ask me a difficult question!

Упражнение 191

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple, Present Continuous или Future Simple.

1. It (to be) cold in autumn. It often (to rain). A cold wind often (to blow). 2. The weather (to be)

156 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

157

fine today. It (to be) warm, the sun (to shine) brightly. A soft wind (to blow). Small white clouds (to sail) in the sky. 3. Don't go out: it (to rain) heav­ily. 4. Take your raincoat with you. I am afraid it (to rain) in the evening and you (to get) wet through if you (not to put) on your raincoat. 5. Every spring birds (to come) to our garden and (to sing) in the trees. 6. Listen! Somebody (to sing) in the next room.

7. It usually (not to snow) at this time of the year.

8. What the weather (to be) like now? It (to snow)? - No, it ... . 9. We (to go) out of town to ski on Sunday? - Yes, we ... if it (to snow) this week and if there (to be) a lot of snow everywhere. 10. What you (to do) tomorrow? - We (to go) out of town if the weather (not to change) for the worse. You (to come) with us? - With pleasure, if only I (not to l have) too much work to do at home. 11. If we (to have) televisions at our supermarket, they (to in­form) customers about things in the store. 12. If we

(to play) music, it (to produce) the right atmosphere. 13. If we (to put) in cameras, they (to stop) people stealing things. 14. If we (to employ) more assist­ants, they (to help) our customers.

Упражнение 192

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла голы в Present Simple или Future Simple.

1. Он сделает упражнения по английскому язы­

ку, если у него не будет других дел. 2. Если я не _:

помогу ему, он не напишет контрольную работу

завтра. 3. Он не пойдет в библиотеку сегодня ве­

чером. 4. Если он не пойдет в библиотеку, он бу­

дет дома. 5. Мы будем дома завтра. 6. Если мы

будем дома завтра, мы посмотрим эту программу

по телевизору. 7. Ее не будет завтра дома. 8. Если

ее не будет завтра дома, оставьте ей записку.

9. Завтра погода будет хорошая. 10. Если завт­ра погода будет хорошая, мы поедем за город. 11. Когда она приходит в школу, она снимает пальто. 12. Когда она придет в школу, она снимет пальто. 13. Как только он вспоминает эту смеш­ную сцену, он начинает смеяться. 14. Как только он вспомнит эту смешную сцену, он начнет сме­яться. 15. Я приду домой в шесть часов. 16. Ког­да я приду домой, я позвоню вам. 17. Она позво­нит нам вечером. 18. Если она позвонит вам, по­просите ее принести мне книгу. 19. Я увижу Тома завтра. 20. Как только я увижу Тома, я расскажу ему об этом. 21. Я поеду в Париж на будущей не­деле. 22. Перед тем, как я поеду в Париж, я по­звоню вам.

Спряжение глагола to work (работать) в Past Simple Tense (Past Indefinite Tense)

Правильные глаголы (действие совершалось в прошлом)

1 worked Не worked She worked It worked

We worked You worked They worked

1 did not work He did not work She did not work It did not work

We did not work You did not work They did not work

Did 1 work? Did he work? Did she work? Did it work?

Did we work? Did you work? Did they work?

Yes, 1 did. Yes, he did. Yes, she did. Yes, it did.

Yes, we did. Yes, you did. Yes, they did.

No, 1 didn't. No, he didn't. No, she didn't. No, it didn't.

No, we didn't. No, you didn't. No, they didn't.

158 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

159

Спряжение глагола to write (писать) в Past Simple Tense (Past Indefinite Tense)

Неправильные глаголы (действие совершалось в прошлом)

1 wrote Не wrote She wrote It wrote

We wrote You wrote They wrote

1 did not write He did not write She did not write It did not write

We did not write You did not write They did not write

Did 1 write? Did he write? Did she write? Did it write?

Did we write? Did you write? Did they write?

Yes, 1 did. Yes, he did. Yes, she did. Yes, it did.

Yes, we did. Yes, you did. Yes, they did.

No, 1 didn't. No, he didn't. No, she didn't. No, it didn't.

No, we didn't. No, you didn't. No, they didn't.

Упражнение 193

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple.

1. What your neighbours (to do) yesterday?

2. Mr. Smith (to fix) his car yesterday morning.

3. His wife (to water) plants in the garden. 4. Their children (to clean) the yard and then they (to play) basketball. 5. In the evening their boys (to listen) to loud music and (to watch) TV. 6. Their little girl (to cry) a little and then (to smile). 7. Her brothers (to shout) at her. 8. Mrs. Smith (to work) in the kitch­en. 9. She (to bake) a delicious apple pie. 10. She (to

cook) a good dinner. 11. She (to wash) the dishes and (to look) very tired. 12. The children (to brush) their teeth, (to yawn) a little and (to go) to bed.

13. Their mother (to change) her clothes and (to

brush) her hair. Then she (to talk) on the phone.

14. Her husband (to smoke) a cigarette and (to talk)

to his wife. 15. They (to wait) for the bus. The bus

(to arrive) at 9 o'clock. 16. They (to visit) their

friends. 17. They (to dance) a lot there. 18. Mr. and

Mrs. Smith (to rest) very well last night. They real­

ly (to have) a wonderful time at their friends.

Упражнение 194

Перепишите следующий текст в прошедшем вре­мени.

On Monday we have five lessons. The first lesson is Russian. At this lesson we write a dictation and do some exercises. Nick goes to the blackboard. He answers well and gets a "five". Pete does not get a "five" because he does not know his lesson. After the second lesson I go to the canteen. I eat a sand­wich and drink a cup of tea. I do not drink milk. After school I do not go home at once. I go to the library and change the book. Then I go home.

Упражнение 195

Перепишите следующий текст в прошедшем вре­мени (что рассказала мама).

On Tuesday I get up at half past six. I go to the bathroom and wash my hands and face and clean my teeth. Then I dress, go to the kitchen and cook break­fast for my family. At half past seven my son gets

160 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

161

up and has breakfast. I have breakfast with my son. My son eats a sandwich and drinks a cup of tea. I don't drink tea. I drink coffee. After breakfast my son leaves home for school. I don't leave home with my son. On Tuesday I don't work in the morning. I work in the afternoon. In the evening I am at home. My husband and my son are at home, too. We rest in the evening. My son watches TV, my husband reads newspapers and I do some work about the house. At about eleven o'clock we go to bed.

Упражнение 196

Перепишите следующий текст в прошедшем вре­мени.

Boris wakes up when it is already quite light. He looks at his watch. It is a quarter to seven. Quick! Boris jumps out of bed and runs to the bathroom. He has just time to take a cold shower and drink a glass of tea with bread and butter. He is in a hur­ry to catch the eight o'clock train.

At the railway station he meets three other boys from his group. They all have small backpacks and fishing rods.

In less than an hour they get off the train at a small station near a wood. They walk very quick­ly and soon find themselves on the shore of a large lake. The boys spend the whole day there fishing, boating and swimming.

They return home late at night, tired but happy.

Сравните употребление Present Simple и Past Simple

Упражнение 197

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple или Past Simple.

1. His sister (to study) English every day. 2. She (to study) English two hours ago. 3. You (to come) home at six o'clock yesterday? - No, I ... . Yester­day I (to come) home from school at half past eight. I (to be) very tired. I (to have) dinner with my fam­ily. After dinner I (to be) very thirsty. I (to drink) two cups of tea. Then I (to rest). 4. I (to go) to bed at ten o'clock every day. 5. I (to go) to bed at ten o'clock yesterday. 6. My brother (to wash) his face every morning. 7. Last night he (to wash) his face with soap and water. 8. I (not to have) history les­sons every day. 9. We (not to rest) yesterday.

10. My brother (not to drink) coffee yesterday.

11. My mother always (to take) a bus to get to work,

but yesterday she (not to take) a bus. Yesterday she

(to walk) to her office. 12. You (to talk) to the mem­

bers of your family every day? - Yes, I ... . But

yesterday I (not to talk) to them: I (to be) very busy

yesterday. 13. Your sister (to go) to school every

day? - Yes, she .... 14. Mary (to like) writing sto­

ries. 15. Last week she (to write) a funny story about

her pet. 16. You (to tell) your mother the truth about

the money? 17. You (to wear) your polka-dot dress

to work? - Yes, I .... I (to wear) it yesterday.

18. We (to like) to go to the beach. We (to enjoy)

swimming in the ocean last weekend.

Упражнение 198

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple или Past Simple.

1. Tom always (to eat) breakfast. 2. Yesterday he (not to eat) breakfast because he (to get) up late.

6 Ю.Голицынский

162 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен 163

3. We (to like) to cook but we (not to like) to wash the dishes. 4. He never (to shout) at his students. He (to be) a wonderful teacher, I remember. 5. My friend (to know) Spanish very well. 6. Who (to ring) you up an hour ago? 7. He (to live) on the third floor.

8. It (to take) you long to find his house yesterday?

9. When your lessons (to be) over on Monday?

10. I (to have) dinner with my family yesterday.

11. Her friends (to be) ready at five o'clock. 12. One of her brothers (to make) a tour of Europe last sum­mer. 13. Queen Elizabeth II (to be) born in 1926. She (to become) Queen of England in 1952. 14. You al­ways (to get) up at seven o'clock? - No, sometimes I (to get) up at half past seven. 15. Antonio Stradi­vari (to make) wonderful violins. 16. Who (to paint) the world-known picture "Mona Lisa"? 17. She (to know) all the works of Chopin. She (to enjoy) listen­ing to his waltz last night. 18. Steven's friends (to come) to his birthday party last night and (to give) him wonderful presents. His parents (to cook) a spe­cial dinner for him. His girlfriend (to promise) to come, but she (not to be) there. He (to try) to phone, but he couldn't get through. He (to be) really upset. Only she (not to wish) him a Happy Birthday.

Сравните употребление Present Simple, Past Simple и Future Simple

Упражнение 199

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple, Past Simple или Future Simple.

1. I (to go) to bed at ten o'clock every day. 2.1 (to go) to bed at ten o'clock yesterday. 3. I (to go) to bed at ten o'clock tomorrow. 4. I (not to go) to the

cinema every day. 5. I (not to go) to the cinema yes­terday. 6. I (not to go) to the cinema tomorrow. 7. You (to watch) TV every day? 8. You (to watch) TV yesterday? 9. You (to watch) TV tomorrow?

10. When you (to leave) home for school every day?

11. When you (to leave) home for school yesterday?

12. When you (to leave) home for school tomorrow?

13. My brother (to go) to work every day. He (to leave) home at a quarter past eight. As the office he (to work) at (to be) near our house, he (to walk) there. He (not to take) a bus. Yesterday he (not to go) to work. Yesterday he (to get) up at nine o'clock.

14. You (to have) a PT lesson yesterday? - No, I ... . 15. What you (to buy) at the shop yester­day? - I (to buy) a book. 16. Yesterday my father (not to read) newspapers because he (to be) very busy. He (to read) newspapers tomorrow.

Упражнение 200

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple, Past Simple или Future Simple.

1. He (to turn) on the television to watch cartoons every morning. 2. He (to turn) on the television to watch cartoons yesterday morning. 3. He (to turn) on the television to watch cartoons tomorrow morn­ing. 4. I always (to go) to the Altai Mountains to visit my relatives there. 5. I (to be) very busy last sum­mer and I (not to go) there. 6. I (not to go) there next year because it (to cost) a lot of money and I can't afford it. 7. They (to enjoy) themselves at the symphony yesterday evening? 8. Who (to take) care of the child in the future? 9. How often you (to go) to the dentist's? 10. We (not to have) very good weather, but we still (to have) a good time during our short stay in London. 11. She (to do) all the

164 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

165

washing in their house. 12. He even (not to know) how to use the washing machine. 13. Two years ago they (to be) rich and money (to be) never a problem. 14. You (to think) you (to be) happy in your new neighbourhood? 15. When the cabbage soup (to be) ready? 16. The customs officers at JFK airport in New York (to arrest) that young man when he (to arrive). 17. I (to like) to get on with my friends, so I often (to do) what they (to want). 18. When (to be) your birthday? 19. When you (to get) your watch? 20. Who (to create) Mickey Mouse?

Сравните употребление Present Continuous, Present Simple, Past Simple и Future Simple

Упражнение 201

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Continuous, Present Simple, Past Simple или Future Simple.

1. Kate (to cook) dinner every day. 2. Kate (to cook) dinner tomorrow. 3. Kate (to cook) dinner now. 4. Kate (to cook) dinner yesterday. 5. I (not to eat) ice cream every day. 6. I (not to eat) ice cream now. 7. I (not to eat) ice cream tomorrow. 8. I (not to eat) ice cream yesterday. 9. He (to spend) last summer in the country. 10. He (not to spend) last summer in the country. 11. He (to spend) last summer in the country? 12. Where he (to spend) last summer? 13. She (to help) mother yesterday. 14. She (not to help) mother yesterday. 15. She (to help) mother yes­terday? 16. How she (to help) mother yesterday? 17. You (to go) to school every day? 18. You (to go) to school now? 19. You (to go) to the south next sum-

mer? 20. You (to go) abroad last summer? 21. What your brother (to do) every day? 22. What your broth­er (to do) now? 23. What your brother (to do) to­morrow? 24. What your brother (to do) yesterday?

Упражнение 202

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Continuous, Present Simple, Past Simple или Future Simple.

1. I (to think) Nellie (to leave) for Moscow tomor­row. 2. I (to be) in a hurry. My friends (to wait) for me. 3. You (to be) at the theatre yesterday. You (to like) the opera? - Oh yes, I (to enjoy) it greatly. 4. We (to expect) you (to go) to London next sum­mer. 5. Her English (not to be) excellent, but she (to work) at it. 6. A week ago they (not to know) what to think. 7. She (to worry) a lot at the moment, but the problems (not to be) very great. 8. Last Tuesday he (to be) upset and (to have) no idea where to go. 9. Could you tell me the way to Trafalgar Square? I (to go) the right way? 10. Various kinds of sports (to be) popular in Russia. 11. Both children and grown-ups (to be) fond of sports. 12. What (to be) the matter with her? She (to be) so excited. - I (not to know). 13. Where you (to go)? - I (to go) to the stadium to see the match which (to take) place there today. 14. You (to know) that a very interesting match (to take) place last Sunday? 15. He (to go) to the south a week ago. 16. When I (to be) about fifteen years old, I (to enjoy) playing football. 17. Our foot­ball team (to win) many games last year. 18. Where (to be) Boris? - He (to play) chess with his friend. 19. I (to be) sorry I (to miss) the match yesterday. But I (to know) the score. It (to be) 4 to 2 in favour of the Russian team.

166 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

167

Упражнение 203

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Continuous, Present Simple, Past Simple или Future Simple.

1. My friend (to go) to the library every Wednes­day. 2. He (not to go) to the country yesterday. 3. Why you (to go) to the shop yesterday? 4. We (to grow) tomatoes next summer. 5. What you (to do) now? 6. He (to sleep) now. 7. Where your father (to work) last year? 8. She (to go) to the south next sum­mer? 9. He (not to watch) TV yesterday. 10. Yester­day we (to write) a paper. 11. I (to buy) a very good book last Tuesday. 12. My granny (not to buy) bread yesterday. 13. What you (to buy) at the shop tomor­row? 14. Don't make noise! Father (to work). 15. We (to go) on a tramp last Sunday. 16. Your brother (to go) to the country with us next Sunday? 17. Granny (not to cook) dinner now. 18. We (to cook) our meals on a fire last summer. 19. My sister (to wash) the dishes every morning. 20. When you (to go) to school? 21. What you (to prepare) for breakfast to­morrow? 22. You (to invite) your cousin to stay with you next summer? 23. How you (to help) your sister last summer? 24. I (to send) a letter to my friend tomorrow. 25. Every morning on the way to school I (to meet) my friends. 26. His grandfather (to lis­ten) to rock'n'roll music. That (to be) strange! He always (to listen) to classical music.

Упражнение 204

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Continuous, Present Simple, Past Simple или Future Simple.

1. Max (not to be) here. He (to wash) his car. He (to wash) it every weekend. 2. He (not to play) the

piano tomorrow. 3. We (to see) a very good film last Sunday. 4. Your mother (to cook) every day? 5. We (to make) a fire last summer. 6. I (to spend) last summer at the seaside. 7. Where you (to spend) last summer? 8. Where he (to spend) next summer? 9. What mother (to do) now? - She (to cook) din­ner. 10. I (not to play) computer games yesterday. 11. Last Sunday we (to go) to the theatre. 12.1 (to meet) my friend yesterday. 13. I (to write) a letter to my cousin yesterday. 14. You (to write) a dictation tomor­row? 15. I (not to write) a report now. 16. Mother (to cook) a marvellous dinner yesterday. 17. Tomorrow Nick (not to go) to school - I (not to think) so.

Спряжение глагола to work (работать) в Past Continuous Tense (Past Progressive Tense)

(действие в процессе, совершалось в определенный

момент или протекало в течение четко ограниченного

периода времени в прошлом)

1 was working Не was working She was working It was working

We were working You were working They were working

1 was not working He was not working She was not working It was not working

We were not working You were not working They were not working

Was 1 working? Was he working? Was she working? Was it working?

Were we working? Were you working? Were they working?

Yes, 1 was. Yes, he was. Yes, she was. Yes, it was.

Yes, we were. Yes, you were. Yes, they were

No, 1 wasn't. No, he wasn't. No, she wasn't. No, it wasn't.

No, we weren't. No, you weren't. No, they weren't.

168 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

169

Сравните употребление Present Continuous

(действие протекает в момент речи) и Past Continuous

(действие протекало в определенный момент в прошлом)

Упражнение 205

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Continuous или Past Continuous.

1. I (to write) an English exercise now. 2. I (to write) an English exercise at this time yesterday. 3. My little sister (to sleep) now. 4 My little sister (to sleep) at this time yesterday. 5. My friends (not to do) their homework now. They (to play) volley­ball. 6. My friends (not to do) their homework at seven o'clock yesterday. They (to play) volleyball.

7. She (to read) the whole evening yesterday.

8. She (not to read) now. 9. Now she (to go) to school. 10. What you (to do) now? - I (to drink) tea. 11. You (to drink) tea at this time yesterday? - No, I (not to drink) tea at this time yesterday, I (to eat) a banana. 12. My sister is fond of read­ing. She (to read) the whole evening yesterday, and now she (to read) again. 13. Look! My cat (to play) with a ball. 14. When I went out into the garden, the sun (to shine) and birds (to sing) in the trees. 15. You (to eat) ice cream now? 16. You (to eat) ice cream when I rang you up yesterday? 17. What your father (to do) now? 18. What your father (to do) from eight till nine yesterday? 19. Why she (to cry) now? 20. Why she (to cry) when I saw her yesterday?

Сравните употребление

Past Simple и Past Continuous

Обратите внимание на обстоятельства

времени, характерные для Past Continuous:

at... o'clock yesterday

when mother came home

from 5 till 6 yesterday

the whole evening

Обратите также внимание

на следующие два предложения:

We

played chess in the evening, (вечером) -

Past Simple

We

were playing chess the whole evening.

(весь вечер) - Past Continuous

Упражнение 206

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

1. I (to go) to the cinema yesterday. 2. I (to go) to the cinema at four o'clock yesterday. 3. I (to go) to the cinema when you met me. 4. I (to do) my home­work the whole evening yesterday. 5. I (to do) my homework when mother came home. 6. I (to do) my homework yesterday. 7.1 (to do) my homework from five till eight yesterday. 8. I (to do) my homework at six o'clock yesterday. 9. I (not to play) the pi­ano yesterday. I (to write) a letter to my friend. 10. I (not to play) the piano at four o'clock yester­day. I (to read) a book. 11. He (not to sleep) when father came home. He (to do) his homework. 12. When I (to go) to school the day before yester­day, I met Mike and Pete. They (to talk) and (to

170 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен 171

laugh). They told me a funny story. Soon I (to laugh), too. I still (to laugh) when we came to school. After school I (to tell) this story at home. My fa­ther and mother (to like) it very much. 13. When we were in the country last summer, I (to go) to the wood one day. In the wood I (to find) a little fox cub. I (to bring) it home. I (to decide) to tame the cub. Every day I (to feed) it and (to take) care of it. I (to tame) it the whole summer. Now the fox cub is quite tame. It lives in my house.

Упражнение 207

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

1. I (to play) computer games yesterday. 2. I (to play) computer games at five o'clock yesterday. 3. He (to play) computer games from two till three yesterday. 4. We (to play) computer games the whole evening yesterday. 5. My brother (not to play) ten­nis yesterday. He (to play) tennis the day before yes­terday. 6. My sister (not to play) the piano at four o'clock yesterday. She (to play) the piano the whole evening. 7. When I came into the kitchen, mother (to cook). 8. She (to cook) the whole day yesterday.

9. We (to wash) the floor in our flat yesterday.

10. We (to wash) the floor in our flat from three till

four yesterday. 11. You (to do) your homework yes­

terday? 12. You (to do) your homework from eight

till ten yesterday? 13. Why she (to sleep) at seven

o'clock yesterday? 14. He (to sit) at the table the

whole evening yesterday. 15. What Nick (to do) when

you came to his place? 16. What you (to do) when

I rang you up? 17. I (not to sleep) at nine o'clock

yesterday. 18. What he (to do) yesterday? - He (to

read) a book. 19. What he (to do) the whole evening yesterday? - He (to read) a book. 20. She (to sleep) when you came home?

Обратите внимание на следующие предложения:

• When mother came home, I was reading.

came - однократное действие (пришла)

Past Simple

was reading - действие в процессе (читал) Past Continuous

• When mother was reading, I came home.

was reading - действие в процессе (читала) Pasf Continuous

came - однократное действие (пришел) Past Simple

Упражнение 208

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

1. When I (to come) home, my little sister (to sleep). 2. When Nick (to come) home, his broth­er (to play) with his toys. 3. When mother (to come) home, I (to do) my homework. 4. When father (to come) home, Pete (to sleep). 5. When mother (to come) home, the children (to play) on the carpet. 6. When I (to get) up, my mother and father (to drink) tea. 7. When I (to come) to my friend's place, he (to watch) TV. 8. When I (to see) my friends, they (to play) football. 9. When I (to open) the door, the cat (to sit) on the table. 10. When Kate (to open) the door, the children (to dance) round the firtree. 11. When Tom (to cross) the street, he (to fall).

172 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

173

12. When I (to go) to school, I (to meet) my friend.

13. When .we (to go) to the cinema, we (to meet) grandmother. 14. When grandmother (to go) home, she (to see) many children in the yard. 15. When Henry (to walk) about in the forest, he (to find) a bear cub. 16. When we (to walk) about in the for­est, we (to see) a hare. 17. When I (to wash) the floor, I (to find) my old toy under the sofa. 18. When granny (to read) a book on the sofa, she (to fall) asleep. 19. When I (to play) in the yard, I suddenly (to see) my old friend. 20. When Nick (to run) about in the yard, he (to fall).

Упражнение 209

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

1. The girl (to cook) dinner when the lights (to go) out. She (to burn) herself. 2. The boy (to hurt) himself while he (to skate). 3. When the woman (to enter) the room, the children (to feed) the goldfish. 4. When I (to visit) my friends in Denmark, I (to buy) two presents for my family. 5. When it (to start) to rain, we (to bathe) in the river. 6. Yester­day at one o'clock I (to have) lunch at the canteen.

7. When he (to come) in, I (to do) my exercises.

8. What you (to do) at eight o'clock yesterday?

9. At this time yesterday I (to go) home. 10. You (to sleep) when I (to go) out. 11. He (to read) on the sofa when I (to come) in and (to sit) down beside him. 12. I (to walk) along the street with my friend when a tram (to pass). 13. She (to look) out of the window when I (to see) her. 14. We (to answer) the teacher's questions when the headmistress (to enter) the class­room. 15. They (to drink) tea when I (to come) home. 16. He (to walk) along the river when a boat (to

pass). 17. The old man (to think) about his plan when he (to fall) asleep. 18. We (to listen) to an in­teresting lecture yesterday. 19. When I (to enter) the classroom, the teacher (to write) words on the blackboard and the pupils (to copy) them into their exercise books. 20. They (to get) ready to go out when it (to begin) raining.

Упражнение 210

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

1. I (to go) to the theatre yesterday. 2. At seven o'clock yesterday I (to go) to the theatre. 3. What you (to do) at 5 o'clock yesterday? - I (to play) the piano. 4. When I (to come) to school, the children (to stand) near the classroom. 5. We (to play) in the yard the whole evening yesterday. 6. When I (to pre­pare) breakfast in the morning, I (to cut) my finger. 7. Last year I (to go) to the United States. 8. You (to go) to Great Britain last year? - No, I (to go) to France. 9. What you (to do) yesterday? - I (to trans­late) a very long article. 10. When I (to ring) up my friend, he (to sleep). 11. When grandfather (to watch) TV, he (to fall) asleep. 12. When my friend (to come) to see me, I (to do) my homework. 13. When I (to go) to the stadium, I (to meet) Kate and Ann. 14. When Nick (to ring) me up yesterday, I (to help) mother. 15. When the children (to walk) through the wood, they (to see) a fox. 16. When I (to come) home, my sister (to wash) the floor. 17. When Mike (to play) in the yard, he (to find) a ball. 18. When I (to draw) yesterday, I (to break) two pencils. 19. When I (to meet) Tom, he (to go) to the shop. 20. When I (to look) out of the window, the children (to play) hide-and-seek.

174 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

175

Обратите внимание на следующие предложения:

Father was reading at 7 o'clock yesterday.

действие в процессе - Past Continuous

Father came home at 7 o'clock yesterday.

однократное действие - Past Simple

Упражнение 211

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

1. Father (to watch) TV at ten o'clock yesterday. 2. I (to go) to bed at nine o'clock yesterday. 3. I (to finish) my homework at nine o'clock yesterday.

4. I (to play) the piano at five o'clock yesterday.

5. He (to begin) to do his homework at four o'clock yesterday. 6. She (to wash) the floor at four o'clock yesterday. 7. I (to meet) Nick at three o'clock yes­terday. 8. When I (to come) home, Kate (to play) the piano. 9. When I (to meet) John, he (to go) to the railway station. 10. When I (to go) to the museum, I (to see) a big crowd of people in the street. 11. They (to play) in the yard in the evening yesterday. 12. They (to play) in the yard the whole evening yes­terday. 13. I (to clean) my teeth at eight o'clock in the morning yesterday. 14. We (to go) to the wood in summer. 15. When the teacher (to open) the door of the classroom, the pupils (to sit) at their desks. 16. He (to get) up at seven o'clock yesterday. 17. Fa­ther (to come) home at six o'clock yesterday. 18.1 (to read) a book at six o'clock yesterday. 19. She (to fall) asleep at eleven o'clock yesterday. 20. Mother (to drink) tea at eleven o'clock yesterday.

Упражнение 212

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

1. Last Sunday we (to go) skiing in the country. There (to be) already a lot of snow in the fields and we (to enjoy) ourselves. We (to ski) for two hours and a half. 2. They (to meet) at the station two hours ago. 3. Where you (to spend) last Sunday? 4. We (to be) in a hurry because only twenty minutes (to be) left before the beginning of the performance. 5.1 (to play) the violin when my friend (to come) in. He (to invite) me to the theatre and I (to accept) the invita­tion with pleasure. 6. He (to ring) up his friend and (to ask) him about the homework. 7. When I (to come) to the theatre, my friend already (to wait) for me. 8. When I (to go) to the dentist's, I (to break) my arm. 9. When the teacher (to walk) into the class­room, the boys (to listen) to pop music and the girls (to eat) chips and (to drink) lemonade. 10. She (to go) to the bank when I (to meet) her. She (not to go) to the doctor's. 11. What you (to do) when the acci­dent (to happen)? - I (to walk) out of the hospital. 12. He (to leave) the bank, when the thieves (to take) his money.

Упражнение 213

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

1. The cat (to take) a piece of fish and then (to run) away. 2. He (to read) a newspaper when I (to come) in. 3. Yesterday I (to get) up at seven o'clock.

4. The train (to start) at fifteen minutes to ten.

5. He (to put) on his coat and cap, (to open) the door and (to go) out. 6. At this time yesterday I (to sit)

176 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

177

in the theatre. 7. Не (to come) back to St. Peters­burg on the 15th of January. 8. I (to go) to the in­stitute when I (to see) him. 9. At this time yester­day we (to have) dinner. 10. He (to write) a letter when I (to come) in. 11. He (to make) a report when I (to leave) the meeting. 12. Yesterday he (to write) a letter to his friend. 13. When I (to look) at them, they (to smile) at me. 14. What you (to do) at six o'clock yesterday? 15. I (to go) to bed at half past eleven. 16. Yesterday the lesson (to begin) at nine o'clock. 17. When somebody (to knock) at the door, she (to argue) with her husband. 18. When Pete (to jog) in the park in the morning, he (to lose) his Walk­man. 19. When the police (to take) the thief to the car, I (to go) to the cinema to see the new Tom Cruise film. 20. He (to shave) when he (to hear) her scream.

Упражнение 214

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

1. Lena (to sweep) the floor on Sunday. 2. Lena (to sweep) the floor from eleven till twelve on Sun­day. 3. They (to go) to the wood last Sunday? 4. When they (to sail) down the river they (to see) a little island. 5. We (to work) the whole morning yesterday. 6. Mother (to cook) dinner at three o'clock yesterday. 7. She (to finish) cooking at four o'clock yesterday. 8. At half past four yesterday we (to have) dinner. 9. They (to translate) a difficult text yesterday.

10. I (to open) the window at six o'clock yesterday.

11. You (to go) to the cinema yesterday? 12. I (not to see) Mike last week. 13. When I (to open) the door, my friends (to sit) around the table. 14. When you (to begin) doing your homework yesterday? 15. We (to discuss) the latest news from three till

four yesterday. 16. When I (to read) the newspaper yesterday, I (to find) an interesting article on UFOs. 17. You (to watch) TV yesterday? - Yes, we (to watch) TV the whole evening yesterday. 18. When you (to go) to bed yesterday? 19. I (to go) to bed at ten o'clock yesterday. 20. At half past ten yester­day I (to sleep). 21. When I (to come) home from school yesterday, my little brother (to sit) on the floor with all his toys around him. He (to play) with them. I (to tell) him to put his toys into the box as he (to make) too much noise.

Упражнение 215

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

1. I (to feed) my cat with fish yesterday. 2. What you (to do) at four o'clock yesterday? - I (to feed) my cat. 3. What your brother (to do) yesterday? - He (to play) computer games. 4. I (to begin) repair­ing my camera at six o'clock yesterday. 5. At five o'clock yesterday Helen (to cook) soup. 6. What you (to do) when your sister (to come) home yesterday?

7. You (to have) supper at nine o'clock yesterday?

8. He (not to go) to the shop yesterday. 9. Nick (to go) to bed at ten o'clock yesterday. 10. Rick (to sleep) at eleven o'clock yesterday. 11. When we (to play) in the yard yesterday, it suddenly (to start) raining heavily. 12. I (to see) Mike when he (to cross) the street. 13. He (to begin) repairing his bicycle in the morning yesterday. 14. He (to repair) his bicycle the whole day yesterday. 15. He (to finish) repairing his bicycle in the evening yesterday. 16. We (to play) badminton from nine till eleven yesterday. 17. Kate (not to go) for a walk yesterday. She (to write) a com-

178 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

179

position the whole day yesterday. 18. When your father (to come) home yesterday? - He (to come) home at seven o'clock. 19. When my father (to come) home yesterday, my mother (to make) sup­per. 20. We (not to go) on a tramp last summer.

Упражнение 216

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

We (to walk) down the street in the direction of Mike's house, when we (to see) him in the window of a bus that (to pass) by. He (to recognize) us, too, but he could not get off as the bus (to be) overcrowd­ed. We (to be) very sorry that we (to have) no chance to speak to him. But we could do nothing and (to decide) to go back. At that very moment we (to hear) Mike's voice behind us. "How funny," he (to say), "I (to go) to your place when I suddenly (to see) you here. I am so glad to see you."

Упражнение 217

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Continuous.

The sun (to go) down behind the hills when I (to reach) a village which (to be) only a few miles from the sea. The working day (to be) over, and the vil­lagers (to come) home from the fields. Along the road two boys (to drive) cows and sheep in the direction of the village. I (to approach) a group of people standing near the road and (to ask) them if I could find a place in the village to spend the night. An old man (to say) he would help me. He (to take) me to his small cottage at the far end of the street. A fire (to burn) in the stove when we (to enter) the house.

One girl of about eighteen (to prepare) supper in the kitchen while two other girls still (to do) some­thing in the kitchen garden near the house. The old man (to invite) me to have supper with them. They all (to seem) to be nice people and we (to have) a friendly talk. After supper my new friends and I (to go) out into the garden. The moon (to shine) high in the sky, and the night (to be) warm and beauti­ful. That evening (to be) very pleasant, and I'll re­member it a long time.

Сравните употребление Present Simple и Past Simple и Present Continuous и Past Continuous

Упражнение 218

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Present Continuous, Past Continuous.

1. Where you (to be) yesterday? - I (to be) at home the whole day. - How strange. I (to ring) you up at two o'clock, but nobody (to answer). - Oh, I (to be) in the garden. I (to read) your book and (not to hear) the telephone. 2. What you (to do) at five o'clock yesterday? - I (to work) in the library. - I (to be) there, too, but I (not to see) you. 3. Nina (to celebrate) her birthday yesterday. Her room looked beautiful, there (to be) many flowers in it. When I (to come) in, somebody (to play) the piano, two or three pairs (to dance). 4. Listen! Somebody (to play) the piano. 5. I (to like) music very much. 6. When I (to look) out of the window, it (to rain) heavily and people (to hurry) along the streets. 7. What you (to do) at seven o'clock yesterday? - I (to have) sup­per. 8. When I (to come) home yesterday, I (to see) that all my family (to sit) round the table. Father

180 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

181

(to read) a letter from my uncle, who (to live) in Kiev. 9. Yesterday I (to work) at my English from five till seven. 10. It (to rain) the whole day yester­day. 11. Where your sister (to be) now? - She (to be) in her room. She (to do) her homework. 12. He (to brush) his teeth at the moment. He (to clean) them thoroughly morning and night. 13. Don't dis­turb her while she (to sleep). 14. You (to talk) non­sense. You never (to talk) sense. 15. My mother (to sit) in the sunlight now and I (to set) the table.

He (to study) computer science. 16. What you (to do) at this weekend? 17. When she (to open) the door, a man (to stand) on the doorstep. It (to be) her uncle, but she (not to recognize) him because he (to wear) dark glasses. 18. Last night we (to go) to a cafe to meet our friends.

Сравните употребление всех изученных времен:

Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple;

Present, Past Continuous

Упражнение 219

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Present Continuous, Past Continuous.

1. We (to have) a postcard from them two days ago. They (to say) they (to have) a marvellous time. 2. While she (to shop) this morning, she (to lose) her money. She (not to know) how. 3. They (to announce) our flight. We (to have) a problem. One of our suit­cases (to miss). 4. Who (to speak) there? - I (not to know). 5. He (not to smoke). He (not to smoke) now. When he (to be) at the office yesterday, he (not to smoke), he (to work) hard. 6. When my sister (to wash) her skirt, she (to find) a pound note in the pocket. 7. When you (to learn) German? 8. We (to go) home now because it (to be) late. 9. Who you (to wait) for? 10. Her car (to break) down yesterday while she (to drive) to work. 11. When and where it (to happen)? 12. She always (to wear) nice clothes for work. Today she (to wear) a nice blouse and a dark skirt. 13. What she (to watch) at the mo­ment? 14. I (to see) my friend in the street yester­day, but he (to run) for a bus and he (not to have) time to speak to me. 15. What your son (to do)? -

Упражнение 220

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple; Present Continuous, Past Continuous.

1. Where your brother (to work)? - He (to work) at an institute. 2. Your grandmother (to sleep) when you (to come) home yesterday? 3. What your brother (to do) tomorrow? 4. I (not to go) to the shop yester­day. I (to go) to the shop tomorrow. 5. Where Kate (to go) when you (to meet) her yesterday?

6. Look at these children: they (to skate) very well.

7. You (to skate) last Sunday? - Yes, we (to skate) the whole day last Sunday. We (to skate) again next Sunday. 8. My brother can skate very well. He (to skate) every Sunday. 9. What you (to do) now? - I (to wash) the dishes. 10. What you (to do) at three o'clock yesterday? - I (to have) dinner. 11. You (to have) dinner now? 12. Every day the boss (to enter) the office at nine o'clock. 13. Yesterday the boss (to enter) the office at half past nine. 14. When the boss (to come) tomorrow? 15. At six o'clock yesterday we (to listen) to a very interesting lecture. 16. When I (to enter) the office, the secretary (to type) some

182 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

183

letters. 17. My friend (to ring) me up at eight o'clock .yesterday. 18. Look! My friends (to play) football. 19. Kate (not to write) letters every day. 20. You (to see) your friend yesterday? 21. Your father (to go) on a business trip last month? 22. What Nick (to do) yesterday? 23. When Nick (to get) up every morning? 24. Where your mother (to go) tomorrow? 25. I (to invite) my friends to come to my place tomorrow. 26. A disco, which (to take) place at the club last weekend, (to keep) peo­ple awake half the night.

Упражнение 221

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple; Present Continuous, Past Continuous.

1. I (to apply) for a visit visa and (to want) to make two journeys to your country while the visa (to be) valid. 2. They (to listen) to the news on the radio when the telephone (to ring). 3. I (to look) for a nice pair of gloves. 4. My train (to leave) in half an hour. - OK, I (to drive) you to the station in my car. 5. I (to check) the battery? - Yes, please.

6. Nowadays cars (to get) more and more expensive.

7. He (to get) a higher salary. 8. A father and his son (to travel) home in a car. It (to snow) and a strong wind (to blow). As they (to go) over a bridge, they (to hear) a loud bang and the father (to lose) control of the car. They (to be) injured and their lives (to be) in great danger. A helicopter (to take) the father and the boy to hospital and they (to be) saved. Now, the happy father (to look) at his son and (to say) to him, "I never (to drive) my car when it (to snow). I (to promise) you. It (to be) very dangerous to drive when it (to be) so slippery."

Спряжение глагола to write (писать)

в Present Perfect Tense

(действие, совершившееся в прошлом,

связано с

настоящим)

1 have written

1 have not written

Не has written

He has not written

She has written

She has not written

It has written

It has not written

We have written

We have not written

You have written

You have not written

They have written

They have not written

Have I written?

Yes,

1 have.

No, 1 haven't.

Has he written?

Yes,

he has.

No, he hasn't.

Has she written?

Yes,

she has.

No, she hasn't.

Has it written?

Yes,

it has.

No, it hasn't.

Have we written?

Yes,

we have.

No, we haven't.

Have you written?

Yes,

you have.

No, you haven't.

Have they written?

Yes,

they have.

No, they haven't.

Запомните типичные для Present Perfect обстоя­тельства: already, not yet, just, ever, never.

Сравните также:

• I have bought a book today (this week, this month).

неистекший отрезок времени - Present Perfect

• I bought a book yesterday (last week, last month).

истекший отрезок времени - Past Simple

Запомните также следующие предложения:

I have never been to France.

Have you ever been to London?

I haven't seen you for ages.

I haven't met him for a long time.

I haven't been to Moscow since last year.

184 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

185

Упражнение 222

В- следующих предложениях измените время гла­гола на Present Perfect. Переведите предложения на русский язык.

1. The pupils are writing a dictation. 2. My friend is helping me to solve a difficult problem. 3. I am learning a poem. 4. She is telling them an interest­ing story. 5. Kate is sweeping the floor. 6. The wait­er is putting a bottle of lemonade in front of him. 7. I am eating my breakfast. 8. We are drinking water. 9. He is bringing them some meat and vege­tables. 10. You are putting the dishes on the table. 11. They are having tea. 12. She is taking the dirty plates from the table. 13. The children are putting on their coats. 14. Susan is making a new dress for her birthday party. 15. She is opening a box of chocolates. 16. I am buying milk for milk shakes. 17. James is ordering a bottle of apple juice. 18. We are looking for more CDs with good music. 19. Are you recording your favourite film on his video recorder? 20. I am translating a difficult article from German into Russian.

Упражнение 223

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющейся форме, так чтобы получить Present Con­tinuous или Present Perfect.

1. What are you (to do) here? - I am (to write) a letter to my friends. 2. Who has (to write) this ar­ticle? 3. What language are you (to study)? 4. We have already (to learn) a lot of English words. 5. What is she (to teach) them? 6. Who has (to teach) you to do it? 7. He has just (to do) something for us. 8. Have you (to find) the book? 9. What are you

(to look) for? 10. What are you (to talk) about? 11. We have just (to talk) about it. 12. He has just (to say) something about it. 13. She is (to tell) them some interesting story. 14. He has (to tell) us noth­ing about it. 15. She has (to tell) them some stories about dogs. 16. We have (to have) two lessons to­day. 17. They are (to have) a meeting. 18. She has not (to speak) yet. 19. They have (to ask) me several questions. 20. He has already (to learn) the rule. 21. I am (to write) an exercise. 22. What is he (to do)? - He is (to read) a newspaper. 23. Have you (to read) any stories by Jack London? 24. I am (to answer) the telephone right now. 25. He has (to fix) his car and now he is (not to have) any trouble with the brakes anymore. 26. You have just (to hear) to­morrow's weather forecast.

Упражнение 224

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющейся форме, так чтобы получить Present Con­tinuous или Present Perfect.

1. What's the matter? Why he (to stop)? 2. My cousin (to look) for a job, but he (not to find) a job yet. 3. It (to be) impossible for her to feel at home here. 4. What you (to study) now? 5. They just (to give) you a pay rise. 6. Sophie is busy. She (to knit) a sweater for her grandson. 7. You only (to have) a piece of cake? You (not to eat) much. 8. People (to plant) carrots and tomatoes now. 9. You (to go) to plant tomatoes this year? 10. Johnny, who finally (to find) a new job, (to give) a big party. 11. How long you (to be) sick? 12. You (to see) any good mov­ies recently? 13. What you (to look) forward to? 14. Nancy (to look) forward to this weekend. 15. She (to go) to read Shakespeare and she (not to go) to

186 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен 187

think about work. 16. Mike (to leave) for work yet?

17. They (to pay) their electric bill this month?

18. How long you (to know) each other? 19. Your car (to make) strange noises. Is anything wrong? 20. The boy (to do) his homework and (to take) a karate lesson now. 21. I (to have) dinner with my friends at the moment and I am very happy to see them again. 22. Jay never (to travel) overseas. 23. We always (to have) a dog and a cat. We love pets. 24. Larry never (to own) a sports car.

Упражнение 225

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Present Perfect или Present Continuous.

1. Она все еще печатает свою статью. 2. Мы ее давно не видели. 3. Бабушка с дедушкой уже на­вестили своих внуков. 4. Сейчас они сидят в гос­тиной и разговаривают о своей поездке. 5. Ты ког­да-нибудь был в Африке? 6. Он все сделал для нее. Теперь он еще собирается купить ей дом. 7. Кон­церт еще не начался, и мы сидим в зале и обсуж­даем свои проблемы. 8. Подожди меня! Я не взя­ла деньги. 9. Я только что позавтракал. 10. Он уже позавтракал. 11. Мы еще не завтракали. 12. Они все еще пьют чай в столовой. 13. Я уже сделал свои уроки. 14. Он все еще делает свои уроки. 15. У нас сегодня было три урока. 16. У них только что было собрание. 17. Она еще не читала этой книги. 18. Она все еще читает. 19. Кто это написал? 20. Что вы ему написали? 21. Я только что была у зубного врача и чувствую себя намного лучше. 22. Он говорит неправду. Он не сделал уроки. 23. По­чему он не обедает? - Он все еще разговаривает со своим другом по телефону. 24. Куда исчезла эта ленивая кошка? - Она вон там, спит перед ками­ном.

Сравните употребление Present Perfect и Past Simple

Упражнение 226

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Perfect или Past Simple.

1. Helen speaks French so well because she (to live) in France. 2. She (to live) there last year. 3. The rain (to stop) and the sun is shining in the sky again. 4. The rain (to stop) half an hour ago. 5. Mary (to buy) a new hat. 6. I (to buy) a pair of gloves yesterday. 7. The wind (to blow) off the man's hat, and he cannot catch it. 8. The weather (to change), and we can go for a walk. 9. The wind (to change) in the morning. 10. We (to travel) around Europe last year. 11. My father knows so much be­cause he (to travel) a lot. 12. I (to see) Pete today. 13. She (to see) this film last Sunday. 14. Alex (to meet) his friend two hours ago. 15.1 just (to meet) our teacher. 16. The children already (to decide) what to do with the books. 17. Yesterday they (to decide) to help their grandmother. 18. I (not to see) you for a long time. I (to see) you in town two or three days ago, but you (not to see) me. I (to be) on a bus.

Упражнение 227

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Perfect или Past Simple.

1. Last night I (to feel) tired and (to go) to bed very early. 2. Where you (to spend) your holidays?

3. You ever (to spend) your holidays in the Crimea?

4. While travelling in the Crimea I (to meet) your friend. 5. I never (to visit) that place. 6. He (to vis­it) that place last year. 7.1 just (to get) a letter from

188 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

189

Тот. 8. You (to take) any photographs while trave­lling .in the south? 9. He (to be) abroad five years ago. 10. You (to be) in the Caucasus last year? 11. They (to leave) England when he (to be) still a child. 12. He (not yet to come) back. 13. He (to go) already? 14. When you (to see) him last? 15. I (not to see) him for ages. 16. His health (to improve) greatly since I (to see) him last. 17. You (to pass) your driving test yet? - Yes, I (to pass) it in May, but I (not to buy) a car yet. 18. He already (to move). He (to find) a nice flat before Christmas and he (to be) there two years.

Упражнение 228

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Perfect или Past Simple.

1. I (not yet to eat) today. 2. He (not to eat) yes­terday. 3. You (to play) the piano yesterday? 4. You (to play) the piano today? 5. What you (to prepare) for today? 6. Look at this birdhouse. Mike (to make) it himself. He (to make) it last Sunday. 7. Where you (to put) my pen? I cannot find it. 8. You (to see) Mary today? 9. When you (to see) Mary? - I (to see) her last week. 10. Your mother (to promise) to take you to the theatre? 11. Look at my new dress! I (to make) it myself. 12. He is not at school today, he (to fall) ill. - When he (to fall) ill? - He (to fall) ill yesterday. 13. I already (to do) my homework. Now I can go for a walk. 14. I (to do) my homework yesterday. 15. He just (to come) home. 16. He (to come) home a minute ago. 17. Nick (to play) foot­ball yesterday. 18. She already (to come) from school. Now she is doing her homework. 19. I (to read) this book last year. 20. I (to read) this book this year. 21. I never (to be) to Washington. 22. You ever (to be) to New York? 23. You ever (to see) the eruption of a volcano? 24. I (to invite) Linda to the party. -

When you (to see) her? - I (not to see) her for ages. I (to call) her an hour ago.

Упражнение 229

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Perfect или Past Simple.

1. She just (to go) out. 2. She (to leave) the room a moment ago. 3. We (not yet to solve) the problem. 4. When it all (to happen)? 5. The morning was cold and rainy, but since ten o'clock the weather (to change) and now the sun is shining brightly. 6. Show me the dress which you (to make). 7. Oh, how dark it is! A large black cloud (to cover) the sky. I think it will start raining in a few minutes. 8. Oh, close the window! Look, all my papers (to fall) on the floor because of the wind. 9. When you (to open) the win­dow? - I (to open) it ten minutes ago. 10. The sun (not to rise) yet, but the sky in the east is getting lighter every minute. 11. I (to see) you walking along the street the other day with a heavy bag. 12. I (not to read) the newspaper today. 13. It is very late, and trams (to stop) running: we must find a taxi to get home. 14. How many times you (to be) to St. Peters­burg? 15. At last I (to translate) this article: now I shall have a little rest. 16. We (to go) to the coun­try yesterday, but the rain (to spoil) all the plea­sure. 17. My watch was going in the morning, but now it (to stop). 18. The lecture (not yet to begin) and the students are talking in the classroom.

Упражнение 230

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Perfect или Past Simple.

1. It (to be) very cold yesterday. 2. When you (to meet) him? 3. I (not to see) him since 1997. 4. How

190 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

191

many mushrooms you (to gather)? 5. Where you (to put) the newspaper? I want to read it, but cannot find it anywhere. 6. The new school (to begin) work­ing last year. 7. At last I (to do) all my homework: now I shall go out. 8. The building of the house (to begin) early in April. 9. The rain (to stop) but a cold wind is still blowing. 10. We already (to solve) the problem. 11. He (to come) a moment ago. 12. I nev­er (to speak) to him. 13. He just (to finish) his work. 14. You (to make) any spelling mistakes in your dic­tation? 15. What books you (to read) when you (to live) in the country? 16. They (not yet to come) from the south. 17. He (to be) ill last week, but now he (to recover). 18. If everybody (to read) this new nov­el, let's discuss it. 19. You (to book) tickets? - Yes, I ... . I (to book) them several days ago. 20. I can hardly recognize you. I (not to see) you since you (to leave) for Moscow. And you (to change) so much.

21. You (to read) all the books on this shelf?

22. I (not to see) my cousin since last year. 23. Why

you (to put) these things in the wrong place?

24. Why you (to leave) the door open? You will catch

cold sitting in the draught. 25. "We (not to meet)

for such a long time!" said my friend. "Yes, indeed,"

I answered, "and we both (to grow)."

Сравните употребление Present Perfect, Present Continuous и Past Simple

Упражнение 231

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Perfect, Present Continuous, Present Simple или Past Simple.

1. What you (to do) here at such a late hour? You (to write) your composition? - No, I (to write) it

already. I (to work) at my report. - And when you (to write) your composition? - I (to finish) it two days ago. 2. I say, Tom, let's have dinner. - No, thank you, I already (to have) dinner. 3. What the weather (to be) like? It still (to rain)? - No, it (to stop) raining. 4. Please give me a pencil, I (to lose) mine. 5. I (not to meet) Peter since Monday. 6. Nina just (to finish) work. 7. Where Sergei (to be)? - He (to go) home. He (to leave) the room a minute ago. 8. What you (to read) now? - I (to read) "Jane Eyre" by Charlotte Bronte. 9. They (to read) "Ivanhoe" by Walter Scott a month ago. What about you? You (to read) "Ivanhoe"? 10. My watch (to stop). There (to be) something wrong with it. 11. You (to see) Jack today? - Yes, I (to see) him at the institute. 12. You (to hear) the new symphony by M.? - Yes, I ... . - When you (to hear) it? - I (to hear) it last Sunday. 13. You (to change) so much. Anything (to happen)?

Сравните употребление

Present Perfect, Present Continuous,

Past Simple и Past Continuous

Упражнение 232

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Perfect, Present Simple, Present Continuous, Past Simple или Past Continuous.

1. With whom you (to discuss) this question yes­terday? 2. I (to see) this film this week. I like it very much. 3. When I (to enter) the kitchen, I (to see) that my mother (to stand) at the table and (to cut) some cabbage. She (to cook) dinner. 4. As soon as I (to hear) a cry, I (to run) out of the room and (to see) that a child (to lie) on the ground and (to cry). "What (to happen)? Why you (to cry)? You (to hurt) yourself?" I asked. 5. They (to go) to the Hermitage

192 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

193

last week. 6. They (to be) to the Hermitage twice this week. 7. After school yesterday he (to come) home, (to have) dinner, (to read) an article from the latest magazine and (to begin) doing his homework.

8. When your friend (to return) from the south? - She (to return) yesterday. - You (to go) to the sta­tion to meet her? - No, I ..., I (to be) too busy.

9. Your brother (to return) from the north? - Yes, he (to come) a few days ago. 10. You (to be) to the Crimea? When you (to be) there? - I (to be) there in 2005. 11. Where (to be) your brother? - He just (to come) home. He (to take) a shower in the bath­room now. 12. As soon as I (to see) him, I (to under­stand) that he (to work) hard. He (to write) some­thing and (not to notice) anything. 13. When I (to come) home yesterday, the children (to run) and (to sing) merrily. "We (to learn) a new song!" they cried. 14. When the young man (to enter) the room, she (to look) at him in surprise. "What you (to want) to tell me?" she (to say). "Why you (to come)?" 15. It (to rain) hard when I (to leave) home yesterday, so I (to return), (to put) on my raincoat and (to start) again. 16. You (to work) right now? - Yes, I (to prepare) for the English exams. 17. Have a look! That (to be) the Golden Gate Bridge on your left. - Oh, it (to be) beautiful. I just (to take) a picture of it. 18. Where you (to learn) the news? 19. They al­ready (to think) of everything? They (to buy) a lot of food? - Yes, Mark just (to order) ten bottles of Coke and four kinds of mineral water. He (to men­tion) peanuts, but he (not to order) any. He (to think) of tea and fancy cakes. The shop (to charge) every­thing to Mark's credit card. 20. Why you (to shiver)? - I (to shiver) because I (to be) cold. 21.1 (to sprain) my ankle again. 22. A world-famous violinist (to play) on tonight's concert. 23. The children (to play) with their train set the whole evening yesterday.

Спряжение глагола to write (писать)

в Past Perfect Tense (предпрошедшее время)

1 had written

1 had not written

He had written

He had not written

She had written

She had not written

It had written

It had not written

We had written

We had not written

You had written

You had not written

They had written

They had not written

Had 1 written?

Yes, 1 had.

No, 1 hadn't.

Had he written?

Yes, he had.

No, he hadn't.

Had she written?

Yes, she had.

No, she hadn't.

Had it written?

Yes, it had.

No, it hadn't.

Had we written?

Yes, we had.

No, we hadn't.

Had you written?

Yes, you had.

No, you hadn't.

Had they written?

Yes, they had.

No, they hadn't.

Сравните употребление Past Simple и Past Perfect

Упражнение 233

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Perfect.

1. Tom (to return) from the cinema at five o'clock.

2. Tom (to return) from the cinema by five o'clock.

3. I (to finish) my homework at seven o'clock.

4. I (to finish) my homework by seven o'clock. 5. He (to think) that he (to lose) the money. 6. Ann (to tell) me that she (to see) an interesting film. 7. When I (to come) home, mother already (to cook) dinner. 8. When father (to return) from work, we already (to do) our homework. 9. When the teacher (to en-

7 Ю.Голицынский

194 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

195

ter) the classroom, the pupils already (to open) their books. 10. Kate (to give) me the book which she (to buy) the day before. 11. Nick (to show) the teacher the picture which he (to draw). 12. The boy (to give) the goats the grass which he (to bring) from the field. 13. Mother (to see) that Nick (not to wash) his hands. 14. The teacher (to understand) that Lena (not to do) her homework. 15. I (to know) that my friend (not yet to come). 16. When I (to wake) up yesterday, father already (to go) to work. 17. Nick (to think) that his father (not yet to come) home. 18. Mary (to tell) us that she (to cook) a good din­ner. 19. Yesterday I (to find) the book which I (to lose) in summer. 20. When we (to come) to the sta­tion, the train already (to leave).

Упражнение 234

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple или Past Perfect.

1. By two o'clock the teacher (to examine) all the students. 2. On my way to school I (to remember) that I (to leave) my report at home. 3. All my friends (to be) glad to hear that I (to pass) all the examina­tions successfully. 4. Poor Oliver (to lie) unconscious on the spot where Sikes (to leave) him. 5. He (to open) his eyes, (to look) around and (to try) to re­member what (to happen) to him. 6. All the passen­gers (to see) at once that the old man (to travel) a great deal in his life. 7. By the time we (to come) to see him, he (to return) home. 8. During the holi­days my friend (to visit) the village where he (to live) in his childhood. 9. When they (to enter) the hall, the performance already (to begin). 10. When I came home, my mother (to tell) me that she (to receive) a letter from grandfather. 11. Where you (to work) before you (to enter) the institute? 12. He (to study)

French before he (to enter) the university. 13. Lanny (to say) that he (to get) his education in Cape Town. 14. The boy (to want) to act the main part in the play because he (to organize) the theatre. 15. Lanny (not to know) who (to attack) him in the darkness. 16. The girl (to be) glad that she (to find) a seat near the win­dow. 17. Suddenly he (to remember) that he (not to ring) her up in the morning. 18. By the time the train (to reach) the city, he (to make) friends with many passengers. 19. When my uncle (to leave), he (to hur­ry) to the station to book a ticket. 20. She (to think) that Gert and Lanny (to quarrel).

Сравните употребление Past Simple, Past Continuous и Past Perfect

Упражнение 235

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple, Past Continuous u Past Perfect.

1. By eight o'clock yesterday I (to do) my home­work and at eight I (to play) the piano. 2. By six o'clock father (to come) home and at six he (to have) dinner. 3. By nine o'clock yesterday grandmother (to wash) the dishes and at nine she (to watch) TV. 4. When I (to meet) Tom, he (to eat) an ice cream which he (to buy) at the corner of the street. 5. When father (to come) home, we (to cook) the mushrooms which we (to gather) in the wood. 6. When I (to see) Ann, she (to sort) the flowers which she (to pick) in the field. 7. When I (to come) home yesterday, I (to see) that my little brother (to break) my pen and (to play) with its pieces. 8. When I (to open) the door of the classroom, I (to see) that the teacher already (to come) and the pupils (to write) a dictation. 9. When I (to come) home, my sister (to read) a book which she (to bring) from the library. 10. When mother (to

196 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

197

come) home, the children (to eat) the soup which she (to cook) in the morning. 11. When I (to ring) up Mike, he still (to learn) the poem which he (to be­gin) learning at school. 12. When I (to look) out of the window, the children (to play) with a ball which Pete (to bring) from home. 13. By ten o'clock the children (to settle) comfortably on the sofa and at ten they (to watch) a film on TV.

Упражнение 236

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple, Past Continuous u Past Perfect.

Last night we (to go) to a football match. We (to take) a bus. The bus (to be) overcrowded as many people (to want) to see the match. We (to get) off the bus and (to go) in the direction of the stadium. While we (to cross) the road, I (to see) Victor. He (to stand) at the corner. He said he (to wait) for his friend who (to come) to St. Petersburg the day be­fore and (to wish) to see the new stadium. A man (to come) up to me and asked if I (to have) a spare tick­et for the match. Victor told us that two boys just (to ask) him whether he (to have) a spare ticket. We (to enter) the stadium just as the football players (to come) out on to the field. At the entrance to the sta­dium we (to meet) Sergei. He (to show) us to our seats and (to ask) me if I (to play) football in my childhood. We (to agree) to meet in the snack bar during the interval.

Упражнение 237

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple, Past Continuous u Past Perfect.

1. There (to be) two men in the room. One of them (to write) something while the other (to read) a news-

paper. 2. He (not to tell) me that he (to receive) a telegram from her. 3. I (to ask) him if he (to know) where she (to live). I (to say) I (not to know) her ad­dress. 4. He (to ask) me if I (can) give him your ad­dress. 5. She (to say) that he (to give) her the wrong address. 6. I (to ask) him where he (to put) my let­ter. 7. He (to tell) us that they (to spend) all the money. 8. I (to sit) in an armchair and (to think) of my coming trip across the North Sea when the door suddenly (to open) and an old friend of mine whom I (not to see) for a very long time (to enter) the room. 9. She (to come) to see us just at the time when we (to have) dinner. It (to be) the first time I (to see) her. 10. I (to see) him just as he (to leave) the hotel. 11. I (not to see) him before we (to meet) at the con­cert. 12. He (to leave) the house before I (to have) time to ask him anything. 13. After spending sever­al days in Paris he (to feel) lonely and (to want) to return home. 14.1 (to think) he already (to go) home. 15. I (to find) the old man in the garden. He (to talk) to some children who (to stand) around listening to him. 16. He (to speak) a language we never (to hear) before. 17. He (to tell) me he (to learn) it from the newspaper. 18. He (to enter) the room, (to take) something from the desk and (to go) out.

Упражнение 238

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple, Past Continuous u Past Perfect.

1. I (to return) to the hotel only late at night as I (to lose) my way in the fog. When I (to come) up to my room, I (to see) Pete who (to stand) at the door of the room. He (to wait) for me as he (to lose) his key and could not get in. 2. When I (to wake) up, it (to be) already ten o'clock. I (to call) my brother. Nobody (to answer). He already (to leave). 3. I (to

198 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

199

go) up to the open window. The rain (to stop) and the sun (to shine) brightly. The birds in the garden (to sing). The morning (to be) fine. 4. When the rain (to stop) I (to look) out of the window and (to see) John who (to stand) under a tree waiting for me. 5. When I called at his house, they (to tell) me that he (to leave) an hour before. 6. When I came to the station, I (not to find) my friend there as I (to be) five minutes late and the train (to leave). 7. He (to want) to visit the place where he (to live) in his child­hood. 8. The telegram (to come) some minutes after he (to leave). 9. She (to look) very tired as she (to work) hard.

Сравните употребление всех изученных времен, соответствующих русскому прошедшему времени

Упражнение 239

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Perfect, Past Simple, Past Continuous или Past Per­fect.

1. He (to come) home late yesterday. 2. She is very glad: she (to finish) her composition at last. 3. He (to translate) the whole text by eleven o'clock. 4. I never (to be) to Rome. 5. Last year we (to work) very much. 6. When I (to have) breakfast, I went to school. 7. I (not to see) you for ages! I am very glad to see you. 8. When you (to see) the "Swan Lake"?

9. My sister already (to graduate) from the university.

10. He repaired the toy which his brother (to break)

the day before. 11. I (to see) an interesting TV pro­

gramme this week. 12. You ever (to be) to Trafalgar

Square? 13. They (to cook) the whole day yesterday.

14. I just (to see) Jack. 15. She (to wash) the dishes

from five till six. 16. Look! She (to draw) a very nice

picture. 17. At this time yesterday I (to talk) to my friend. 18. The TV programme (to begin) before I (to come) home. 19. I (not to eat) ice cream since sum­mer. 20. I understood that she (not to read) my let­ter. 21. She (to do) the rooms when I (to come) home. 22. It's all ";background: #ffffff"> Упражнение 240

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Perfect, Past Simple, Past Continuous или Past Per­fect.

1. Last summer we (to live) in the country and (to go) to the river every day. 2. My sister (to spend) a lot of money yesterday. 3. She is so upset: she (to lose) the key to the front door. 4. By the 1st of Sep­tember all the children (to return) from the coun­try. 5. Columbus (to discover) America 500 years ago. 6. Columbus (not to know) that he (to discover) America. 7. I already (to read) five English books. 8. He (to discuss) the problem with a lot of people before he (to take) a decision. 9. Mother (to bake) a delicious cake! Sit down at the table and let's eat it! 10. She (to read) an English book the whole evening yesterday. 11.1 never (to be) to Greece. 12. They (to tell) me yesterday that you (to get) an excellent mark. 13. When you (to receive) a letter from your friend? 14. Our grandmother (to cook) dinner from twelve till three yesterday. 15. Look! What beauti­ful flowers she (to buy)! 16. They (to travel) along the coast of Africa last year. 17. We (not to see) each other for ages. 18. They (to eat) all the apples which I (to bring). 19. When the children (to have) dinner, they (to go) for a walk. 20. You ever (to be) to the Niagara Falls? 21. At this time yesterday they (to

200 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

201

sit) on the sofa and (to listen) to their grandmother who (to tell) them fairy tales. 22. My friend just (to ring) me up from London. 23.1 (to stand) at the tram stop when it (to begin) raining. 24. We (not to skate) since last winter.

Упражнение 241

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Perfect, Past Simple, Past Continuous или Past Per­fect.

1. She is very happy: her son (to finish) school. 2. My brother (to train) at the stadium from six till eight yesterday. 3. My sister (to buy) a pair of nice model shoes this month. 4. I (not to dance) for ages. 5. When Nick (to come) from school, his friends (to play) in the yard. 6. When your sister (to go) to Lon­don? 7. My friend just (to recover) after a serious illness. 8. I never (to be) to the Bahamas. 9. At this time yesterday we (to talk) about you. 10.1 (to speak) to my friend yesterday. 11. Look! Kate (to wash) all the dishes. 12. Your mother (to return) from work? Can I speak to her? 13. She (to do) her flat the whole day on Saturday. 14. The cat (to drink) all the milk which I (to give) it. 15. You ever (to be) to Piccadil­ly Circus? 16. He (not to read) Turgenev since he was a pupil. 17. They (to reach) the river by sunset.

18. I (not yet to receive) an answer to my letter.

19. Only when she was going to bed, she remembered that she (to forget) to ring up her friend. 20. We already (to study) seven English tenses. 21. He (to spend) two weeks in Scotland two years ago. 22. I (to buy) a lovely fashionable dress. Now I shall look smart at the party. 23. He (to learn) English before he (to go) to the USA. 24. When she (to spend) all her money, she (to go) home.

Упражнения на все изученные времена

Упражнение 242

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple; Present Continuous, Past Continuous; Present Perfect, Past Perfect.

1. My friend (to like) pies. He (to eat) pies every day. When I (to meet) him in the street yesterday, he (to eat) a pie. He (to tell) me that he (to buy) that pie at the corner of the street. Look at my friend now! He (to eat) a pie again. 2. I always (to come) to school at a quarter to nine. 3. Yesterday I (to come) to school at ten minutes to nine. 4. Tomorrow Nick (not to go) to the cinema because he (to go) to the cin­ema yesterday. He already (to be) to the cinema this week. He (to stay) at home and (to play) a computer game. 5. What your brother (to do) now? 6. My fa­ther (to work) in an office. It (to be) Sunday now. He (not to work), he (to read) at home. 7. I (not to see) you for a while! You (to be) busy at work? - I (to have) an awful week, you (to know). 8. What he (to do) at ten o'clock last night? - He (not to do) anything real­ly. He just (to look) at some magazines. 9. We (to have) rather a difficult time at the moment. - I (to be) sor­ry to hear that. 10. Something awful (to happen). Her little daughter (to swallow) a coin. 11. She (to ask) me if I (to see) her backpack. 12. After the boys (to do) all the work, they (to go) to the pictures.

Упражнение 243

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple; Present Continuous, Past Continuous; Present Perfect, Past Perfect.

1. We (to bring) a lot of berries from the wood. Now we shall make jam. 2. Look! Jane (to swim)

202 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

203

across the river. 3. What you (to do) at six o'clock yesterday? 4. You ever (to see) the Pyramids? 5.1 (to go) to the Caucasus two years ago. 6. We (to go) to school every day. 7. Nick (to do) his homework by seven o'clock yesterday. 8. You (to help) your father tomorrow? 9. When Nick (to come) home yesterday, his mother (to return) and (to cook) dinner in the kitchen. 10. When I (to go) to school yesterday, I sud­denly (to remember) that I (to forget) to take my En­glish exercise book. 11. Yesterday grandfather (to tell) us how he (to work) at the factory during the war.

12. When Mr. and Mrs. Smith (to arrive) home, they (to discover) that someone (to break) into their house. Their video recorder and television (to disappear). They (not to know) what they (to do) to deserve this bad luck.

13. The man (to get) off the bus without paying while the conductor (to collect) fares upstairs.

Упражнение 244

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple; Present Continuous, Past Continuous; Present Perfect, Past Perfect.

1. Don't go to Nick's place now, he (to work). He (to finish) his homework at seven o'clock. If you (to come) after seven, he (to be) very glad. 2. Pete (to go) to the cinema? - Yes, I (to think) so. He usual­ly (to play) in the yard at this time, and now he (not to be) there. 3. He (to read) a book at five o'clock yesterday. 4. You (to go) for a walk with me? - I (to be) sorry, I can't. I (to do) my homework. I (not yet to write) the English exercise. If you (to wait) for me, I (to go) with you in half an hour. I (to want) to go for a walk very much, because I (not to go) for a walk yesterday. 5. Yesterday the children (to do) all their homework before mother (to come) home, and when she (to come), they (to play) with the cat.

6. I (to lose) my key when I (to play) in the yard yes­terday. 7. Ring me up as soon as you (to come) home. 8. Where you usually (to take) books for reading?

Упражнение 245

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple; Present Continuous, Past Continuous; Present Perfect, Past Perfect.

1. Mike (to eat) ice cream every day. Look, he (to eat) ice cream now. When I (to see) him in the morn­ing, he (to eat) ice cream, too. He (to say) he (to eat) one ice cream already by that time. I think he (to fall) ill if he (to eat) so much ice cream. 2. They (to walk) along the street and (to talk). Suddenly Nick (to stop) and (to say), "Oh, what shall we do? I (to lose) the key to the door." "If you (not to find) it," said Pete, "we (to have) to wait for mother in the street." 3. When I (to come) to the station yester­day, I (to learn) that my train already (to leave).

4. What he (to do) when you (to see) him yesterday?

5. I (to give) you this book as soon as I (to finish) reading it. 6. When the ship (to cross) the ocean, a great storm (to break) out. 7. I never (to hear) of her. 8. To whom you just (to write)?

Упражнение 246

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple; Present Continuous, Past Continuous; Present Perfect, Past Perfect.

1. Let's go for a walk. The rain (to stop) and the sun (to shine). 2. If you (to help) me, I (to do) this work well. 3. I always (to get) up at eight o'clock, but to­morrow I (to get) up a little later. 4. What you (to read) now? - I (to read) Tom's book. I (to be) in a hurry.

204 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

205

Tom soon (to come), and I (to want) to finish reading the-book before he (to come). 5. As soon as you (to see) your friend, tell him that I (to want) to see him. 6. When I (to come) home yesterday, my brother (to sleep). 7. When you (to come) to see us? - I (to come) tomorrow if I (not to be) busy. 8. I (not to like) apples. 9. He (to come) home at five o'clock yesterday. 10. I (to ring) you up as soon as I (to come) home tomorrow. 11. I (to show) you my work if you (to like). 12. He (to come) home by six o'clock yesterday. 13. Pete certainly (to help) you with your English if you (to ask) him. 14. This little boy never (to see) a crocodile. 15. Send me a tele­gram as soon as you (to arrive). 16. He (to know) the results before we (to meet).

Упражнение 247

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple; Present Continuous, Past Continuous; Present Perfect, Past Perfect.

1. Yesterday I (to put) five apples into the vase. Where they (to be) now? - I (to eat) them. You (to bring) some more tomorrow? - Yes, if you (not to make) noise when granny (to sleep). 2. You ever (to be) to the Hermitage? 3. What Nick (to do) when you (to ring) him up yesterday? - He (to play) the pi­ano. He (to tell) me that he already (to write) his composition. 4. Why she (to sleep) now? It (to be) too early. She never (to sleep) at this time. 5. You (to go) to the library tomorrow? - No, I already (to be) to the library this week. I (to be) there on Mon­day. As a rule, I (to go) to the library every Wednesday. But yesterday I (not to go) there, be­cause I (not to read) the book. I (to read) it now. I (to go) to the library on Saturday if I (to finish)

the book by that time. 6. As soon as I (to receive) a letter, I shall go to Moscow. 7. By six o'clock we al­ready (to make) arrangements to take the early train.

Упражнение 248

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple; Present Continuous, Past Continuous; Present Perfect, Past Perfect.

1. Autumn (to come). It (to be) November now. It (to get) colder, the days (to get) shorter. It often (to rain). Soon it (to be) very cold. 2. When I (to do) my homework yesterday, I quickly (to run) to the yard, because my friends (to wait) for me there. 3. We (to have) a good time last summer. 4. What you (to learn) for today? - I (to be) sorry, I (not to prepare) my lesson. I (to be) ill yesterday and (not to know) what to do. I (to prepare) my lesson tomorrow. - If you (not to prepare) your lesson tomorrow, you (to get) a bad mark. 5. What you (to do) at five o'clock yesterday? 6. Mike always (to do) his homework in the evening, but today he (to begin) doing it as soon as he comes from school, because his father (to prom­ise) to take him to the theatre. 7. When Mary (to come) home, her brother (to read) the book which she (to bring) him two days before.

Упражнение 249

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple; Present Continuous, Past Continuous; Present Perfect, Past Perfect.

1. Hello! Where you (to go)? - Nowhere in par­ticular. I just (to take) a walk. 2. Our students (to do) all kinds of exercises and now they (to be) sure

206 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

207

that they (to know) this rule well. They (to hope) they .(to make) no mistakes in the paper. 3. The expedition (to cover) hundreds of kilometres, but they still (to be) far from their destination. 4. You (to go) to Great Britain next year? 5. Yesterday Nick (to say) that he (to read) much during his summer vacation. 6. At the age of twenty my fa­ther (to combine) work and study. 7. A great number of students (to study) in the reading room when I (to enter) it last night. 8. The storm (to rage) the whole night, and the sailors (to try) to do their best to save the ship. 9. Mike's friends could hard­ly recognize him as he (to change) greatly after his expedition to the Antarctic. 10. When I (to enter) the hall, the students (to listen) to a very interest­ing lecture in history.

Упражнение 250

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Past Simple, Future Simple; Past Continuous; Present Perfect, Past Perfect.

It was eight o'clock in the morning and time for me to go to work. I (to look) out of the window. It (to rain) hard. "You (to get) wet through if you (to go) out now," said my mother. "No, I ... ," I an­swered, "I (to take) an umbrella." We (to have) five umbrellas in the house, but when I (to want) to take one, I (to find) that there (to be) not one that I could use: they all (to be) torn or broken. So I (to take) them all and (to carry) them to the umbrella maker, saying that I would call for the umbrellas on my way home in the evening. When I (to go) to have lunch in the afternoon, it still (to rain) very hard. I (to go) to the nearest cafe, and (to sit) down at a table. A few minutes later a young woman (to come) in

and (to sit) down at the same table with me. When I (to finish) my lunch and (to be) ready to leave, I ab­sent-mindedly (to take) her umbrella and (to start) for the exit. She (to stop) me saying that I (to take) her umbrella. I (to return) the umbrella with many apologies. In the evening I (to go) to the umbrella maker, (to take) my five umbrellas and (to get) on the tram to go home. It so happened that the wom­an I (to meet) at the cafe (to ride) in the same tram. When she (to see) me with my five umbrellas, she (to say), "You (to have) a successful day today, (to have not) you?"

Спряжение глагола to write (писать) в Future Continuous Tense (Future Progressive Tense)

(действие в процессе, будет совершаться в определенный момент в будущем)

1 shall be writing Не will be writing She will be writing It will be writing

We shall be writing You will be writing They will be writing

1 shall not be writing He will not be writing She will not be writing It will not be writing

We shall not be writing You will not be writing They will not be writing

Shall 1 be writing? Will he be writing? Will she be writing? Will it be writing?

Shall we be writing? Will you be writing? Will they be writing?

Yes, 1 shall. Yes, he will. Yes, she will. Yes, it will.

Yes, we shall. Yes, you will. Yes, they will.

No, 1 shan't. No, he won't. No, she won't. No, it won't.

No, we shan't. No, you won't. No, they won't.

208 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

209

Спряжение глагола to write (писать) в Future Perfect Tense

(действие уже совершится к определенному моменту в будущем)

1 shall have written Не will have written She will have written It will have written

We shall have written You will have written They will have written

1 shall not have written He will not have written She will not have written It will not have written

We shall not have written You will not have written They will not have written

Shall 1 have written? Will he have written? Will she have written? Will it have written?

Shall we have written? Will you have written? Will they have written?

Yes, 1 shall. Yes, he will. Yes, she will. Yes, it will.

Yes, we shall. Yes, you will. Yes, they will.

No, 1 shan't. No, he won't. No, she won't. No, it won't.

No, we shan't. No, you won't. No, they won't.

Сравните употребление трех будущих времен: Future Simple, Future Continuous, Future Perfect

Упражнение 251

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из будущих времен: Future Simple, Future Continuous или Future Perfect.

1. I (to do) my homework tomorrow. 2. I (to do) my homework at six o'clock tomorrow. 3. I (to do) my homework by six o'clock tomorrow. 4. Tomorrow I (to begin) doing my homework as soon as I come from school. I (to do) my homework from three till

six. My father (to come) home at seven o'clock to­morrow. I (to do) all my homework by the time he comes, and we (to go) for a walk together. 5. When I come home tomorrow, my family (to have) supper. 6. When you come to my place tomorrow, I (to read) your book. I (to do) my homework by the time you come. 7. Don't come to my place tomorrow. I (to write) a composition the whole evening. 8. I (not to go) to the cinema tomorrow. I (to watch) TV the whole evening. 9. What you (to do) tomorrow?

10. What you (to do) at eight o'clock tomorrow?

11. You (to play) volleyball tomorrow? 12. You (to do) this work by next Sunday? 13. When you (to go) to see your friend next time? 14. How many pages you (to read) by five o'clock tomorrow?

Спряжение глагола to write (писать) в Present Perfect Continuous Tense (Present Perfect Progressive Tense)

(действие началось в прошлом, длилось вплоть до настоящего и продолжается в настоящем)

1 have been writing Не has been writing She has been writing It has been writing

We have been writing You have been writing They have been writing

1 have not been writing He has not been writing She has not been writing It has not been writing

We have not been writing You have not been writing They have not been writing

Have 1 been writing? Has he been writing? Has she been writing? Has it been writing?

Have we been writing? Have you been writing? Have they been writing?

Yes, 1 have. Yes, he has. Yes, she has. Yes, it has.

Yes, we have. Yes, you have. Yes, they have

No, 1 haven't. No, he hasn't. No, she hasn't. No, it hasn't.

No, we haven't. No, you haven't. No, they haven't.

210

ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИИ

Употребление времен

211

Сравните следующие предложения:

Я живу в Санкт-Петер-

1 live in St. Petersburg.

бурге.

Я живу в Санкт-Петер-

1 have been living in

бурге с детства.

St. Petersburg since child-

hood.

Она делает уроки.

She is doing her home-

work.

Она делает уроки с

She has been doing her

утра.

homework since morning.

Упражнение 252

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple, Present Continuous или Present Perfect Continuous.

1. а) Мой папа работает в институте.

b) Мой папа работает в институте с 1995 года.

2. а) Моя бабушка готовит обед. (СЕЙЧАС) Ь) Моя бабушка готовит обед с двух часов.

3. а) Моя сестра спит.

Ь) Моя сестра спит с пяти часов.

4. а) Мама убирает квартиру. (СЕЙЧАС) Ь) Мама убирает квартиру с утра.

5. а) Дедушка смотрит телевизор. (СЕЙЧАС) Ь) Дедушка смотрит телевизор с шести часов.

6. а) Мой дядя пишет стихи.

Ь) Мой дядя пишет стихи с детства.

7. а) Она читает. (СЕЙЧАС) Ь) Она читает с утра.

8. а) Они играют в волейбол. (СЕЙЧАС) Ь) Они играют в волейбол с трех часов.

9. а) Мы изучаем английский язык.

Ь) Мы изучаем английский язык с 1998 года.

Сравните следующие предложения:

1 am still working

Я все еще ра-

Present Con-

at my report.

ботаю над до­кладом.

tinuous

1 have already

Я уже 3 ча-

Present Per-

been working at my

са работаю над

fect Continu-

report for three

докладом.

ous

hours.

Упражнение 253

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Present Continuous или в Present Perfect Con­tinuous.

1. а) Она все еще изучает испанский язык.

Ь) Она уже два года изучает испанский язык.

2. а) Они все еще живут на даче.

Ь) Они уже четыре месяца живут на даче.

3. а) Она все еще разговаривает по телефону. Ь) Она разговаривает по телефону уже двад­цать минут.

4. а) Мой брат все еще решает эту трудную за-

дачу. Ь) Он решает эту задачу уже полчаса.

5. а) Она все еще пишет письмо бабушке. Ь) Она уже целый час пишет это письмо.

6. а) Они все еще ловят рыбу.

Ь) Они ловят рыбу уже пять часов.

7. а) Дедушка и бабушка все еще играют в лото. Ь) Они играют в лото уже два часа.

8. а) Они все еще спорят.

Ь) Они спорят уже два часа.

9. а) Она еще спит.

Ь) Она спит уже два часа.

212 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

213

10. а) Он еще делает уроки.

Ь) Он делает уроки уже три часа.

11. а) Мальчики все еще играют в футбол.

Ь) Они играют в футбол уже сорок минут.

12. а) Девочки еще переодеваются.

Ь) Они переодеваются уже полчаса.

13. а) Артисты все еще репетируют эту сцену. Ь) Они репетируют эту сцену уже три часа.

14. а) Дети все еще бегают во дворе.

Ь) Они уже три часа бегают во дворе.

15. а) Он все еще пишет свою новую книгу.

Ь) Он пишет свою новую книгу уже два года.

16. а) Он все еще учит монолог Гамлета.

Ь) Он учит монолог Гамлета уже два дня.

17. а) Мы все еще ремонтируем нашу квартиру.

Ь) Мы ремонтируем нашу квартиру уже пол­

месяца.

Сравните употребление всех времен Present

Упражнение 254

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из следующих времен: Present Simple, Present Con­tinuous, Present Perfect, Present Perfect Continuous.

1. This man (to be) a writer. He (to write) books. He (to write) books since he was a young man. He already (to write) eight books. 2. What you (to do) here since morning? 3. Lena is a very good girl. She always (to help) her mother about the house. Today she (to help) her mother since morning. They already (to wash) the floor and (to dust) the furniture. Now they (to cook) dinner together. 4. He (to run) now. He (to run) for ten minutes without any rest. 5. What they (to do) now? - They (to work) in the reading room. They (to work) there for three hours already. 6. Where he (to be) now? - He (to be) in

the garden. He (to play) volleyball with his friends. They (to play) since breakfast time. 7. I (to live) in St. Petersburg. I (to live) in St. Petersburg since 1990. 8. This is the factory where my father (to work). He (to work) here for fifteen years. 9. You (to find) your notebook? - No! I still (to look) for it. I already (to look) for it for two hours, but (not yet to find) it. 10. You (to play) with a ball for three hours already. Go home and do your homework.

11. Wake up! You (to sleep) for ten hours already.

12. I (to wait) for a letter from my cousin for a month already, but (not yet to receive) it. 13. She already (to do) her homework for two hours; but she (not yet to do) half of it. 14.1 (to wait) for you since two o'clock. 15. What you (to do)? - I (to read). I (to read) for two hours already. I already (to read) sixty pages. 16. It is difficult for me to speak about this opera as I (not to hear) it. 17. I just (to receive) a letter from my granny, but I (not yet to receive) any letters from my parents. 18. The weather (to be) fine today. The sun (to shine) ever since we got up. 19. Every day I (to wind) up my watch at 10 o'clock in the evening. 20. Come along, Henry, what you (to do) now? I (to wait) for you a long time. 21. Where your gloves (to be)? - I (to put) them into my pock­et. 22. I (to stay) with some American friends in Chicago. I (to stay) with them for two weeks now. I (to have) a great time here. I (to take) the opportu­nity to improve my English. I already (to see) the towering skyscrapers of Chicago which are reflect­ed in the rippling water of Lake Michigan. I just (to take) a picture of Chicago's Sears Tower which (to rise) 1,707 feet and (to provide) a panoramic view from the skydeck. 23. I (to go) to give that cat some food. I (to be) sure it (to starve). - But Jane already (to feed) the cat. You needn't do it.

214 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

215

Глаголы, не имеющие форм Continuous, следует употреблять в Present Perfect.

Сравните следующие пары предложений:

Я знаю его. Я знаю его уже три года.

1 know him.

1 have known him for three years.

Я хочу поехать в Лон­дон.

Я всегда хотел поехать в Лондон (и сейчас хочу).

1 want to go to London.

1 have always wanted

to go to London.

Она больна. Она больна уже две недели.

She is ill.

She has been ill for two weeks.

Он предпочитает клас­сическую музыку.

Он всегда предпочи­тал классическую музы­ку (и сейчас предпочи­тает).

He prefers classical mu­sic.

He has always pre­ferred classical music.

Она любит кошек. Она всегда любила кошек (и сейчас любит).

She likes cats.

She has always liked

cats.

Упражнение 255

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Present Simple, Present Continuous, Present Perfect или Present Perfect Continuous.

1. Мы знаем друг друга уже четыре года. 2. Я всегда хотел изучать английский язык. 3. Где Нина? - Она уже два часа дома. 4. Где дети? - Они все еще играют во дворе. 5. Мой брат уже три года инженер. 6. Мой друг знает английский с дет-

ства. 7. Я уже полчаса наблюдаю за тобой. 8. Ваш брат еще болен? - Нет, он уже поправился. Он уже три дня занимается физикой. Он хочет полу­чить отличную оценку на экзамене. 9. Мне уже давно хочется прочесть эту книгу. 10. Я уже двад­цать минут пытаюсь найти мою старую тетрадь.

11. Они уже десять лет живут в Нью Йорке.

12. Моя тетя - артистка. Она всегда любила те­атр. 13. Ваш папа уже вернулся с севера? - Да, он уже две недели дома. 14. Я уже три дня об этом думаю. 15. Моя сестра пьет кофе с молоком. А я всегда предпочитал черный кофе. 16. Мы очень рады вас видеть. Мы вас ждали целый месяц. 17. Вы все еще читаете эту книгу? Сколько вре­мени вы ее уже читаете? 18. Моя сестра занима­ется музыкой уже пять лет. 19. Я ищу тебя весь вечер. Где ты был все это время? 20. Они пишут сочинение уже два часа.

Будущее в прошедшем

Не забудьте, что если главное предложение сто­ит в прошедшем времени, то в придаточном до­полнительном вместо будущих времен должны упот­ребляться соответствующие будущие-в-прошедшем времена.

Спряжение глагола to write (писать)

в Future-in-the-Past Simple Tense

(Не knew that)

(He thought that)

1 should write

1 should not write

he would write

he would not write

she would write

she would not write

it would write

it would not write

we should write

we should not write

you would write

you would not write

they would write

they would not write

216 ГРАММАТИКА, СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

217

Спряжение глагола to write (писать) в Future-in-the-Past Continuous Tense

Спряжение глагола to write (писать) в Future-in-the-Past Perfect Tense

Упражнение 256

Перепишите следующие предложения в прошед­шем времени.

1. I am afraid I shall be late. 2. Do you think we shall pick all the apples in three days? 3. He hopes you will often visit him. 4. They expect he will be at

(Не said that)

I should be writing he would be writing she would be writing it would be writing

we should be writing you would be writing they would be writing

(He was sure that)

I should have written he would have written she would have written it would have written

we should have written you would have written they would have written

(He supposed that)

I should not be writing he would not be writing she would not be writing it would not be writing

we should not be writing you would not be writing they would not be writing

(He guessed that)

I should not have written he would not have written she would not have written it would not have written

we should not have written you would not have written they would not have written

home in a few days. 5. Are you afraid we shan't be in time? 6. She promises that she will finish the work in a week. 7. I think Henry will help us. 8. I hope we'll enjoy the show. 9. She expects he'll win the race.

Упражнение 257

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Future Simple или Future-in-the-Past Simple.

1. I know we (not to be) late. 2. I knew we (not to be) late. 3. I want to know whether he (to be) at home. 4. I wanted to know whether he (to be) at home. 5. "When you (to be) ready?" he asked. 6. He asked when I (to be) ready. 7. I can't say whether Bob (to do) the work perfectly, but he (to do) his best.

8. He asked me whether he (to see) Olga there.

9. Are you sure that we (to have) time to do that?

10. I was afraid he (to say), "I don't think I (to be)

able to come." 11. I did not know what he (to speak)

about. 12.1 knew your aunt (to bake) special cookies

for all her nieces and nephews.

Упражнение 258

Употребите следующие предложения как прида точные дополнительные. В роли главных предложе­ний используйте предложения, данные в скобках.

(I supposed; He believed; She was sure; We were told; I heard; She said; He understood; She ima­gined; The letter said.)

• E.g. My brother will be sleeping.

I supposed that my brother would be sleeping.

1. He will solve the problem in no time. 2. The new film will be on in many cinemas. 3. The teacher

218 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

will have corrected our papers by the beginning of the lesson. 4. She will not like this TV programme. 5. The train will arrive on time. 6. The children will be playing in the yard. 7. All the newspapers will publish this information. 8. They will win the game. 9. I shall go to the south. 10. My sister will not for­get to ring me up. 11. I shall have done my home­work by nine o'clock. 12. The tourists will not re­turn by sunset. 13. My friends will be waiting for me. 14. My friend will have returned by that time. 15. They will be working the whole evening. 16. He will return this book to the library immediately.

Упражнение 259

Переведите на английский язык, обращая внима­ние на время глагола в главном предложении.

1. Я знаю, что он скоро придет. 2. Я знал, что он скоро придет. 3. Я думаю, что она будет спать в это время. 4. Я думал, что она будет спать в это время. 5. Она думает, что сделает всю работу к пяти часам. 6. Она думала, что сделает всю рабо­ту к пяти часам. 7. Я был уверен, что к десяти часам он уже выучит стихотворение. 8. Я знал, что к девяти часам мама уже приготовит ужин и в девять часов вся семья будет сидеть за столом. Я боялся, что приду слишком поздно. 9. Она боя­лась, что ее друг не придет. 10. Они написали, что скоро приедут. 11. Я был уверен, что встречу его на станции. 12. Я думаю, что папа скоро напишет нам письмо. 13. Вам сказали, что в декабре мы будем писать контрольную работу? 14. Он понял, что никогда ее не забудет. 15. Я полагаю, что они вспомнят о нас. 16. Он говорит, что знает этого человека.

Все времена действительного залога

Present

Past

Future

Future-in-the-Past

Simple (Indefinite)

He writes

letters every day.

He wrote

a letter yesterday.

He will write

a letter tomorrow.

(He said that) he would write

a letter the next day.

Continuous (Progressive)

He is writing

a letter now.

He was writing

a letter at 5 o'clock yesterday.

He will be writing

a letter at 5 o'clock tomorrow.

(He said that) he would be writing

a letter at 5 o'clock the next day.

о ф

ч-. 0)

о.

He has already written

a letter.

He had written

a letter by 5 o'clock yesterday.

He will have written a

letter

by 5 o'clock

tomorrow.

(He said that) he would have written

a letter by 5 o'clock the next day.

Perfect Continuous (Perfect Progressive)

He has

been

writing

a letter

since

morning.

He had

been

writing

a letter for two hours when 1 came.

He will have been writ­ing

a letter for two hours when 1 come.

(He said that) he would have been writing

a letter

for two hours

when 1 came.

220 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

221

Упражнения на все 16 времен действительного залога

Упражнение 260

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. When morning came, the storm already (to stop), but the snow still (to fall). 2. Yesterday by eight o'clock he (to finish) all his homework, and when I (to come) to his place at nine, he (to read).

3. I (to wait) for permission to go abroad for three weeks already, but I (not to receive) the visa yet.

4. Everybody (to be) at the door of the museum, but my friend (not yet to come). 5. We (to drink) tea when the telephone (to ring). 6. Johnny noticed that every­body (to look) at him, and he (to feel) shy. 7. Light (to travel) more quickly than sound. 8. When I (to come) to Pete's house last Sunday, he (to read) a new book. He (to say) he (to give) it to me soon. Today I (to take) it from him. Now I (to read) it. I (to finish) it by Friday. If you like, I (to give) it to you on Sat­urday when you (to come) to see me. 9. When will he come? We (to wait) for him for half an hour already. 10. On leaving the hall, the students (to thank) the professor who (to deliver) the lecture. 11. We al­ready (to cover) about ten miles when Peter, who (to look) out of the window for the last five or ten min­utes, suddenly exclaimed, "Here is the station!"

Упражнение 261

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. Не (to be) here five minutes ago, but you (to be) out. He (to ask) me to tell you that he (to come)

again tonight. 2. You (to read) "The Murder of Rog­er Ackroyd" by Agatha Christie? - No, I (not yet to read) it. But I (to hear) that it (to be) a very in­teresting book. I (to read) it as soon as I (to get) it. 3. When we (to come) to the station, the train al­ready (to arrive). The passengers (to hurry) to occu­py their seats in the carriages. 4. The concert (to be) a greater success than we (to expect). We were very glad. 5. He (to tell) me that if no one (to come) to meet me at the station, I (can) leave the suitcases in the checkroom and go to the hotel where he (to re­serve) a room for me. 6. Lanny (to return) home af­ter seven years of absence. During these seven years he (to study) in Cape Town where his people (to send) him. Lanny was glad at the thought that he (to do) what they (to hope) he (to do) and that soon he (to be) among his people again.

Упражнение 262

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. We could not go out because it (to rain) hard since early morning. 2. She (to teach) at our school for twenty years now. 3. Ring me up as soon as you (to come) home. 4. He (to begin) to write his compo­sition at three o'clock. It is already eleven, and he still (to write) it. He says he (to finish) it by twelve. 5. We (to help) our librarian to put the books in the right order for three days already, but we (to ar­range) only half the books. 6. What you (to do) when I (to come) in? 7. When I (to come) to his house, they (to tell) me that he (to leave) an hour before. 8. On checking up his answers he (to find) out that he (to make) several mistakes. 9. When I (to leave) home, the snow already (to stop), but a strong wind (to blow). 10. You (to read) this book? - Yes, I (to read)

223222 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

it. I (to think) it (to be) very interesting. 11. What the children (to do) now? - Oh, they (to play) the new board game which I just (to buy) for them. 12. They (to reach) the corner of the street by now and (to stand) at the bus stop. 13. After we (to walk) about two hours, we arrived at a picturesque giade covered with fresh grass. 14. That (to be) what I (to com­plain) about.

Упражнение 263

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. At last the librarian (to give) me the book which I (to wait) for during two months. I was very glad. I (to go) home and (to begin) reading it at once. 2. Don't speak to him: he (to be) very busy, he (to do) some very urgent work. 3. I did not want him to go there: I (to be) afraid that something (to happen).

4. I did not notice that my watch (to stop), and when I (to arrive) at the station, my train (to leave) and I (to have) to ask when the next train (to come).

5. He (to wait) for fifteen minutes when at last he (to see) her at the end of the platform. 6. By the end of the year he (to read) about two hundred pages. 7. We were happy when the sun (to rise), for the night (to be) very cold. 8. Where you (to put) my dictionary? I cannot find it anywhere. 9. I (not yet to fall) asleep when the telephone (to ring). 10. What you (to do) from six till nine yesterday? 11. The chil­dren (to play) here at eleven o'clock, but now they (to go) home. 12. Go to see your old grandfather as soon as you (to arrive) in Novgorod. 13. You always (to spend) summer at the seaside? - Yes, as a rule. Last summer I (to go) to the mountains, but I (not to find) the rest there as pleasant as near the sea. 14. When they returned, they (to tell) us many in-

Употребление времен

teresting things which they (to see) during their journey. 15. When I (to leave) home, it (to rain).

Упражнение 264

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. Our train starts late in the evening, so if you (to come) at seven o'clock, we still (to pack) our lug­gage. 2. When you (to see) him last? 3. I (to meet) him when he (to walk) across the park. 4. You ever (to act) on the stage? - Why, yes, that's what I (to do) for the last six years. 5. Don't enter the bedroom! The child (to sleep) there, and he always (to wake) up when somebody (to open) the door. 6. Where is your luggage? - I (to leave) it at the station. I (to take) it tomorrow when Nick (to come) to help me.

7. I (to read) about an hour when he (to come).

8. The play (not yet to begin) and the people (to talk) in the hall. 9. One night a little swallow (to fly) over the city. His friends (to fly) away to Egypt six weeks before, but he (to stay) behind. 10. What you (to do) these three months? 11. Yesterday I (to buy) a new pair of gloves, as I (to lose) the old ones. 12. We (to walk) in silence. He already (to tell) me all that (to be) interesting about himself, and I (to have) noth­ing to tell him. 13. The moon (not to rise) yet, and only two stars, like two distant lighthouses, (to shine) in the dark blue sky.

Упражнение 265

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. What you (to read)? - I (to read) a magazine. - How long you (to read) it? - I (to read) it for half an hour. 2. She (to live) in Moscow for ten years

224 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

225

when her sister (to come) to live with her. 3. Our teacher (to come). Now he (to speak) with our librar­ian. 4. They (to speak) when I (to look) at them. 5. What you (to do) here? - I (to prepare) for my report. - How long you (to prepare) for it? - Oh, I (to work) since morning. 6. He (to teach) at school for five years when the war (to break) out. 7. She (to study) English since last year. 8. You ever (to be) to London? - Yes, I (to be) there last summer.

9. What your friend (to do) now? - She (to have)

dinner. She usually (to have) dinner at this time.

10. I (to buy) a new dress. I (to show) it to you to­

morrow when you (to come) to my place. 11. So you

begin working tomorrow! And who (to take) care of

your children when you (to go) to work? 12. Hello,

Peter! Where you (to go)? - I (to go) to the library.

13. I (to walk) about an hour when I (to see) a little

house not far from the river. 14. When he (to read)

the newspaper, he (to give) it to his brother. 15. He

(to leave) for Rostov in 1990 and since then he (to

live) there. 16. At this time tomorrow we (to discuss)

your report. 17. Now she (to read) the book which

I (to give) her yesterday. 18. I always (to hate) such

cruelty. 19. No, I (not to see) that movie.

Упражнение 266

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. How long you (to wait) for me? I am really very sorry. 2. Yesterday I (to meet) a friend of mine whom I (not to see) for a long time. 3. Ring me up at elev­en o'clock, I (not yet to sleep). 4. You (to be) late for the concert if you (not to take) a taxi. 5. The sun (to set) a long time ago, and it (to begin) to get really cold. 6. When I (to come) home yesterday, my sister

already (to return) and (to sit) at the fireplace look­ing through some old photographs. 7. He (to smoke) three cigarettes and (to look) through all the books on the shelf, when at last he (to hear) his friend's steps approaching the door. 8. The first person whom Andrew (to see) as he (to enter) was his old nurse. She (to sit) on the sofa. During the last five years she greatly (to change) and now (to look) a very old woman. 9. She is going to read the letter she just (to receive). 10. He just (to approach) the door, when she (to enter). 11. He (to write) the composition for three hours and he (to say) he soon (to finish) it as he (to think) over the conclusion now. 12. Where is the baby? - The nurse (to put) it to bed. 13. He said he (to work) for a long time without achieving good results. 14. Hardly¹ I (to go) out when I (to remem­ber) that I (to forget) to take my umbrella. 15. It (to be) late. You (not to finish) yet?

Упражнение 267

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. The students (to write) the paper by dinner­time. 2. They (to sail) down the river for many hours before they (to come) to the village. 3. I (not to be) to my home town for five years. 4. The rain (to stop) by the time we (to reach) home. 5. The message (to arrive) five minutes after he (to leave) the house. 6. It (to be) nearly eleven o'clock when we (to begin) doing this work. 7. At last the reply from my grand­mother (to come), and my mother (to tell) me that she (to come) soon. 8. Here you (to be) at last! I (to

¹ После hardly употребляйте Past Perfect и обратный по­рядок слов. 8 Ю. Голицынский

226 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

227

wait) for you for twenty minutes. You (not to be) ashamed? 9. Peter (to read) by the fireplace when the door (to open) and the maid (to enter). The cook (to follow) her. 10. When the mother (to satisfy) herself that the children (to sleep) peacefully in their beds, she (to take) out the Christmas presents and carefully (to put) them into the stockings which (to hang) at the beds. 11. If you (to ring) me up tomor­row, I (to tell) you all about it. 12. The lesson (not yet to begin), and the children (to talk) loudly in the corridor. 13. I (to live) in St. Petersburg since 1991. 14. By the fifteenth of January the students (to pass) all the exams. 15. I (to wait) for the postman now. He (not to be) here yet. 16. You (to hear) the news?

Упражнение 268

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. Where is Nick? - Не (not to be) at home, he (to go) to the cinema. Wait for him, he (to come) in half an hour. 2. It was very late. I (to go) to bed and (to fall) asleep when my father (to return) home. 3. I'll join you when I (to drink) my tea. 4. When I (to come), he (to live) in the same old house where I first (to meet) him. He (to tell) me he (to wait) for me for some time already. 5. The pupils (to do) a lot of exercises before they (to learn) to write dictations well. 6. I could not hear a sound: they (to stop) talk­ing. 7. On entering the drawing room, he (to find) that his two friends (to get) up and (to wait) for him. 8. The sportsmen (to train) since early morning; now they (to go) over the high jump, as they (not to be) satisfied with their results. 9. Five minutes (not to pass) when the train for which we (to wait) (to appear) in the distance. 10. Tomorrow father (to come) late.

We (to do) all our homework and (to drink) tea when he (to come). 11. When Mrs. Smith (to come) home yes­terday, she (to see) that her daughter (to cook) supper and (to wait) for her with the table laid. 12. Anyone (to see) my dog? 13. You (to go) to the pictures tonight?

Упражнение 269

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. Не said he (to listen) to the same stories for a long time. 2. By the evening he (to translate) ten pages. 3. You ever (to be) to the new stadium? - Yes, I (to be) there last Saturday. 4. The old lady was happy: she (not to see) her son for three years. 5. What you (to do) yesterday? 6. How many pages you (to translate) for today? 7. The day (to be) cold and it (to rain). When I (to reach) home, my rain­coat (to be) all wet. I (to take) it off, (to shake) the water off it, (to hang) it up and (to go) into the liv­ing room. My children (to play) on the carpet. When they (to see) me, they (to jump) up and (to run) up to me. 8. I (to hear) this song several times already, but I cannot remember the words. I (to write) them down as soon as I (to hear) this song again. 9. Hard­ly¹ he (to open) the suitcase, when he (to find) the tie which he (to think) he (to lose) long before. 10. Shut the door! The room (to be) full of smells which (to come) from the kitchen. Mother (not to like) kitchen smells in the room. 11. Last night he (to finish) the book which he (to begin) writing a year ago. 12.1 (to be) afraid he (to lose) this match. 13. Who (to make) all that noise? 14. Sharks (to be) on earth more than 350 million years.

¹ Hardly см. примечание на стр. 225.

228 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

229

Упражнение 270

• Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. When the train (to stop), I (to look) out of the window but (not to see) any of my friends there. I (to send) them a telegram and hoped that they (to meet) me. As I (to discover) later, they (to receive) it ten minutes before the train arrived and could not meet me. 2. We were greatly surprised not to find Ann at home. It turned out that her sister (to for­get) to give her our message, and Ann (to leave) the house fifteen minutes before we (to come). 3. I de­cided not to put on my raincoat as it (to stop) rain­ing already and the sun (to shine) brightly. 4. The young people entered the theatre. The performance already (to begin), and they (to have) to wait till the first act (to be) over. Nina never (to be) here before and she (to like) the theatre very much. 5. I did not recognize Helen as I (not to see) her for a very long time and she greatly (to change). 6. When the teach­er told the boy to recite the poem, the boy (to burst) into tears: he (not to remember) anything, though he (to try) to learn his lesson so hard. 7. Jane usual­ly works in the library. She (to work) there now. She already (to gather) the necessary material and now she (to write) her report. 8. When we (to come) to the station, our train already (to leave), and we (to have) to wait for two hours before another one (to come). 9. I was anxious to see the place where I (to spend) my childhood. 10. Victor asked me to explain the new rule to him, as he (to miss) the previous les­son. 11. John Gray (to visit) Russia in 1989 and (not to be) here since that time. 12. The sight of the school building brought back the old days to us. Here we (to spend) many years together. We (to learn) to read and write; here we (to experience) our first joys

and sorrows. We recollected our first day at school, how we (to come) to our first lesson looking alarmed and excited.

Упражнение 271

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

Ann: Hello, Kate. I am so glad you (to come) at last. Where you (to spend) the morning?

Kate: I (to be) in the bookstore choosing new books in English.

Ann: It (to rain) still? It (to be) rather dark in the room.

Kate: No, the rain (to stop), but the wind (to blow). On my way to your place I (to meet) Mary. You (to know) her?

Ann: Of course I .... I (to know) her since child­hood. When we (to be) children, we often (to play) together. Where you (to meet) her? I (not to see) her for a long time. What she (to look) like?

Kate: She (not to change) a bit. She (to go) to the library when I (to meet) her.

Ann: What she (to tell) you?

Kate: She (to tell) me she recently (to return) from a very interesting trip and that she (to trav­el) a lot and (to see) many interesting things. She (to want) to see all her friends soon.

Ann: Oh, then she (to come) to see me, too, I (to think).

Kate: Yes, that (to be) a pleasant meeting, I (to be) sure. But what (to be) the time? My watch (to stop) and I (not to know) the exact time.

Ann: It (to be) ten minutes to three.

Kate: Oh, then let's begin working at once. At four o'clock I must go. My mother (to wait) for me at the metro station at a quarter past four.

230 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Употребление времен

231

Упражнение 272

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в требующемся времени.

1. Он был счастлив: он написал отличное сочи­нение. 2. Я ищу тебя весь вечер. 3. Я вдруг вспом­нил, что ничего не ел с утра. 4. К счастью, дождь уже перестал, когда мы вышли. 5. Сколько лет вы работаете в этой школе? 6. В одиннадцать часов мы еще работали. 7. В одиннадцать часов мы уже работали три часа. 8. Я уже три раза говорил те­бе, что надо переписать упражнение. 9. Я уже целый час читал после обеда, когда пришел папа. 10. Я не приду. Я буду писать сочинение весь вечер. 11. Где ты был с прошлой пятницы? 12. Я уже две недели живу у друзей. 13. Я уже две недели жил у друзей, когда получил письмо.

14. Сколько дней вы уже читаете эту книгу?

15. Только когда она была в поезде, она вспомни­

ла, что оставила книгу дома. 16. Они живут в этом

доме уже пять лет. 17. Моя сестра была больна

уже несколько дней, когда я узнала об этом.

18. Ты знал, что он не написал сочинение? 19. Мы

не получаем от нее писем уже несколько месяцев.

20. Сколько лет вы уже работаете на этом заводе?

21. Он уже ушел, когда Лена включила радио.

22. Я работаю над этой проблемой уже три меся­ца. 23. Вы должны отдохнуть. Вы слишком много работали сегодня.

Упражнение 273

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в требующемся времени.

1. Что делает твой брат? - Он работает в ин­ституте. - А что он сейчас делает? - Он читает

газету. Я всегда приношу ему газеты, когда он приходит с работы. 2. Было уже темно, когда мы подошли к дому; дул сильный ветер, и станови­лось все холоднее и холоднее. 3. Что вы будете делать завтра в восемь часов вечера? - Завтра к восьми часам я уже закончу все свои уроки, и в восемь часов буду играть на рояле. 4. Они читали Диккенса по-английски, и знают многие его про­изведения. 5. Наступила зима, и теперь мы опять будем часто ходить на каток. 6. Когда Том вышел из дома, все ребята играли в футбол, а Билл и Джон считали круглые камешки, которые они принесли с реки. 7. Она была удивлена: она еще никогда не видела столько цветов. 8. Когда я про­снулся, мама уже встала и готовила чай. 9. Я уже полчаса стараюсь вспомнить ее имя, но до сих пор еще не вспомнил. 10. Когда он пришел домой, мы уже ушли в кино. 11. Она сказала, что идет дождь и нам лучше сидеть дома. 12. Она жила в этом доме уже пять лет, когда приехал ее брат. 13. Она думала, что будет хорошая погода. 14. Разве ты не понимаешь, что весной будет уже три года, как я ношу эту шляпку? 15. Неужели они играют в шахматы с самого утра? 16. Они шли по дороге уже два или три часа, когда вдруг пошел дождь. 17. Я знаю, что она работает над этой статьей уже три недели. 18. Когда я повторила свой вопрос, он сказал, что не слышал меня в первый раз, но я ясно видела, что он хорошо слышал меня оба раза. 19. Ну, уложила ты свои вещи, наконец? Такси уже десять минут ожидает у дверей. 20. Мы си­дим здесь уже два часа, а я все еще не рассказал тебе о своей поездке. 21. Где Мери? - Она в биб­лиотеке, она готовится к докладу. Она уже рабо­тает три часа. 22. Он думал, что его друзья рабо­тают вместе.

Passive Voice

233

PASSIVE VOICE

to be + III форма глагола

Спряжение глагола to take (брать, отводить) во временах группы Simple в Passive Voice

Present Simple Passive

Future Simple Passive

1 shall be taken

1 shall not be taken

Shall 1 be taken?

He will be taken

He will not be taken

Will he be taken?

She will be taken

She will not be taken

Will she be taken?

It will be taken

It will not be taken

Will it be taken?

We shall be taken

We shall not

be taken

Shall we be taken?

You will be taken

You will not be taken

Will you be taken?

They will be taken

They will not

be taken

Will they be taken?

I am taken He is taken She is taken It is taken

We are taken You are taken They are taken

I am not taken He is not taken She is not taken It is not taken

We are not taken You are not taken They are not taken

Am I taken? Is he taken? Is she taken? Is it taken?

Are we taken? Are you taken? Are they taken?

Сравните:

1 take (я отвожу) - 1 am 1 took (я отвел) - 1 was 1 shall take (я отведу) - отведут)

taken (меня отводят) taken (меня отвели) 1 shall be taken (меня

I was taken He was taken She was taken It was taken

We were taken You were taken They were taken

Past Simple Passive

I was not taken He was not taken She was not taken It was not taken

We were not taken You were not taken They were not taken

Was I taken? Was he taken? Was she taken? Was it taken?

Were we taken? Were you taken? Were they taken?

Упражнение 274

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Past Simple Active или Past Simple Passive.

Я рассказал - Мне рассказали Я показал - Мне показали Она привела - Ее привели Мы спросили - Нас спросили Мы ответили - Нам ответили Мы послали - Нас послали

234 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Passive Voice

235

Они дали - Им дали

Он помог - Ему помогли

Он посоветовал - Ему посоветовали

Он забыл - Его забыли

Он вспомнил - Его вспомнили

Мы пригласили - Нас пригласили

Мы поправили - Нас поправили

Он вылечил - Его вылечили

Он позвал - Его позвали

Упражнение 275

Переведите на английский, употребляя глаголы в Present, Past или Future Simple Passive.

Мне рассказали - Мне рассказывают - Мне расскажут

Мне показали - Мне показывают - Мне по­кажут

Ее привели - Ее приводят - Ее приведут

Нас спросили - Нас спрашивают - Нас спро­сят

Нам ответили - Нам отвечают - Нам ответят

Нас послали - Нас посылают - Нас пошлют

Им дали - Им дают - Им дадут

Ему помогли- Ему помогают - Ему помогут

Ему посоветовали - Ему советуют - Ему посо­ветуют

Его забыли - Его забывают - Его забудут

Его вспомнили - Его вспоминают - Его вспом­нят

Нас пригласили - Нас приглашают - Нас при­гласят

Нас поправили - Нас поправляют - Нас по­правят

Его позвали - Его зовут - Его позовут

Упражнение 276

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Simple Passive.

(USUALLY) 1. The postbox (to empty) every day.

2. The stamps (to postmark) at the post office.

3. The letters (to sort) into the different towns.

4. The mail (to load) into the train. 5. The mailbags (to unload) after their journey. 6. The bags (to take) to the post office. 7. The letters (to sort) into the different streets. 8. The letters (to deliver).

Упражнение 277

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Past Simple Passive.

(YESTERDAY) 1. The postbox (to empty) yester­day. 2. The stamps (to postmark) at the post office.

3. The letters (to sort) into the different towns.

4. The mail (to load) into the train. 5. The mailbags (to unload) after their journey. 6. The bags (to take) to the post office. 7. The letters (to sort) into the different streets. 8. The letters (to deliver).

Упражнение 278

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Future Simple Passive.

(TOMORROW) 1. The postbox (to empty) tomor­row. 2. The stamps (to postmark) at the post office.

3. The letters (to sort) into the different towns.

4. The mail (to load) into the train. 5. The mailbags (to unload) after their journey. 6. The bags (to take) to the post office. 7. The letters (to sort) into the different streets. 8. The letters (to deliver).

236 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Passive Voice

237

Упражнение 279

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present, Past или Future Simple Passive.

1. My question (to answer) yesterday. 2. Hockey (to play) in winter. 3. Mushrooms (to gather) in au­tumn. 4. Many houses (to burn) during the Great Fire of London. 5. His new book (to finish) next year.

6. Flowers (to sell) in shops and in the streets.

7. St. Petersburg (to found) in 1703. 8. Bread (to eat)

every day. 9. The letter (to receive) yesterday.

10. Nick (to send) to Moscow next week. 11. I (to ask)

at the lesson yesterday. 12. I (to give) a very interest­

ing book at the library last Friday. 13. Many houses

(to build) in our town every year. 14. This work (to

do) tomorrow. 15. This text (to translate) at the last

lesson. 16. These trees (to plant) last autumn. 17. Many

interesting games always (to play) at our PT lessons.

18. This bone (to give) to my dog tomorrow. 19. We

(to invite) to a concert last Saturday. 20. Lost time

never (to find) again. 21. Rome (not to build) in a day.

Упражнение 280

Раскройте скобки, выбирая требующуюся форму глагола.

1. At the station they will (meet, be met) by a man from the travel bureau. 2. She will (meet, be met) them in the hall upstairs. 3. The porter will (bring, be brought) your luggage to your room. 4. Your lug­gage will (bring, be brought) up in the lift. 5. You may (leave, be left) your hat and coat in the cloak­room downstairs. 6. They can (leave, be left) the key with the clerk downstairs. 7. From the station they will (take, be taken) straight to the hotel. 8. Tomor­row he will (take, be taken) them to the Russian Mu­seum.

Упражнение 281

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Present Simple Active или Present Simple Passive.

1. Я всегда хвалю моих друзей. 2. Меня всегда хвалят дома. 3. Каждую субботу папа показывает дедушке мои оценки. 4. Каждую субботу папе по­казывают мои оценки. 5. Мы часто вспоминаем вас. 6. Нас часто вспоминают в деревне. 7. Мне дают сок каждое утро. 8. Каждое утро я даю кошке моло­ко. 9. Он каждый день рассказывает нам что-ни­будь интересное. 10. Ему каждый день рассказы­вают что-нибудь интересное. 11. Я часто посылаю письма друзьям. 12. Меня часто посылают на юг. 13. Меня часто приглашают в кино. 14. Моей сест­ре часто помогают в школе. 15. Я иногда за­бываю взять проездную карточку. 16. Он пишет много писем. 17. Книги А. Кристи читают с интере­сом. 18. Собаки любят кости. 19. Собак любят во многих семьях. 20. Когда в вашей семье пьют чай? 21. Где хранят старые письма? 22. Почему эти пра­вила всегда забывают? 23. Почему вы всегда за­бываете эти правила? 24. Где живут ваши друзья? 25. Где покупают хлеб? 26. Когда задают вопросы?

Упражнение 282

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Past Simple Active или Past Simple Passive.

1. Я посоветовал (моему) другу поступить в спор­тивную секцию. 2. Мне посоветовали поступить в спортивную секцию. 3. Я показал доктору (мои) зубы. 4. Меня показали доктору. 5. Я дал своей собаке кусок сахара. 6. Мне дали на обед суп. 7. Вчера я попросил учителя помочь мне. 8. Вче-

238 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Passive Voice 239

ра меня попросили помочь однокласснику. 9. Про­шлым летом я научил сестру плавать. 10. Про­шлым летом меня научили плавать. 11. Вчера нам задавали много вопросов на уроке. 12. Я от­ветил на все вопросы. 13. Учитель поставил мне хорошую оценку. 14. Дома меня похвалили. 15. Эти письма принесли утром. 16. Мой велоси­пед купили в прошлом году. 17. Эти орехи съели вчера. 18. Где вы купили эту книгу? 19. Где ку­пили эту книгу? 20. Когда сварили обед? 21. Ког­да разбили чашку? 22. Когда ты разбил чашку? 23. Что ему обещали? 24. Когда починили маши­ну? 25. Ког-да исправили ошибку?

Упражнение 283

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Future Simple Active или Future Simple Pas­sive.^

1. Новые коньки купят завтра. 2. Миша попро­сит меня помочь ему. 3. Мишу попросят расска­зать о своем путешествии. 4. Доктор попросит ме­ня открыть рот. 5. Доктора попросят вылечить меня. 6. Завтра я принесу новый фильм. 7. Завт­ра принесут новый фильм. 8. Мой друг поможет мне с математикой. 9. Моему другу помогут с не­мецким. 10. Я куплю мороженого. 11. Билеты принесут завтра. 12. Диктант будут писать в сле­дующий вторник. 13. Маму попросят не беспоко­иться. 14. Маме дадут чашечку кофе. 15. Мама поблагодарит доктора. 16. Телеграмма будет от­правлена сейчас же. 17. Ковер повесят на стену. 18. Книги положат на полку. 19. Когда пошлют письмо? 20. Когда проверят контрольную работу? 21. Как будут делать эту работу?

Сравните:

The doctor

was

sent. - Доктора послали.

The doctor

was

sent for. - За доктором послали.

Запомните

этот

шуточный мини-рассказ:

He

was talked about.

He

was sent for.

He

was waited for.

He

was looked at.

He

was listened to.

He

was laughed at.

Запомните

эти предложения:

The house

wasn't lived in.

The bed wasn't slept in.

Упражнение 284

Передайте следующие предложения в Passive Voice, обращая внимание на место предлога.

• E.g. We often speak of her. - She is often spoken of.

1. The senior students laughed at the freshman.

2. The group spoke to the headmistress yesterday.

3. Young mothers looked after their babies with great care. 4. Nobody lived in that old house. 5. They sent for Jim and told him to prepare a report on that subject. 6. We thought about our friend all the time. 7. The doctor will operate on him in a week. 8. The teacher sent for the pupil's parents. 9. They looked for the newspaper everywhere. 10. Nobody slept in the bed. 11. The neighbour asked for the telegram. 12. Everybody listened to the lecturer with great attention. 13. They often speak about the weather.

240 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Passive Voice

241

Упражнение 285

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Present, Past или Future Simple Passive.

1. Ее часто посылают на почту. 2. В прошлом году ее послали в Кембридж. 3. Его пошлют в Гар­вард. 4. За ней всегда посылают. 5. За ней посла­ли вчера. 6. За мной пошлют завтра. 7. Их всегда приглашают на день рождения Ани. 8. Летом Ко­лю отвезут на дачу. 9. Об этом фильме много гово­рили. 10. В музее нам показали много прекрасных картин. 11. Эту книгу очень часто спрашивают.

Упражнение 286

Передайте следующие предложения в Passive Voice.

• E.g. Mother wafers the flowers in the evening. - The flowers are watered in the evening (by Mother).

1. Irene's husband brought her some beautiful shells from the south. 2. The explorers gave the newspaper reporters a long interview. 3. Mr. Wil­son will teach you English. 4. The doctor ordered me a month's rest from studying. 5. Tom gave Nick a book for his birthday. 6. Our mother tells us sto­ries every evening. 7. Lydia will show you a new book of pictures. 8. A boy showed her the way. 9. They will send us a box of fruit. 10. Five or six small chil­dren followed them. 11. In summer the boys often -rlrive the horses to the fields. 12. Ivan Susanin led the Poles into the thickest part of the forest. 13. The waves carried the boat away. 14. We shall do the translation in the evening. 15. They water the flow­ers regularly. 16. You promised me these books long ago. 17. Bessie's father gave her a complete

set of Walter Scott's works. 18. The two hikers dropped their heavy backpacks. 19. The boys will paint the roof of the house. 20. Tom Sawyer white­washed the fence. 21. Her daughters gave her three beautiful dishes as a birthday present.

Упражнение 287

Поставьте выделенные глаголы в Passive Voice, внеся необходимые изменения в предложения.

1. She took a long time to write the composition, but at last she wrote it. 2. Don't put the cup there: somebody will break it. 3. Why weren't you at the birthday party? - They didn't invite me. 4. We met many difficulties, but all the same we finished the work in time. 5. We shall leave you behind if you are not quick. 6. I spent all my money on books last month. 7. I don't think we shall do all this work to­day: there is too much of it. 8. It's a very funny thing that when I start doing this, somebody always stops me. 9. Don't leave these sweets on the table: somebody will eat them. 10. She really broke her mother's heart when she left home. 11. The bees attacked the bear when it tried to take their honey.

Запомните:

Это нужно сделать. - It must be done. Это можно сделать. - It can be done.

Упражнение 288

Передайте следующие предложения в Passive Voice.

1. You must take the box to the station. 2. You can cross the river on a raft. 3. The workers can finish the building of the house very soon. 4. You must

242 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Passive Voice

243

return the books the day after tomorrow. 5. You must do three of these exercises tomorrow. 6. You can find the book you need in any library. 7. We must send these letters at once. 8. I can easily for­give this mistake. 9. You can find such berries eve­rywhere. 10. You must do this work very carefully.

11. The doctor says they must take her to hospital.

12. You can do the work in three days. 13. The stu­dents must return all the library books before each summer vacation. 14. Monkeys can climb even the tallest trees.

Упражнение 289

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя Passive Infinitive после модальных глаголов.

1. Руки надо мыть перед каждой едой. 2. Комна­ты нужно регулярно проветривать. 3. Кошку надо кормить рыбой. 4. Собаку можно кормить мясом и овощами. 5. Ребенку надо давать фрукты. 6. Книги надо положить в шкаф. 7. Эту картину можно пове­сить над камином. 8. Как можно перевести это сло­во? 9. Куда можно поставить чемоданы? 10. Можно кошку оставить во дворе? 11. На что нужно обра­тить внимание? 12. Нужно записать твой номер те­лефона. 13. Нужно измерить ваше кровяное давле­ние. 14. Его надо пригласить на мой день рождения. 15. Ей можно предложить новую работу.

Упражнение 290

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Passive Voice.

1. The rule explained by the teacher at the last lesson (to understand) by all of us. 2. The poem was

so beautiful that it (to learn) by everybody. 3. I hope the invitation (to accept) by everybody. 4. The let­ter (to post) in half an hour. 5. It seems to me that music (to hear) from the next room. 6. At the last competition the first prize (to win) by our team.

7. The question (to settle) as soon as they arrived.

8. Your report must (to divide) into two chapters.

9. Soon he (to send) to a sanatorium. 10. The book (to discuss) at the next conference. 11. The compo­sition must (to hand) in on Wednesday. 12. Yester­day he (to tell) to prepare a speech. 13. The article (to publish) last week, if I am not mistaken. 14. The lecture (to attend) by all of us yesterday. 15. A taxi (to call) fifteen minutes ago, so we are expecting it any moment. 16. The young man (to introduce) to me only a couple of hours ago, but it seems to me that I've known him for years.

Упражнение 291

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Active Voice или Passive Voice.

1. Nobody (to see) him yesterday. 2. The telegram (to receive) tomorrow. 3. He (to give) me this book next week. 4. The answer to this question can (to find) in the encyclopedia. 5. We (to show) the histori­cal monuments of the capital to the delegation to­morrow. 6. You can (to find) interesting information about the life in the USA in this book. 7. Budapest (to divide) by the Danube into two parts: Buda and Pest. 8. Yuri Dolgoruki (to found) Moscow in 1147.

9. Moscow University (to found) by Lomonosov.

10. We (to call) Zhukovski the father of Russian

aviation. 11. He (to speak) very highly of the doctor.

244 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Таблица всех времен в Passive Voice

Present Past Future Th!"^*

m-the-Past

(He said that)

_Л Letters The letter The letter the letter

«s are was will be would be

§■11 writen written written written

С О)

<л "g every yesferday. tomorrow. the next day. =- day.

_m oT The The letter \ / \ /

о 5 letter is was being \/ \/

| ф being written X. X.

с g» written at 5 o'clock / \ / \

о a now. yesferday. / \ / \

(He said that)

The The letter The letter the letter

letter had been will have would have

% has written been been written

ф already by 5 o'clock written by 5 o'clock

°" been yesferday. by 5 o'clock the next day.

written. tomorrow.

³ •- \ /\ /\ /\ /

S8 \ / \ / \ /\ /

= fi \ / \/ \/ \/

¥ O) \ / \/ \/ \/

_{s Y У У У}

_{°- Л /\ /\ /\}

SS/\/\/\/\ _2£/ \/ \/ \ / \

1| i i

245

Passive Voice

Упражнение 292

Передайте следующие предложения в Passive Voice.

1. Не stole a lot of money from the shop. 2. By six o'clock they had finished the work. 3. At twelve o'clock the workers were loading the trucks. 4. By three o'clock the workers had loaded the trucks. 5. We send our daughter to rest in the south every year. 6. They will show this film on TV. 7. They are building a new concert hall in our street. 8. I bought potatoes yesterday. 9. We shall bring the books to­morrow. 10. They are repairing the clock now. 11. They sell milk in this shop. 12. I have translat­ed the whole text. 13. They broke the window last week. 14. When I came home, they had eaten the sweets. 15. We shall do the work in the evening. 16. He wrote this book in the 19th century. 17. They were playing tennis from four till five. 18. They have made a number of important experiments in this la­boratory. 19. Livingstone explored Central Africa in the 19th century. 20. By the middle of autumn we had planted all the trees. 21. They will stage this play at the beginning of next season. 22. They have forgotten the story. 23. Has anybody explained the rules of the game to you? 24. They haven't brought back my skates.

Упражнение 293

Передайте следующие предложения в Passive Voice.

1. Не will introduce me to his friends. 2. They are building a bridge over the river. 3. I haven't yet translated the article. 4. We were looking at the man with great surprise. 5. You will speak about the film at the lesson. 6. The headmistress sent for the pu­pil's parents. 7. Has the secretary typed the let-

246 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Passive Voice

247

ters yet? - No, she is typing them now. 8. We asked him about his holidays. 9. They have already di­scussed the novel. 10. He did not give me his address. 11. She showed him the way to the metro station.

Упражнение 294

Передайте следующие предложения в Passive Voice.

1. The doctor prescribed her new medicine. 2. They often speak of him. 3. Everybody laughed at this funny animal. 4. We have been looking for you the whole morning. 5. We shall insist on strict discipline. 6. They teach three foreign languages at this school. 7. We received this letter after his de­parture. 8. Have dogs ever attacked you? 9. Bees gather honey from flowers. 10. The storm drove the ship against a rock. 11. Who discovered the circula­tion of blood? 12. They are selling delicious fruit ice cream there now. 13. The old man showed us the way out of the wood. 14. They offered her some interest­ing work.

Упражнение 295

Передайте следующие предложения в Passive Voice.

1. The children have scattered about a lot of things. 2. The girl has put all the books into the bookcase. 3. Snow will cover the fields in win­ter. 4. They will hand in the homework tomorrow. 5. I don't think we shall finish all the preparations today. 6. She always invites me to her dinner par­ties. 7. She showed me the dress which her daugh­ter had made. 8. They did not invite her to the par­ty. 9. I did not leave the window open. 10. They did

not turn off the light. 11. I have invited some friends to tea. 12. She has given me an English book. 13. Have you written the letter yet? 14. They have told us a lot of interesting things. 15. The stu­dents have written the paper without mistakes. 16. We discussed the matter some days ago. 17. Someone wants you on the phone. 18. She found my book on the windowsill. 19. They have built excellent shel­ters for tourists in these mountains. 20. Have you given out the exercises to all the students? 21. The boy was angry because his mother did not allow him to go to the stadium. 22. Why have you put my books on this table?

Упражнение 296

Передайте следующие предложения в Passive Voice.

1. One of my friends took me to the cinema last week. 2. We shall finish this work in time. 3. They built this house in 2001. 4. They were selling new children's books in that shop when I entered it yes­terday. 5. A large group of young people joined us on our way to the station. 6. A young teacher start­ed a school in this village. 7. They are translating this article now. 8. Galsworthy wrote "The Forsyte Saga." 9. Thousands of people attended this meet­ing. 10. He has just interrupted me. 11. The teach­er has explained it to us. 12. We turn on the light when it is dark. 13. The students finished their translation in time. 14. Helen washed the dishes.

15. Betty often took her younger brother for a walk.

16. Mother has made some coffee. 17. Have you ironed your dress yet? 18. Nina mispronounced this word. 19. They have told her the truth. 20. She promised us an interesting entertainment. 21. One uses chalk for writing on the blackboard. 22. I shall

248 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Passive Voice 249

finish my work about seven o'clock. 23. Somebody has opened the door. 24. The waitress brought in the coffee.

Упражнение 297

Передайте следующие предложения в Passive Voice.

1. They looked for the girl everywhere. 2. They did not listen to the boy. 3. She looks after the patients well. 4. They asked for our address. 5. My father looked through these papers this morning. 6. He will give my brother English lessons. 7. A friend of his has shown me an interesting magazine. 8. His friend told him everything. 9. The students greeted the famous lecturer warmly. 10. They have recently built a huge plant in the town of N. 11. We must finish the work by tomorrow. 12. When I fell ill, my mother sent for the doctor. 13. They showed Helen the nearest way to the theatre. 14. He gave his patient some good advice. 15. Mary has told me the news. 16. The people looked at the little boy with interest. 17. They examined the paper attentively.

Упражнение 298

Передайте следующие предложения в Active Voice. Введите любые подходящие подлежащие.

1. The room was cleaned and aired. 2. Have all these books been read? 3. Whom were these letters written by? 4. The letter has just been typed. 5. She showed me the picture which had been painted by her husband. 6. I shall not be allowed to go there. 7. He has been told everything, so he knows what to do now. 8. All the questions must be answered. 9. The door has been left open. 10. Betty was met at

the station. 11. The girl was not allowed to go to the concert. 12. She said that the new timetable had not yet been hung up on the notice board. 13. The roast chicken was eaten with appetite. 14. It was so dark, that the houses could not be seen. 15. The light has not yet been turned off. 16. The boy was punished for misbehaving. 17. By three o'clock eve­rything had been prepared. 18. The dictation was written without mistakes. 19. Whom was the poem written by? 20. Her dress was washed and ironed. 21. I was not blamed for the mistakes. 22. The pa­pers had been looked through and corrected by the next lesson. 23. This house was built last year. 24. The letter has just been sent. 25. This article will be translated at the lesson on Tuesday. 26. When will this book be returned to the library?

Упражнение 299

Передайте следующие предложения в Active Voice. Введите любые подходящие подлежащие.

1. Invitations have been sent to all the old pupils to be present at the school's thirtieth anniversary. 2. All the passengers in the bus were listening to the story of the boy who had been saved from drowning by the quickness of the driver. 3. The work was fin­ished in time. 4. The child is taken care of. 5. This book must be read by every student. 6. This film can be seen at our cinema. 7. Spartan children were taught by their parents to endure all hardships.

8. Which article was translated by your brother?

9. They were being taught drawing at that lesson.

10. This name was seldom mentioned in his novels.

11. I am often told about it. 12. This man has nev­er been spoken of. 13. When was it done? 14. What museums were visited last year? 15. Have your com-

250 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Passive Voice

251

positions been handed in? 16. What has been said is true. 17. After the facts had thoroughly been ex­plained to her, she no longer felt worried. 18. He was fined for crossing the street in the wrong place. 19. The Greeks were attacked by the Persians from the sea. 20. This mountain has never been climbed before. 21. She told me that those newspapers had carefully been put away where they would not be lost. 22. Why have these cups been put here in this cupboard? 23. Nick was told to go home at once.

Упражнение 300

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Passive Voice.

1. Two reports on Hemingway's stories (to make) in our group last month. Both of them were very interesting. 2. He said that Grandmother's letter (to receive) the day before. 3. Two new engineers just (to introduce) to the head of the department. 4. Don't worry, everything will be all "#000000">10. All the texts (to look) through yesterday and not a single mistake (to find).

Упражнение 301

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Passive Voice.

1. Эту книгу взяли из библиотеки только вче­ра. 2. Этих трех студентов спросили два дня тому

назад. 3. Вас экзаменовали утром? 4. Эта мышь была поймана ночью. 5. На этой фабрике делают очень красивые сумки. 6. Письма туда можно по­сылать только летом, а телеграммы круглый год. 7. Мою подругу каждый год посылают за грани­цу. 8. Ее отправили в больницу два дня назад. 9. Вчера нас послали в лабораторию. 10. Это со­чинение было написано на прошлой неделе. 11. Те­леграмму послали поздно вечером, и он получит ее только утром. 12. Эту статью должна прочитать вся группа. 13. Это упражнение можно написать карандашом. 14. Все ваши сочинения будут воз­вращены на будущей неделе. 15. Это письмо мож­но написать на одном листе.

Упражнение 302

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Passive Voice.

1. Нам показали очень странную картину. 2. Те­бя ищут. Иди домой. 3. Вас всех пригласят в зал и расскажут обо всех изменениях в школьной про­грамме. 4. Почему над ним всегда смеются? 5. Нам всем дали билеты на выставку. 6. Лекции этого знаменитого профессора всегда слушают с боль­шим вниманием. 7. Меня ждут? 8. Им задали три трудных вопроса. 9. За директором уже послали. Подождите немного. 10. Всех пригласили в боль­шой зал. 11. Эти письма просмотрены. Их можно отправлять. 12. На станции их встретил гид и от­вез в гостиницу. 13. Эти журналы должны быть возвращены в библиотеку на следующей неделе. 14. На наших занятиях много внимания уделяет­ся произношению. 15. Иванову велели объяснить, почему он пропускает занятия. 16. Меня пригла­сят на ваш вечер? 17. Детей оставили дома одних.

252 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Passive Voice

253

Упражнение 303

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Passive Voice.

1. На вокзале его встретит папа. 2. Эта картина была написана в XVI веке. 3. Эти книги исполь­зуются для работы? 4. В Италии нам покажут много достопримечательностей. 5. За этим мужчи­ной шла огромная толпа. 6. Когда читали новый рассказ, кто-то постучал в дверь. 7. Вас уже при­гласили на вечер? 8. Когда мама пришла, обед был уже сварен. 9. За этим доктором часто посыла­ют. 10. На вокзале его всегда встречают друзья. 11. Вам в школе дают книги для чтения? 12. Плен­ников провели в большой зал. 13. Какие упраж­нения делали в классе? 14. Кто написал это пись­мо? 15. В будущем году построят много школ. 16. Над ним все смеются. 17. Эта работа будет за­кончена на будущей неделе? 18. Когда были поса­жены эти яблони? 19. В институте его часто вспо­минали и говорили о нем. 20. Нас встретят на станции? 21. Ответ будет отправлен через несколь­ко дней. 22. Когда тебя спрашивали? 23. Этот пе­ревод будет закончен через несколько дней. 24. Эту книгу вернут вовремя?

Упражнение 304

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Passive Voice.

1. Письма были оставлены на столе. 2. Маль­чику не разрешили купаться в реке. 3. После обе­да посуда была вымыта. 4. Письмо было написа­но вчера. 5. Эту статью написал один английский журналист. 6. Это стихотворение должны выучить все студенты наглей группы. 7. Нам показали

много красивых вещей. 8. Стихотворение было вы­учено наизусть. 9. Их будут обучать английскому языку. 10. Когда яблоко было съедено, девочка взя­ла куклу и пошла в комнату. 11. Когда будет напи­сана ваша книга? 12. Все эти книги взяты из биб­лиотеки. 13. Диктант был сдан преподавателю пос­ле звонка. 14. Я думала, что хлеб и масло купит моя сестра. 15. Весной это поле будет покрыто зеле­ной травой и цветами. 16. Уроки были приготовле­ны, книги и тетради уложены в портфель. 17. Ра­бота была выполнена очень хорошо. 18. Статья должна быть переведена к пяти часам. 19. Перевод будет закончен вовремя. 20. Когда я пришла домой, суп был уже сварен. 21. Статья была переведена без ошибок. 22. Книгу положили в шкаф.

Упражнение 305

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Passive Voice.

1. Где сейчас ваш брат? - Его послали во Фран­цию. 2. О вас только что говорили. 3. Дома над ней посмеялись. 4. "Мне только что приказали ввести пленных", - сказал солдат. 5. Кто напи­сал это письмо? 6. Эти цветы только что сорвали. 7. Тебя вчера просили прийти пораньше? 8. В бу­дущем году его пьеса будет поставлена в этом те­атре. 9. За этим профессором всегда посылают в трудных ситуациях. 10. Собор Святого Павла стро­ил архитектор Рен. 11. Когда написали письмо? 12. Куда положили книги? 13. За доктором по­шлют завтра. 14. В Санкт-Петербурге строят мно­го домов. 15. Произведения английских и амери­канских писателей издают во всем мире. 16. К то­му времени, как он приехал, письмо было уже получено. 17. Hani дом сейчас ремонтируют. 18. Колю как раз спрашивают. 19. Книги уже при-

254 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИИ

несли из библиотеки? 20. Этот кинотеатр был по­строен до того, как мы приехали сюда. 21. Стихи Роберта Бернса знают во многих странах мира.

22. Когда Чарльз Диккенс был маленьким маль­

чиком, его отца посадили в долговую тюрьму.

23. Эта опера была написана сто лет назад.

24. Этот роман уже переведен на пять языков.

25. Обед готовили, когда я пришел домой.

СОГЛАСОВАНИЕ ВРЕМЕН. КОСВЕННАЯ РЕЧЬ

Упражнение 306

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя гла­голы в Passive Voice.

1. Меня представили ее отцу вчера. 2. Когда я вернусь домой, все мои чемоданы будут уже уло­жены. 3. На какой учебник вы ссылаетесь в ва­шем докладе? 4. Разве это сочинение было напи­сано до того, как вы делали доклад? 5. Ее слуша­ли невнимательно, и все, что она сказала, было вскоре забыто. 6. Об этом эпизоде много говорят в нашей семье. 7. Нас провели в зал и предложи­ли нам хорошие места. 8. Послали за лекар­ством? - Да, его ищут. 9. Его воспитала сестра. 10. Не беспокойся, ему помогут в работе. 11. В на­шем районе строятся три новые школы. 12. Этот мост еще строится. Он строился, когда я его уви­дел в первый раз. 13. Когда я начал им помогать, они переводили статью уже два часа, но она еще не была переведена. 14. Когда я приду домой, обед будут готовить. 15. Этот рассказ обсудили на уроке литературы. 16. Не говори, пока с тобой не заговорят. 17. Произведения Агаты Кристи были переведены на более, чем 100 языков.

Сдвиг времен в придаточном дополнительном при главном предложении в прошедшем времени

Present Simple -

Past Simple Present Continuous -

Past Continuous

Действие прида­точного предложе­ния происходит од­новременно с дей­ствием главного.

Present Perfect \ " . \ Past

Past Simple ^Perfect

Действие прида­точного предложе­ния предшествует действию главного.

Future - Future-in-the-Past

Действие прида­точного предложе­ния совершается позже действия главного.

256 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 257

Употребляя простые предложения в роли придаточ­ных дополнительных при главном предложении в про­шедшем времени, сдвигайте времена, как указано в таблице:

Sequence of Tenses

Не lives in New York. 1 thought that he lived in New York.

Mother is sleeping. 1 knew that mother was sleep­ing.

Одновременное действие

Одновременное действие

He has returned from London. 1 was told that he had returned from London.

He bought a new car. 1 heard that he had bought a new car.

Предшествующее действие

Предшествующее действие

He will send us a letter. 1 supposed that he would send us a letter.

Последующее действие

Упражнение 307

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на употребление времен в русском и английском языках.

1. We did not know where our friends went every evening. 2. We did not know where our friends had gone. 3. She said that her best friend was a doctor.

4. She said that her best friend had been a doctor.

5. I didn't know that you worked at the Hermitage.

6. I didn't know that you had worked at the Her­mitage. 7. I knew that you were ill. 8. I knew that you had been ill. 9. We found that she left home at eight o'clock every morning. 10. We found that she had left home at eight o'clock that morning. 11. When he learnt that his son always received excellent marks in all the subjects at school, he was very pleased. 12. When he learnt that his son had re­ceived an excellent mark at school, he was very pleased.

Упражнение 308

Перепишите следующие предложения в прошед­шем времени. Обратите внимание на зависимость времени придаточного дополнительного предложе­ния от времени главного.

1. My uncle says he has just come back from the Caucasus. 2. He says he has spent a fortnight in the Caucasus. 3. He says it did him a lot of good. 4. He says he feels better now. 5. He says his wife and he spent most of their time on the beach. 6. He says they did a lot of sightseeing. 7. He says he has a good camera. 8. He says he took many photographs while travelling in the Caucasus. 9. He says he will come to see us next Sunday. 10. He says he will bring and show us the photographs he took during his stay in the Caucasus.

Упражнение 309

Перепишите следующие предложения в прошед­шем времени. Обратите внимание на зависимость времени придаточного дополнительного предложе­ния от времени главного.

1. Mike says he is sure Ann and Kate will be excellent guides. 2. He says they have made good

9 Ю. Голицынский

258 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвеннаяречь 259

progress in English. 3. Oleg says that in a day or two several English students will come to pay a visit to their school and he will probably have to act as an interpreter. 4. Ann says she has just met Boris in the street. 5. She says Boris told her a lot of interesting things about his travels in the south. 6. Nick says he is going to the hotel to see his friends, who have just arrived in St. Peters­burg from the United States of America. 7. He says they have not been here for a long time. 8. He says they were friends at school. 9. He says he will take them to the theatre on Sunday. 10. They say they will write me a letter when they return home.

Упражнение 310

Раскройте скобки, выбирая требующееся время глагола.

1. My friend asked me who (is playing, was play­ing) the piano in the sitting room. 2. He said he (will come, would come) to the station to see me off.

3. I was sure he (posted, had posted) the letter.

4. I think the weather (will be, would be) fine next week. I hope it (will not change, would not change) for the worse. 5. I knew that he (is, was) a very clev­er man. 6. I want to know what he (has bought, had bought) for her birthday. 7. I asked my sister to tell me what she (has seen, had seen) at the museum. 8. He said he (is staying, was staying) at the Ritz Hotel. 9. They realized that they (lost, had lost) their way in the dark. 10. He asked me where I (study, studied). 11. I thought that I (shall finish, should finish) my'work at that time. 12. He says he (works, worked) at school two years ago. 13. Victor said he (is, was) very busy.

Упражнение 311

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требу­ющемся времени.

1. I knew they (to wait) for me at the metro sta­tion and I decided to hurry. 2. I didn't know that you already (to wind) up the clock. 3. I was afraid that the little girl (not to be) able to unlock the front door and (to go) upstairs to help her. 4. He says that he (to know) the laws of the country. 5. Sarie un­derstood why Lanny (not to come) the previous evening. 6. She asked me whether I (to remember) the legend about a faithful lion. 7. He understood that the soldiers (to arrest) him. 8. He could not understand why people (not to want) to take water from that well. 9. I suppose they (to send) a dog af­ter the burglar immediately. 10. He said he (to leave) tomorrow morning. 11. She says she already (to find) the book. 12. He stopped and listened: the clock (to strike) five. 13. She said she (can) not tell me the right time, her watch (to be) wrong. 14. I asked my neighbour if he ever (to travel) by air before. 15. The policeman asked George where he (to run) so early. 16. The delegates were told that the guide just (to go) out and (to be) back in ten minutes.

Упражнение 312

Употребите следующие предложения как прида­точные дополнительные, в роли главных используя предложения, данные в скобках. Сдвигайте времена в соответствии с правилом согласования времен.

1. You will fall and break your leg. (1 w;is al'innl)

2. My friend has never been to Washington. (I Uinw»

3. She never drinks milk. (I was told) I. Mi- in » \.-i \ talented singer. (We were told) 5. Th<\ hv«- n Imp py life. (We knew) 6. Tin* Htiulivn .u«- i>l тк in I Im

260 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 261

yard. (She thought) 7. Her friend will come to see her. (She hoped) 8. Father has repaired his bicycle. (He thought) 9. She knows English very well. (I sup­posed) 10. Our sportsmen will win the game. (We were sure) 11. He does not know German at all. (I found out) 12. She made no mistakes in her dictation. (She was glad) 13. He works at his Eng­lish hard. (I knew) 14. She dances better than any­body else. (I was told) 15. My cousin has received a very interesting offer from his firm. (I learnt) 16. She will come to stay with us. (My aunt wrote in her let­ter) 17. He is painting a new picture. (We heard) 18. His new picture will be a masterpiece. (We were sure)

Упражнение 313

Переведите на английский язык, соблюдая прави­ло согласования времен.

1. Я знала, что она работает на заводе, что у нее есть муж и двое детей, что семья у нее очень друж­ная и она счастлива. 2. Он сказал мне вчера, что раньше он учился в университете. 3. Мы решили на прошлой неделе, что будущим летом мы все поедем в Крым. 4. Сестра сказала, что хочет приехать к нам сама. 5. Я знала, что она очень занята. 6. Никто не знал, что вы ждете здесь. Пойдемте в дом. 7. Гид предупредил нас, что в этой части города движение довольно сильное. 8. Секретарь не заметил, что ди­ректор с кем-то разговаривает. 9. Все мы знали, что ее семья опять в Санкт-Петербурге. 10. Лена сказа­ла, что она дарит нам эту картину. 11. Она сказала, что ее коллеги всегда дают ей прекрасные советы. 12. Он сказал, что любит эту пьесу. 13. В прошлом году они думали, что никогда не будут хорошо чи­тать по-английски, но вчера они увидели, что чита­ют тексты довольно хорошо. 14. Он сказал мне вче­ра, что его отец - профессор и живет в Москве.

Упражнение 314

Переведите на английский язык, соблюдая пра­вило согласования времен.

1. Я боялся, что заблужусь в лесу. 2. Она зна­ла, что мы никогда не видели ее картины. 3. Уче­ный был уверен, что найдет решение проблемы. 4. Я знал, что ты приехал в Санкт-Петербург, и пола­гал, что ты навестишь меня. 5. Мы не думали, что он так рассердится. 6. Мы вчера узнали, что она больна. 7. Он думал, что она не придет в школу. 8. Я знал, что моя сестра изучает французский язык, и думал, что она поедет в Париж. 9. Мне сказали, что ты мне звонил. 10. Я думал, что ты в Москве. 11. Я не знал, что ты уже вернулся в Санкт-Петербург. 12. Мы надеялись, что поедем в Лондон. 13. Учитель сказал, что наши друзья прислали письмо из Лондона. 14. Она сказала, что ее подруга пригласила ее в театр. 15. Мы боялись, что не купим билет в театр. 16. Мы увидели, что дети играют в песке. 17. Она сказала, что больше не будет купаться, потому что вода холодная. 18. Моя двоюродная сестра сказала, что любит оперу и будет рада пойти с нами в театр, хотя уже дважды слушала "Травиату".

Упражнение 315

Переведите на английский язык, соблюдая прави­ло согласования времен.

1. Все были уверены, что Борис хорошо сдаст экзамены. 2. Он говорил, что Лев Толстой ого любимый писатель. 3. Я знал, что вы жннсте м Москве, но не знал вашего адреса. 4. Он пекши. что бросит курить. 5. Все знали, что <нш п<м-д<-г п

ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 263

Рим. 6. Простите, мы не думали, что вы ждете нас. 7. Я не знал, что вы тоже любите футбол. 8. Я был уверен, что он будет выдающимся артистом.

9. Я боялся, что вы не последуете моему совету.

10. Я не знал, что ты будешь работать в читаль­

ном зале. 11. Я думал, что он подождет меня.

12. Он боялся, что ему будет трудно сделать док­

лад. 13. Он сказал нам, что когда он вошел в ком­

нату, его друг уже сидел на диване. Он читал газе­

ту. 14. Мы надеялись, что она скоро придет.

15. Он сказал, что не знает, когда начнется кон­

ференция. 16. Я был уверен, что если мы поспе­

шим, мы не опоздаем на поезд. 17. Он спросил меня,

что я буду делать вечером. Я ответил, что не знаю,

буду ли я свободен вечером, но сказал, что если буду

свободен, то позвоню ему часов в восемь.

Косвенная речь

При переводе предложений в косвенную речь не

забывайте заменять обстоятельства времени, как

указано в таблице.

Direct speech

Indirect speech

today

that day

yesterday

the day before

tomorrow

the next day

... ago

... before

this ...

that ...

these ...

those ...

here

there

last year

the year before

last month

the month before

last ...

the ... before

next...

the following ...

Indirect commands

Keep quiet! Don't make noise!

He told me to keep quiet and not to

He asked me make noise.

Упражнение 316

Передайте следующие повелительные предложе­ния в косвенной речи.

1. "Explain to me how to solve this problem," said my friend to me. 2. The doctor said to Nick, "Open your mouth and show me your tongue." 3. "Don't be afraid of my dog," said the man to Kate. 4. "Take this book and read it," said the librarian to the boy. 5. The doctor said to Pete, "Don't go for a walk to­day." 6. "Don't eat too much ice cream," said Nick's mother to him. 7. "Go home," said the teacher to us. 8. "Buy some meat in the shop," said my mother to me. 9. "Sit down at the table and do your home­work," said my mother to me. 10. "Don't forget to clean your teeth," said granny to Helen. 11. "Don't sit up late," said the doctor to Mary.

Упражнение 317

Передайте следующие повелительные предложе­ния в косвенной речи.

1. The teacher said to me, "Hand this note to your parents, please." 2. Oleg said to his sister, "Put the letter into an envelope and give it to Kate." 3. "Please help me with this work, Henry," said Rob­ert. 4. "Please bring me some fish soup," ho said to the waitress. 5. "Don't worry over such t\ sum 11 thing," she said to me. 6. "Please don't. im-nlnni it to anybody," Mary said to her friend. 7. "I'lommr

ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 265

to come and see me," said Jane to Alice. 8. He said to us, "Come here tomorrow." 9. I said to Mike, "Send me a telegram as soon as you arrive." 10. Fa­ther said to me, "Don't stay there long." 11. Peter said to them, "Don't leave the room until I come back." 12. "Take my luggage to Room 145," he said to the porter. 13. He said to me, "Ring me up to­morrow." 14. "Bring me a cup of black coffee," she said to the waiter. 15. "Don't be late for dinner," said mother to us. 16. Jane said to us, "Please tell me all you know about it." 17. She said to Nick, "Please don't say anything about it to your sister."

Indirect statements

I am an engineer. I work at a plant. In the evening 1 study English.

He said he was an engineer and worked at

He told me that a plant.

He added that he studied English in the evening.

I saw my friend yesterday.

He said that he had seen his friend the day be-

He told me fore.

We lived in Rome two years ago. My father worked there.

He said that they had lived in Rome two years be-

He told me fore and explained that his father had

worked there.

1 shall tell you about it tomorrow.

He said that he would tell me about it the next

He told me day.

Упражнение 318

Передайте следующие повествовательные пред­ложения в косвенной речи.

1. Oleg said, "My room is on the second floor." 2. He said, "I am sure she will ring me up when she is back in St, Petersburg." 3. Misha said, "I saw them at my parents' house last year." 4. He said, "I haven't seen my cousin today." 5. "I don't go to this shop very often," she said. 6. Tom said, "I have already had breakfast, so I am not hungry." 7. He said, "I have just received a letter from my uncle." 8. "I am going to the theatre tonight," he said to me. Ц. Mike said, "I spoke to Mr. Brown this morning." 10. He said to her, "I shall do it today if I have time." 11. I said to them, "I can give you my uncle's address."

Упражнение 319

Передайте следующие повествовательные пред­ложения в косвенной речи.

1. The woman said to her son, "I am glad I am here." 2. Mike said, "We have bought these books today." 3. She said to me, "Now I can read your translation." 4. "This man spoke to me on the road," said the woman. 5. "I can't explain this rule to you," said my classmate to me. 6. The teacher said to the class, "We shall discuss this subject tomorrow." 7. Our teacher said, "Thackeray's novels are very interesting." 8. She said, "You will read this book in the 9th form." 9. Nellie said, "I read 'Jane Eyre' last year." 10. "My friend lives in Moscow," said Alec. 11. "You have not done your work well," said the teacher to me. 12. The poor man said to the rich man, "My horse is wild. It can kill your lunsi-." 13. The rich man said to the judgr, "This т.нГ-, horse has killed my horse."

266 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 267

Упражнение 320

Передайте следующие повествовательные пред­ложения в косвенной речи.

1. Masha said, "I usually spend my holidays in the south." 2. She said, "I spent my holidays in the Crimea last year." 3. Boris said, "I go to the south every year." 4. He said, "I am going to a health re­sort tomorrow." 5. Ann said to us, "They haven't yet come." 6. She said to us, "They arrived in St. Petersburg yesterday." 7. I said, "I have been in London for a fortnight's holiday. My friends in Lon­don sometimes invite me to spend my leisure time with them." 8. Nick said, "I have never been to Lon­don. I think I shall go there next year." 9. He said, "I shall not stay with my friends too long." 10. He said to me, "They are staying at the Grand Hotel Europe." 11. He said, "They are leaving next Mon­day." 12. The clerk said to them, "You can leave the key with the maid upstairs."

Упражнение 321

Передайте следующие повествовательные пред­ложения в косвенной речи.

1. The mother said, "The children are in the nur­sery, doctor." 2. "I have no time for lunch today," said the boy to his mother. 3. "You speak English very well," said the woman to me. 4. My brother said to me, "I am going to become a doctor." 5. My uncle said to us, "I buy several newspapers every day." 6. The teacher said to the pupils, "Next year we shall have six hours of English a week." 7. He said to me, "I want to see you today." 8. She said, "I am free tonight". 9. Mother said to me, "I feel bad today."

10. The pupil said to the teacher, "I can do my homework after dinner." 11. The teacher said to Jack, "You work hard, I know. You are a good boy." 12. The old man said to the girl, "You can sing per­fectly. I think you will be a famous singer." 13. My sister said to me, "You look very well, much better than you looked yesterday. I think you have recov­ered after your illness." 14. "You are an excellent cook. Everything is so tasty," said my guest to me. 15. The student said, "I can't answer this question. I don't understand it."

Упражнение 322

Передайте следующие повествовательные пред­ложения в косвенной речи. Употребляйте любое су­ществительное или местоимение в роли подлежаще­го главного предложения.

1. I shall come as soon as I am ready. 2. You will know that I have gone to the concert if I am not at home by eight. 3. I'll come to the Philharmonic with you if you get tickets. 4. Five years ago there were no people living here at all. 5. I shall go skiing on Sunday if I have time. 6. They finished building this house only last week. 7. It will be so pleasant when Tom comes home. 8. I shall do it now if you like. 9. My brother was here today. 10. It's a pity you didn't come earlier. 11. There will be an interesting lecture at the school assembly hall tomorrow. One of our teachers will speak about Charles Dickens. 12. Last year I spent my summer vacation in the Caucasus. 13. I came to live in this town several years ago. 14. I'll be reading you a story until it is time to go to bed. 15. I have read all about it in today's newspaper.

268 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 269

Упражнение 323

Передайте следующие повествовательные пред­ложения в косвенной речи.

1. "When your turn comes, listen very carefully to what the doctor tells you," I said to my grand­mother. 2. "If you are in a hurry, we shall do only the first experiment," said the laboratory assistant to me. 3. "I shan't start anything new until I have finished this novel," said the writer to the corre­spondent. 4. "When I get a job, I'll buy you a warm coat," said the boy's father. 5. "If you spill the milk, there won't be any for the cat," said my mother to me. 6. "When you come to see me on Sunday, I shall show you my new dress," she said to me. 7. "If Mary arrives before seven, bring her to our house for the evening," said Jane to Henry. 8. "Don't wait until I come. As soon as you finish the exercises, begin playing volleyball," said the PT teacher to the pu­pils. 9. "As soon as Robert appears, ask him where he put the dictionary," said Mary to her mother.

Упражнение 324

Восстановите прямую речь в следующих предло­жениях.

1. Tom said he would go to see the doctor the next day. 2. He told me he was ill. 3. He told me he had fallen ill. 4. They told me that Tom had not come to school the day before. 5. I told my sister that she might catch cold. 6. She told me she had caught cold. 7. He said that while crossing the English Channel they had stayed on deck all the time. 8. The woman said she had felt sick while crossing the Channel. 9. She said she was feeling bad that day. 10. The old man told the doctor that he had pain in his right

side. 11. Не said he had just been examined by a good doctor. 12. He said he would not go to school until Monday. 13. The man said he had spent a month at a health resort. 14. He said that his health had greatly improved since then.

Indirect questions

Special questions

He asked (me) He wanted to know He wondered

"What are you doing?" "Where do you live?" "Where does he work?" "What is Nick doing?" "What have you prepared

for today?" "When did you come

home yesterday?" "When will your mother

come home?"

what 1 was doing.

where 1 lived.

where he worked.

what Nick was doing.

what 1 had prepared for that day.

when 1 had come home the day before.

when my mother would come home.

General questions

He asked (me) He wanted to know He wondered

"Are you watching TV?" "Do you play chess?" "Does she go to school?" "Are you listening to me?" "Have you done your homework?"

"Did you skate last win­ter?" "Will you see your friend tomorrow?"

-C

1 was watching TV.

1 played chess.

she went to school.

1 was listening to him.

1 had done my home­work.

1 had skated the winter before.

1 should see my friend the next day.

270 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 271

Упражнение 325

Передайте следующие специальные вопросы в кос­венной речи.

1.1 said to Nick, "Where are you going?" 2. I said to him, "How long are you going to stay there?" 3. I said to him, "How long will it take you to get there?" 4. He said to her, "Where do you usually spend your summer holidays?" 5. Ann said to Mike, "When did you leave London?" 6. She said to Boris, "When will you be back home?" 7. Boris said to them, "How can I get to the railway station?" 8. Mary asked Tom, "What time will you come here tomor­row?" 9. She asked me, "Why didn't you come here yesterday?" 10. She asked me, "What will you do tomorrow if you are not busy at your office?" 11. Pete said to his friends, "When are you leaving St. Petersburg?" 12. He said to them, "Who will you see before you leave here?" 13. They said to him, "What time does the train start?" 14. I asked Mike, "What will you do after dinner?" 15. I asked my uncle, "How long did you stay in the Crimea?" 16. Mother said to me, "Who has brought this par­cel?" 17. Ada said to me, "Where did you see such trees?" 18. I said to Becky, "What kind of book has your friend brought you?"

Упражнение 326

Передайте следующие специальные вопросы в кос­венной речи, начиная каждое предложение со слов, данных в скобках.

1. Where is he going? (He didn't tell anybody...) 2. Where has he gone? (Did you know...) 3. Where is he? (Did you know...) 4. When is he leaving school? (I wanted to know...) 5. Where does he live?

(Nobody knew...) 6. When will he come back? (She asked them...) 7. Where did she buy this hat? (He wanted to know...) 8. How much did she pay for it? (I had no idea...) 9. Where did I put the book? (I forgot...) 10. Who has given you this nice kitten? (She wanted to know...) 11. Where can I buy an English-Russian dictionary? (He asked me...) 12. How long will it take your brother to get to Ma­drid? (He wondered...)

Упражнение 327

Передайте следующие общие вопросы в косвенной речи.

1. I said to Boris, "Does your friend live in Lon­don?" 2. I said to the man, "Are you living in a ho­tel?" 3. Nick said to his friend, "Will you stay at the Hilton?" 4. He said to me, "Do you often go to see your friends?" 5. He said to me, "Will you see your friends before you leave St. Petersburg?" 6. Mike said to Jane, "Will you come to the railway station to see me off?" 7. She said to me, "Have you sent them a telegram?" 8. She said to me, "Did you send them a telegram yesterday?" 9. I said to Mike, "Have you packed your suit-case?" 10.1 said to Kate, "Did anybody meet you at the station?" 11. I said to her, "Can you give me their address?" 12. I asked Tom, "Have you had breakfast?" 13. I asked my sis­ter, "Will you stay at home or go for a walk after dinner?" 14.1 said to my mother, "Did anybody come to see me?" 15. I asked my sister, "Will Nick call for you on the way to school?" 16. She said to the young man, "Can you call a taxi for me?" 17. Mary said to Peter, "Have you shown your photo to Dick?"

18. Oleg said to me, "Will you come here tomorrow?"

19. He said to us, "Did you go to the museum this morning?"

272 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвеннаяречъ 273

Упражнение 328

Передайте следующие общие вопросы в косвенной речи, начиная каждое предложение со слов, данных в скобках.

1. Have they sold the picture? (I did not know...)

2. Do they know anything about it? (I wondered...)

3. Has Jack given you his telephone number? (She asked me...) 4. Is he coming back today? (I was not sure...) 5. Have you found the book? (She asked me...) 6. Are there any more books here? (The man asked...) 7. Did she go shopping yesterday (I wanted to know...) 8. Has she bought the dictionary? (He did not ask her...) 9. Does she know the name of the man? (I doubted...) 10. Did Boris see the man this morning? (I asked...)

Упражнение 329

Передайте следующие вопросительные предложе­ния в косвенной речи.

1. Kate said, "Mike, do you like my dress?" 2. Grandfather said to Mary, "What mark did you get at school?" 3. My sister said to me, "Will you take me to the theatre with you tomorrow?" 4. Moth­er asked me, "Did you play with your friends yes­terday?" 5. "Why don't you play with your friends, Kate?" said her mother. 6. "Do you like chocolates?" said my little sister to me. 7. "Did you see your gran­ny yesterday, Lena?" asked Mr. Brown. 8. The doc­tor asked Nick, "Do you wash your face and hands every morning?" 9. The teacher said to Mike, "Does your father work at a factory?" 10. Mother said to us, "What are you doing here?" 11. Father said to

Nick, "Have you done your homework?" 12. Tom said, "Ann, where are your friends?"

Упражнение 330

Восстановите прямую речь в следующих предло­жениях.

1. I asked if they had taken the sick man to hospital. 2. I asked my friend if he had a head­ache. 3. I wanted to know when he had fallen ill.

4. I wondered if he had taken his temperature.

5. I asked him if the doctor had given him some medicine. I asked him if he was feeling better now.

6. I asked the man how long he had been in St. Petersburg. 7. I asked him if he was going to a health resort. 8. We asked the girl if her father was still in Moscow. 9. I asked the girl what sort of work her father did.

Упражнение 331

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. "Do you like my pies, Ann?" asked her grand­mother. 2. "Sit down at the table and do your home­work," said Tom's mother to him. 3. "What did you do at school yesterday, John?" said his father. 4. "Will you play the piano today, Helen?" asked her aunt. 5. My uncle said, "We shall visit you next week." 6. "Don't cross the street under the red light," said the man to Nick. 7. "I borrowed a very good book from our library yesterday," said Mike to his father. 8. "Come to my house tomorrow, Jane," said Lena. 9. "Where are your books, Betsy?" said her mother.

274 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 275

Упражнение 332

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. "Lock the door when you leave the house," said my elder sister to me. 2. "Have you received a tele­gram from your wife?" she asked Robert. 3. Mabel said, "Nothing will change my decision and I shall leave for Cape Town tonight." 4. "Pease don't smoke in the room," said the old woman to her nephew. 5. "I am shivering with cold," said the girl. 6. "I want to sit in the armchair," said the boy. 7. The secretary said to me, "The delegation arrived in St. Petersburg yesterday." 8. "Open the window, please," she said to me. 9. He said, "I shall light a fire and make myself breakfast." 10. "Don't run to the door when you hear the bell," said the woman to her little daughter. 11. She asked me, "How long are you going to stay here?" 12. Mary asked me, "Will you spend your vacation in Moscow?"

Упражнение 333

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. Father said to Jane, "Show me your exercise book." 2. "What are you doing here, boys?" said Kate. 3. "Don't make noise," said Tom's mother to him. 4. Helen said to Pete, "Did you play chess with your father yesterday?" 5. Kate said to her grandmother, "Help me (to) cook the soup, please." 6. Mike said to the teacher, "My sister knows two foreign languages." 7. Tom said to his sister, "I saw your friend at the library yesterday." 8. "What have you prepared for today, children?" said the teacher. 9. The teacher said to the pupils, "Don't open your

books." 10. Mother said to me, "You will go to the cinema tomorrow."

Упражнение 334

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. "Tom, go to bed," said his mother. 2. "I have never seen your toys," said Nellie to Pete. 3. "Give me your record book, Nick," said the teacher. 4. Ann said to Lena, "Look at my nice kitten." 5. "We shall go to the zoo tomorrow," said our grandmother. 6. Mother said to Pete, "Don't forget to wash your hands." 7. Nick said to his mother, "I am doing my homework." 8. "I have learnt a long poem," said Mike to the teacher. 9. "Don't play in the street," said the man to the boys. 10. "Why don't you drink your tea?" said my mother to me. 11. "I saw my friend at the stadium yesterday," said Johnny to his mother. 12. "When did you receive this letter?" my friend said to me. 13. "Will you play football with us?" said the boys to Peter.

Упражнение 335

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. "I shall buy some new stamps for you if you give me this one," said Mike to Kate. 2. "Will you bring your sister to the party with you, Boris?" asked Mary. 3. "Please don't touch me," he said to me. 4. My father said, "I think I shall not go to the beach with you today because I am very busy." 5. "I am very thirsty. Please give me some lemonade, Ann," said Tom. 6. "Don't lie to me, Tom," said Aunt Pol-

276 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвеннаяречъ 277

ly. "I am tired of your lies." 7. "Are you fond of going to the theatre?" asked my friend. "Have you seen any plays by Shakespeare?" 8. Nellie asked me, "Did you see 'Hamlet' last night?" 9. I asked Nel­lie, "Shall we go to the theatre together?" 10. "Does Mike like Shakespeare?" asked Nellie. "Will he go to the theatre with us?"

Упражнение 336

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. "Why are you shouting, man?" said Prince John to Locksley. "What is your name?" 2. "Who has read "Ivanhoe"?" asked the teacher. "Whom was it written by?" 3. One of the pupils asked the teacher of literature, "What novels shall we read next year?" 4. "Is the river Volga in Russia?" asked the French­man. 5. "Are you playing volleyball, girls?" said Ann. "I did not know that you liked it." 6. "Don't touch these photographs," said Peter to us. "They are still wet, and you may spoil them." 7. "Does your friend often come here, boys?" said Fred. "I want to speak to him." 8. "How did you manage to solve this difficult problem in such a short time?" said my friend to me. 9. The teacher said to us, "You will write a paper tomorrow." 10. "I saw a new film yes­terday," said Kate to Nick. "Did you like it?" asked Nick.

Упражнение 337

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. "Do you know where the Browns live?" we asked a passerby. 2. "There are a lot of trains to my station on Sunday," said Andrew to us. "You will

have no problems getting to my country place." 3. "Do you often meet my sister at the library?" he asked me. 4. "Will the teacher return our exercise books today?" asked Nick. 5. "My nephew is a very capable young man," said the woman. "He has just graduated from college, but he is already a very skilful specialist." 6. "Sit still and don't move your head," said the doctor to me. 7. "I want to know how your cousin likes working at this hospital," said Vera to Helen. 8. "Don't forget to bring your exercise books tomorrow," said the teacher to us. "You are going to write a very important paper." 9. "How can I get to the circus?" asked the girl. "Take tram number five," said the man. 10. "I am very sorry, Kate," said Mike, "I have forgotten to bring your dictionary." 11. "When does your mother go shop­ping?" asked the neighbour.

Упражнение 338

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. She said, "I am busy today and I shall be bus­ier tomorrow." 2. Jane said, "I shall come to school early tomorrow." 3. They said, "We shall not go to school on Sunday." 4. Mr. Dickson said, "I shall have to pay a lot of money for the car." 5. Peter said to me, "I'll be waiting for you at the station." 6. Mary said, "I'll be back soon." 7. She said to me, "What are you going to do when you come home?" 8. She said, "I hope I'll soon speak English well." 9. He said, "I am sure it will rain tomorrow." 10. They said, "We shall go to the river tomorrow if it is hot."

11. He said, "I am sure she will come in time."

12. She said, "I shall be able to read English news­papers without a dictionary next year."

278 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 279

Упражнение 339

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. The teacher said to us, "You will have to work hard tomorrow." 2. My girlfriend said to me, "I shall not be able to go for a walk with you today, because I am very busy." 3. She said to me, "How long are you going to stay in the country?" 4. He said to me, "I like to go to the canteen during the break." 5. He asked me, "When will you go to the canteen?"

6. John said, "I met them at the airport yesterday."

7. He said, "I shall come to the party if I am free tomorrow." 8. She said, "I shall go to the cinema in the evening if I am not very tired." 9. My mother said to me, "It will be difficult for you to get up to­morrow if you don't go to bed at once." 10. Nina said, "I like music and I listen to it every evening before going to bed." 11. My aunt said, "I shall not be thirsty if I eat some grapes." 12. Mother said to us, "Don't go out before I return." 13. My sister said, "I shall be neither hungry nor thirsty if I have a cup of tea with a sandwich." 14. Mary said, "Don't switch the TV, Fred, I am working."

Упражнение 340

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. "I shall gladly go to the cinema with you be­cause I haven't seen this film and I want to see it very much," said my aunt. 2. "Which of you can answer my question?" the teacher asked the pupils.

3. "Do you think that simple food is better for chil­dren than rich food?" she asked the doctor.

4. "Why did our team lose the game?" said Vera. "It

has always been very strong." 5. "Where have you put my book, Mary?" said Tom. "I cannot find it." 6. "I am very happy," said Fred. "I have bought a very good bicycle." 7. "Whom are you waiting for, boys?" asked the man. 8. "I shall not go to the party tomorrow because I don't feel well," said Mary. 9. "We saw a lot of places of interest when we were travelling around Europe last summer," said Wal­ter. 10. "I suppose we shall go to the theatre tomor­row," said Jane. 11. "Please don't take the books from my table," said Lena to me. "I have specially prepared them for working on my report." 12. "Don't be afraid, Nick," said his grandfather. "This dog is very clever and it won't do you any harm."

Упражнение 341

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. Не said to me, "Come at nine o'clock, I shall be free at that time and we shall have a nice cup of cof­fee." 2. Nina asked her friend, "What did the pro­fessor speak about in his lecture?" 3. Ann said, "He is one of the best speakers I have ever heard." 4. He said, "I haven't yet seen the film you are talking about." 5. He said, "I seldom went to see my friend in May as I was very busy." 6. She asked her brother, "Will you manage to get tickets to the Philharmonic on Sunday?" 7. My friend said, "We arrived in Kiev on Saturday and the next day we went to look round the city." 8. She said to me, "Did you live in St. Petersburg ten years ago?" 9. She said to me, "Are you going to leave St. Petersburg for the sum­mer?" 10. My friend said to me, "The discussion will still be going on when you return." 11. He said, "I am proud of my brother who took the first prize at

280 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 281

the competition." 12. She asked me, "How long have you been living in St. Petersburg?" 13. She said, "He has just left." 14. He asked me, "When will your parents arrive in St. Petersburg?" 15. She said to me, "Were you present at the meeting yes­terday?"

Упражнение 342

Восстановите прямую речь в следующих предло-ОтСан UiH-jc.

1. Mary wondered if Jane would be busy the next day. 2. John asked Mary if she was afraid of thun­derstorm. 3. He asked her if she had ever walked in rainy weather. 4. Mary told John that she pre­ferred sunny days. 5. The woman asked her son if he was in a hurry. 6. Ann asked if they would go to the country the next day. 7. Kate asked her friend what she liked to do on her days off. 8. I asked the secretary if I might speak to the headmistress. 9. Nick wanted to know if Helen would give him her book. 10. Tom asked if Jane would go to the Philharmonic with him. Jane asked at what time he was planning to go. Tom said that it would take them long to get there. Jane asked where they would meet.

Упражнение 343

Восстановите прямую речь в следующих предло­жениях.

1. When I came home, my mother told me that a friend of mine had called on me half an hour be­fore. 2. He said that he studied at Moscow Universi­ty. 3. She said that her brother was playing chess

with her grandfather. 4. George said it was very difficult to play that role. 5. He asked why there were so few people in the street. 6. The man asked the boy if he knew where he lived. 7. The woman told him not to worry and go home quietly. 8. She said that she would sleep in the open air. 9. She wondered if I was going to leave St. Petersburg the next day. 10. He told me that he had bought that watch the day before. 11. Ann said that she had just had a telephone call from home. 12. My neigh­bour asked me to leave the key at my sister's. 13. He said he could not understand the rule. 14. He told me he had bought a ticket the day before.

Упражнение 344

Восстановите прямую речь в следующих предло-

1. Annie said that she had seen the film several months before. 2. Lydia said she had not seen it yet.

3. Boris told me that he wanted to build a radio set.

4. He told me that he had built a radio set. 5. Jack said that he often went to see Bob. 6. She said she had seen Mary that day. 7. Mike said he liked Dick­ens' novels very much. 8. He told me he had read "Dombey and Son" the year before. 9. The teacher said that the pupils would read the text the next day. 10. She asked me to buy some bread on my way home. 11. Mother told me not to be late for dinner.

12. I asked Mike if he had "Gulliver's Travels".

13. Mike asked me if I had read "Robinson Crusoe" by Daniel Defoe. 14. I asked John if he would be at home at three o'clock. 15. The teacher asked who was ill. 16. Nick asked Pete what he had seen at the museum. 17. The teacher asked who was absent.

282 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 283

Упражнение 345

Восстановите прямую речь в следующих предло-

1. I asked my aunt if she was going to her home­town for the holidays. 2. He told me that he hadn't been able to ring me up in time. 3. He asked his class­mates to wait for him. 4. He asked her if anyone else knew about his arrival. 5. I asked him when he would take his last examination. 6. He asked me if I had taken part in the football match. 7. She asked me where I lived. 8. He said that he had joined a sports society. 9. He told me that he had seen my brother the day before. 10. She asked me to hurry up as there was little time left before the beginning of the meet­ing. 11. She asked her friend if the rain had stopped. 12. He answered that it was still raining. 13. My sister told me that she had found the book I was look­ing for. 14. He said that he didn't like the main char­acter of the book but he could not explain why. 15. He asked his brother what he would do if he did not find the book he needed.

Упражнение 346

Восстановите прямую речь в следующих предло жениях.

1. The man told us to have our passports ready. 2. He told us to pass up the gangway. 3. He said we would find our luggage on deck. 4.1 asked my friend if he would go down to his cabin or stay up on deck. 5. He said he was a bad sailor and could not stay on deck. 6. We told the porter to take our luggage to cabin number eight. 7. I asked my friend if he of­ten went to England. 8. He said he did not cross the

English Channel very often for it was rough as a rule. 9. My friend asked me if I knew when the boat was due¹ at Southampton. 10. I asked my friend if he thought it would take us long to get through the customs.

Упражнение 347

Ответьте на следующие вопросы, употребляя косвенную речь.

• E.g. "I like novels written by Dickens," said Nina to her friend Vera. "I have read many of them." What did Nina say to Vera? Nina told Vera that she liked novels written by Dickens and that she had read many of them.

1. "My favourite books are 'Gulliver's Travels'

and 'Robinson Crusoe'," answered Vera. "And now

I am reading a novel by Walter Scott."

What did Vera answer Nina?

2. "Last year we learnt some poems by Byron and

Shelley, they are so beautiful," said Nina.

What did Nina say?

3. "I know many poems by these great poets.

I have read some books about Byron and Shelley7

too," said Vera.

What did Vera tell Nina?

4. "This year we shall read a play by Shakespeare

in English," said Nina.

What did Nina say?

¹ when the boat was due - когда корабль прибывает

284 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 285

1. Упражнение 348

   Переведите на английский язык. Сравните кон­струкцию повествовательных и повелительных предложений в прямой и косвенной речи.
   
   Мой друг сказал: "Все ученики нашего клас­са любят уроки истории".

2. Я сказал ему: "Мы любим уроки англий­ского языка".

3. Учительница сказала: "Скоро вы будете хо­рошо говорить по-ан­глийски, так как вы много работаете".

4. Учитель сказал: "Я уже проверил вашу контрольную работу".

5. Катя сказала: "Папа в комнате. Он читает."

6. Мама сказала: "Не шумите! Дедушка спит".

7. Аня сказала: "Мы на­шли в лесу много гри­бов".

1. Мой друг сказал, что все ученики их клас­са любят уроки исто­рии.

2. Я сказал ему, что мы любим уроки англий­ского языка.

3. Учительница сказа­ла, что скоро мы бу­дем хорошо говорить по- английски, так как мы много работаем.

4. Учитель сказал, что он уже проверил на­шу контрольную работу.

5. Катя сказала, что па­па в комнате и что он читает.

6. Мама сказала нам, чтобы мы не шумели, так как дедушка спит.

7. Аня сказала, что они нашли в лесу много грибов.

Упражнение 349

Переведите на английский язык. Сравните кон­струкцию вопросительных предложений в прямой и косвенной речи.

1. Вчера наш учитель 1. Вчера наш учитель

спросил нас: "Много спросил нас, много ли

ли вы читаете?" мы читаем.

2. Когда он увидел у

меня в руках "Дэвида

Копперфильда", он

спросил, где я взял

эту книгу.

3. Потом он спросил,

знаю ли я что-нибудь

об авторе этой книги.

2. Когда он увидел у ме­ня в руках "Дэвида Копперфильда", он спросил: "Где вы взя­ли эту книгу?"

3. Потом он спросил: "Знаете ли вы что-ни­будь об авторе этой книги?"

4. Миша спросил меня: 4. Миша спросил меня,

"Когда ты пойдешь когда я пойду поку-

пать книги.

покупать книги?"

Упражнение 350

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. "Did you run a race yesterday?" said Peter. "Yes, we did," said Ann. "Tamara was the first to come to the finish." 2. "Where is my bag, mother?" asked Tom. "I have put it on the chair near the door," said his mother. "Don't forget to put your record book into it." 3. "Why can't we play here, mother?" asked the children. "Father is sleeping," said their mother. "He has worked very much today.

286 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвеннаяречъ 287

Keep quiet." 4. "Why do you help her?" said Alec to us. "She is lazy. She can do everything herself." 5. "I don't want to go to the zoo. I was there last week with my cousin and saw all the animals," said Lena. 6. "Look at my stamps, father," said Nick. "When will you buy some new ones for me?" 7. "I can't do this exercise: it is too difficult," said Tanya. "Why didn't you ask your teacher to explain it?" said her brother. 8. "Can you see the lights over there in the distance?" said the lighthouse keeper. "Yes, I can," said his assistant. "A ship is giving signals."

Обратите внимание на передачу следующих конструкций в косвенной речи:

"Let's play chess," said Nick. -

Nick suggested playing chess. "All right," said Pete. - Pete agreed. "Oh no," said Mike. - Mike refused.

Упражнение 351

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. "Let's play badminton," said Nina. "All right," said Mike. "I like to play badminton very much." 2. "Let's run a race," said Bill. "No," said Jack. "I hurt my foot three days ago and now I cannot run." 3. "Will you show me your new flat?" said Tom. "Of course," said Becky. "Come to our place tomorrow." 4. "I shall go to see my friend tomor­row," said Kate. "Will you come with me?" "Yes, I shall," said Pete. "I want to see your friend." 5. "Does your friend always come to school so early?" said Victor. "No," said Mary. "She came so early this

morning because she is on duty today."6. "There is a new film on at our cinema," said Lena. "Let's go and see it." "No, I can't," said Mike. "I shall be busy." 7. "What shall we do with Nick?" said Ann. "He has got a bad mark again." "Let's help him with his Russian," said Pete. "I am sure we can do it."

Упражнение 352

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. Не said, "We have forgotten to take the ball!"

2. She said, "I shall be very glad to see you."

3. "Let's go to the Philharmonic. There is a good con­

cert there tonight," said Walter. "Oh, very good,"

said Robert. "I haven't been to the Philharmonic

for a long time." 4. Alec asked me, "Have you ever

been to the National Gallery?" "Yes, I have," said I.

"I visited it last year when we were staying in Lon­

don." 5. He said, "Who is this man? I don't know

him." 6. I thought, "He is a very clever man: he can

help me." 7. My brother said, "In two hours I shall

have finished my work and then I shall go to the

cinema." Then he said to me, "Let's go together."

"All right," I said. 8. The teacher said, "Open your

books and begin reading the new text." 9. The girl

asked, "What is the price of this dress?" 10. "Please

help me with this problem, I cannot solve it," I said

to my father. "All right," said my father, "let's try

to solve it together." 11. "Let's go to Finland for the

winter holidays," said Kate. "No," said Andrew, "we

have already been to Finland. Let's go to Greece. It

will be very interesting to see the country we have

read about so much." "All right," said Kate, "let's

go." 12. Nellie said, "Yesterday I went to see Paul,

but he was not at home." "Let's go to see him to­

day," said Nick. "I think he will be at home." "No,"

said Nellie, "I can't go today, I am very busy."

288 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвеннаяречъ 289

Упражнение 353

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. "That's enough," said Tom's mother, "he will never go there again. I shall see to it." 2. "Who will read the next story?" asked grandmother. "It is very interesting, and I am sure you all will like it." 3. "Will you come and see me on Friday?" Lena asked her friend. "All right," said her friend, "I think I shall be free on Friday." 4. "Will you need the book for a long time?" he asked me. "I can give it to you only for a few days." 5. "Soon I shall know the whole poem perfectly," said Mary. "I have already learnt more than half of it." 6. "Will you be able to find their house without me?" said John to me. "You have never been to those parts." 7. "Please, please don't ask me any more questions," she said to me, "I am very tired. I shall answer all your questions tomor­row." 8. "I shall finish reading the book by Monday, and then you can have it," he said to me. 9. "I haven't seen him since last year," said Lena, "and I think he has grown. Let's go and see him tomorrow." "All right," said I. "It will be interesting to see him and talk to him." 10. "Do you think it is really correct?" I asked my friend. "I am afraid you have made a mistake in one or two words."

Упражнение 354

Восстановите прямую речь в следующих предло­жениях.

1. Не told me not to call on him the next day as he would not be at home. 2. The officer ordered the soldiers to wait for him. 3. He said that he had lived in St. Petersburg for many years and knew the city very well. 4. I told my brother that I was sorry he

hadn't kept his promise. 5. John told his friend that he had just come from the United States and in­tended to stay in St. Petersburg for about a month. 6. Our monitor said that he was not satisfied with his report and was going to work on it for some more time. He said that he was to make it on the twelfth of February and so he had a few days left. 7. He said that he was quite all right. The climate hadn't done him any harm. 8. A man came up and asked me where he could buy a video cassette. 9. I asked my brother who had rung him up in the morning.

Упражнение 355

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. The shop assistant said, "The shoe department is downstairs." 2. The professor said to his assis­tant, "You have made great progress." 3. The teacher said to us, "You must read this text at home." 4. Paul said, "We shall have to discuss this text tomorrow." 5. She asked me, "Do you know who has taken my book?" 6. We asked him, "What has happened to you? You look so pale!" 7. She said to me, "I hope you haven't forgotten to post the letter." 8. She asked inc. "Where have you put my gloves? I cannot find Ними."

9. They said to me, "Try this coat on befon> buying

it. Maybe you won't like it when you have put it

10. Last night I was called to the trlepl c

An unfamiliar voice said, "Is that Dmitri spruit иц;? My name is Pavlov. I have conic I'mm Mumihw i<>

day. I have brought some books I'm y»" • \

friends. I am staying at the (inniil ll<«l<ч•• When and where can I see v<>'i?" "I.< Ги im-i-i ni Ни Pushkin monument in Arln .Scputie nl live ><'. !■» U il it is convenient for you," I mhuI "All iiphi," In- мм swered, "I shall he tln-i«- "

10 Ю. Голицмискии

290 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 291

Упражнение 356

Передайте следующие предложения в косвенной речи.

1. "Have you got a Russian-English dictionary?" he asked me. "Can you let me have it for this evening? I must do some very difficult translation." "All right," said I. "I won't need it tonight." 2. "I thought about you last night, Lydia," said Nellie. "Have you decided to go to Omsk with your parents or will you remain here with your aunt until you finish school?" 3. "Have you done your homework or did you leave it till the evening, Bob?" asked Mike. "I thought of inviting you to go to the theatre with me, but I remembered that you nearly always do your home­work in the evening." 4. "I am fond of Dickens," said Jack. "I have been reading 'The Old Curiosity Shop' the whole week. I like the novel very much. I am read­ing it for the second time." 5. "I think my friend has finished reading 'Jane Eyre', said Tanya. "I hope she will give it to me soon: I am eager to read it."

Упражнение 357

Передайте следующий диалог в косвенной речи.

Mother: Nick! Do you hear the alarm clock? Wake

up! Nick: Oh, I am so sleepy! Mother: Well, that's what you always say. Now, get

out of bed quickly. Nick: Oh!

Mother: Be quick, or you will be late for school. Nick: No fear. I have a lot of time. Mother: You forget that you have to brush your

teeth and to wash your hands and face. Nick: Mummy, I remember everything.

Упражнение 358

Передайте следующий диалог в косвенной речи.

Jane: May I come in?

Kate: Is that you, Jane? Come in! It is very good of you to come and see me.

Jane: I came before, but you were too ill to see any­body. Did you get the flowers?

Kate: Surely, I did. It was very nice of you to send them to me.

Jane: How are you now?

Kate: Oh, I am much better, thank you. The doc­tor says that I shall be allowed to go out in a few days.

Jane: Do you miss school?

Kate: Very much. I am afraid I'll be lagging behind the group in my lessons now.

Jane: Don't think about it. We shall help you.

Kate: Thank you very much.

Упражнение 359

Передайте следующий диалог в косвенной речи.

Peter: Are you coming my way?

John: Yes, I am. How are you getting along?

Peter: Jolly well. How did you find the last test in geometry?

John: Rather difficult. I am not very good at solv­ing problems.

Peter: Why didn't you ask me to help yon? I would gladly have done it.

John: Oh, thanks a lot. I shall. Have you f>«>t, и lot of homework for tomorrow?

Peter: Yes. You know the timetable, Kr'nlny '* "I ways a bad day. We have six lessons loinor

292 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Согласование времен. Косвенная речь 293

row, and all the subjects are difficult. Be­sides, there will be questions from my little sister. She is not very good at sums.

John: All right, then. I'll come to your place tomor­row evening, if you don't mind.

Peter: Let's make it tomorrow. I'll be waiting for you.

Упражнение 360

Передайте следующий диалог в косвенной речи.

Susan: Good morning, doctor.

Doctor: Good morning, Susan. What's the matter

with you? Susan: I feel bad. I have a headache, and I am

afraid I am running a temperature. Doctor: Open your mouth and show me your throat.

You have a bad cold, Susan. You must stay

in bed for two days until your temperature

is normal and you stop coughing. Susan: How I hate being ill and staying in bed! Doctor: But if you are not careful, you may fall ill

with the flu or pneumonia. I'll prescribe

some medicine. Susan: Thank you, doctor. Goodbye.

Упражнение 361

Передайте следующий диалог в косвенной речи.

Michael: I say, Bill, can you show me around a bit? I only came here two days ago and I haven't been anywhere as yet.

Bill: Of course, I shall do it with pleasure. Let's

go at once. And let's invite Alice to come with us. She knows a lot about the places of interest here.

Michael: That's a good idea.

Bill: Alice, can you come with us? We are go-

ing for a walk, and I want to show Michael some places of interest.

Alice: No, I can't go with you, boys. I am sorry. Mother told me to buy some bread, and I forgot about it. I shall have to do it now. Go without me. I shall go with you some other time.

Bill: It's a pity. All right, Michael, let's go.

Упражнение 362

Передайте следующий диалог в косвенной речи.

Waiter:

What will you order?

Man:

Give me the menu, please.

Waiter:

Here you are.

Man:

Chicken soup for the first course...

Waiter:

For the second course I recommend you to

take fried fish. It is very good.

Man:

All right, bring me fried fish.

Waiter:

Any vegetables?

Man:

Yes, bring me some potatoes, and then

cheese, coffee and fruit.

Waiter:

Yes, sir.

Инфинитив

295

ИНФИНИТИВ

heard the girl... cry out with joy. 17. I would rather ... stay at home today. 18. He did not want ... play in the yard any more. 19. Would you like ... go to England? 20. You look tired. You had better ... go home. 21. I wanted ... speak to Nick, but could not ... find his telephone number. 22. It is time ... get up. 23. Let me ... help you with your homework.

24. I was planning ... do a lot of things yesterday.

25. I'd like ... speak to you. 26. I think I shall be able ... solve this problem. 27. What makes you ... think you are right?

Запомните случаи, в которых инфинитив употреб­ляется без частицы "to":

• после модальных глаголов;

• после глаголов to let и to make;

• в сложном дополнении после глаголов восприя­тия: (to see, to hear, to feel, etc.);

• после выражений: I would rather...

You had better...

Упражнение 363

Вставьте частицу to перед инфинитивом, где необходимо.

1. I like ... dance. 2. I'd like ... dance. 3. I shall do all I can ... help you. 4. She made me ... repeat my words several times. 5. I saw him ... enter the room. 6. She did not let her mother ... go away. 7. Do you like ... listen to good music? 8. Would you like ... listen to good music? 9. That funny scene made me ... laugh. 10. I like ... play the guitar. 11. My brother can ... speak French. 12. We had ... put on our overcoats because it was cold. 13. They wanted ... cross the river. 14. It is high time for you ... go to bed. 15. May I ... use your telephone? 16. They

Упражнение 364

Замените выделенные части предложении иифи нитивными оборотами.

• E.g. The boy had many toys which he could play with The boy had many toys to piny to

1. Here is something which will warm you up. 2. Mere is a new brush which you will clean your teeth with. 3. Here are some more facts which will prove thai your theory is correct. 4. Here is some­thing which you can rub on your hands. It will soft­en them. 5. Here are some screws with which you can fasten the shelves to the wall. 6. Here are some tablets which will relieve your headache. 7. Here are some articles which must be translated for tomor­row. 8. Who has a pen or a pencil to spare? I need something I could write with. 9. I have bronchi y«m a book which you can read now, bnl be sine ami ■<• turn it by Saturday. 10. Soon we found UkiI Нин-was another complicated problem Mini we \\<-i<- t<> consider. 11. The girl was ipnl.e yi.ime и In u I...1I1 her parents died and she icnmiinil nl.nn</<font color="#000000"> uiili !«•> younger brothers whom she IiihI ti> lulu- «им- <•!

296 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Инфинитив

297

12. I have no books which I can read. 13. Is there anybody who will help you with your spelling? 14. Don't forget that she has a baby which she must take care of. 15. Have you got nothing that you want to say on this subject? 16. There was nothing that he could do except go home. 17. I have only a few minutes in which I can explain these words to you. 18. I have an examination which I must take soon, so I can't go to the theatre with you. 19. King Lear decided to have a hundred knights who would serve him after he had divided up his kingdom.

Упражнение 365

Замените придаточные предложения инфинитив­ными оборотами.

• E.g. He is so old that he cannot skate. He is too old to skate.

1. The problem is so difficult that it is impossible to solve it. 2. The box is so heavy that nobody can carry it. 3. The baby is so little that it cannot walk.

4. He is so weak that he cannot lift this weight.

5. She is so busy that she cannot talk with you.

6. She was so inattentive that she did not notice the

mistake. 7. The rule was so difficult that they did

not understand it. 8. He was so stupid that he did

not see the joke. 9. She has got so fat that she

cannot wear this dress now. 10. The accident was

so terrible that I don't want to talk about it. 11. They

were so empty-headed that they could not learn a

single thing. 12. The window was so dirty that they

could not see through it. 13. She was so foolish that

she could not understand my explanation. 14.1 have

very little wool: it won't make a sweater.

Запомните следующие устойчивые словосочетания с инфинитивом:

to cut a long story short - короче говоря

to tell (you) the truth - сказать (вам) по правде

to say nothing of - не говоря уже о

to put it mildly - мягко выражаясь

to say the least of it - no меньшей мере

to begin with - начнем с того что

Запомните следующие предложения:

The book leaves much to be desired. - Книга оставляет желать лучшего.

Не is difficult to deal with. - С ним трудно иметь дело.

Не is hard to please. - Ему трудно угодить.

She is pleasant to look at. - На нее приятно смот­реть.

Упражнение 366

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя устойчивые словосочетания с инфинитивом.

1. Для начала она открыла все окна. 2. С моим соседом трудно иметь дело. 3. По правде говоря, я очень устал. 4. Его поведение оставляет желать лучшего. 5. Мягко выражаясь, вы меня удивили. 6. На этих детей приятно посмотреть. 7. Короче говоря, они поженились. 8. Самая известная книга Джерома - "Трое в лодке, не считая собаки". 9. Вам трудно угодить. 10. По меньшей мере, мы были удивлены. 11. Мягко выражаясь, она была невежлива. 12. Ваша работа оставляет желать лучшего. 13. Сказать по правде, я не люблю бокс. 14. Вашей сестре трудно угодить. 15. Начнем с того, что я занят. 16. На него было приятно

298 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Инфинитив 299

смотреть. 17. Короче говоря, он не сдал экзамен. 18. Мы все были рады, не говоря уже о маме: она сказала, что это самый счастливый день в ее жиз­ни. 19. Твое сочинение оставляет желать лучшего. 20. Это очень странно, по меньшей мере.

Обратите внимание на

отсутствие союза чтобы

пород инфинитивом в роли обстоятельства цели:

То get this book, you

Чтобы получить эту книгу,

innsl (jo to Iho library.

вы должны пойти в библио-

теку.

Запомнит следующие предложения:

1 have nothing to read.

- Мне нечего читать.

She has nobody to

- Ей не с кем поговорить.

speak to.

What is to be done?

- Что делать?

Who is to blame?

- Кто виноват?

1 am not to blame.

- Я не виноват.

To hoo is to believe.

- Видеть значит верить.

Ho wild tho first (last)

- Он пришел первым

to come.

(последним).

It is out of the question

- Не может быть и речи

to go there.

о том, чтобы идти туда.

Упражнение 367

Переведите на английский, язык, употребляя устойчивые словосочетания с инфинитивом.

1. Сказать по правде, мне это не нравится. 2. Им было нечего есть. 3. Кто виноват? 4. Короче гово­ря, он не сделал урок. 5. В нашей семье мама всег­да встает первая. 6. На нее приятно смотреть. 7. Чтобы перевести эту статью, вы должны вос-1мим.конаться словарем. 8. Мне некуда ехать летом.

9. О том, чтобы купаться в этой реке, не могло быть и речи. 10. Ему было не с кем обсудить эту проблему. 11. Вчера Катя пришла в школу последней. 12. Чтобы получить хорошую оцен­ку, вы должны упорно поработать. 13. С ней трудно иметь дело. 14. Что делать? 15. Начнем с того, что он болен. 16. Чтобы читать Диккенса в оригинале, вы должны хорошо знать язык. 17. Мягко выражаясь, он не прав. 18. Она была не виновата. 19. Ребенку не с кем играть. 20. Ви­деть значит верить. 21. Чтобы успеть на этот по­езд, вы должны поторопиться. 22. Не может быть и речи о покупке машины в этом году. 23. Книга оставляет желать лучшего.

Сравните употребление

Active Infinitive и Passive Infinitive

to write - to be written

I am glad to help you. - Рад помочь. (Рад, что я помогаю).

I am glad to be helped. - Рад, что мне помогают.

Упражнение 368

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на Active Infinitive и Passive Infinitive.

1. То play chess was his greatest pleasure. 2. The child did not like to be washed. 3. Isn't it natural that we like to be praised and don't like to be scolded? 4. Which is more pleasant: to give or to be given presents? 5. Nature has many secrets to be discovered yet. 6. To improve your pronunciation you should record yourself and analyse your speech. 7. This is the book to be read during the summer

300 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Инфинитив

301

holidays. 8. То be instructed by such a good specialist was a great advantage. 9. He is very forgetful, but he doesn't like to be reminded of his duties.

Сравните употребление

Indefinite Infinitive и Perfect Infinitive

to write - to have written

I am glad to see you. - Рад видеть вас. (Рад, что вижу вас.)

I am glad to have seen you. - Рад, что повидал вас.

Формы инфинитива

Active

Passive

Indefinite (Simple)

to write

to be written

Continuous

to be writing

Perfect

to have written

to have been written

Perfect Continuous

to have been writing

Упражнение 369

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на Perfect Infinitive.

1. The child was happy to have been brought home. 2. Jane remembered to have been told a lot about Mr. Rochester. 3. The children were delighted to have been brought to the circus. 4. I am sorry to have spoilt your mood. 5. Maggie was very sorry to have forgotten to feed the rabbits. 6. I am awfully glad to have met you. 7. Sorry to have placed you in this disagreeable situation. 8. I am very happy to have had the pleasure of making your acquaintance. 9. I am sorry to have kept you waiting. 10. Clyde was awfully glad to have renewed his acquaintance with Sondra. 11. Sorry not to have noticed you. 12. I am sorry to have added some more trouble by what I have told you. 13. When Clyde looked at the girl closely, he remembered to have seen her in Sondra's company. 14. I remembered to have been moved¹ by the scene I witnessed.

¹ moved - зд. растроган

Что значат эти формы? Рассмотрите предложения, иллюстрирующие значение разных форм инфинитива

Чему я рад?

.2

О

Indefinite (Simple)

1 am glad to speak to you.

Рад поговорить с ва­ми. (Всегда радуюсь, когда говорю с вами.)

Continu­ous

1 am glad to be speaking to you.

Рад, что сейчас раз­говариваю с вами.

Perfect

1 am glad to have spoken to you.

Рад, что поговорил с вами.

Perfect Continu­ous

1 am glad to have been speaking to you.

Рад, что уже давно (все это время) раз­говариваю с вами.

со со

Indefinite (Simple)

1 am (always) glad to be told the news.

Всегда рад, когда мне рассказывают новости.

Perfect

1 am glad to have been told the news.

Рад, что мне рассказали новости.

302 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Инфинитив

303

Упражнение 370

Замените выделенные части предложений инфи­нитивными оборотами.

• E.g. He is sorry that he has said it. He is sorry to have said it.

1. It is certain that it will rain if you don't take your umbrella. 2. Don't promise that you will do it, if you are not sure that you can. 3. He was happy that he was praised by everybody. 4. He was very proud that he had helped his elder brother. 5. She was sorry that she had missed the beginning of the concert. 6. I am glad that I see all my friends here.

7. I was afraid of going past that place alone.

8. My sister will be thrilled when she is wearing a dress as lovely as that. 9. We must wait till we hear the exam results. 10. She is happy that she has found such a nice place to live in. 11. I should be delighted if I could join you. 12. He hopes that he will know everything by tomorrow.

Упражнение 371

Раскройте скобки, употребляя требующуюся фор­му инфинитива.

1. Не seems (to read) a lot. 2. Не seems (to read) now. 3. He seems (to read) since morning. 4. He seems (to read) all the books in the library. 5. I want (to take) you to the concert. 6. I want (to take) to the concert by my father. 7. She hoped (to help) her friends. 8. She hoped (to help) by her friends. 9. I hope (to see) you soon. 10. We expect (to be) back in two days. 11. He expected (to help) by the teacher. 12. The children seem (to play) since morn-

ing. 13. I am glad (to do) all the homework yester­day. 14. She seems (to work) at this problem ever since she came here. 15. I am sorry (to break) your pen.

Упражнение 372

Раскройте скобки, употребляя требующуюся фор­му инфинитива.

1. I hate (to bother) you, but the students are still waiting (to give) books for their work. 2. He seized every opportunity (to appear) in public: he was so anxious (to talk) about. 3. Is there anything else (to tell) her? I believe she deserves (to know) the state of her sick brother. 4. He began writing books not because he wanted (to earn) a living. He wanted (to read) and not (to forget). 5. I consider myself lucky (to be) to that famous exhibition and (to see) so many wonderful paintings. 6. He seems (to know) French very well: he is said (to spend) his youth in Paris. 7. The enemy army was reported (to overthrow) the defence lines and (to advance) towards the suburbs of the city. 8. The woman pretended (to read) and (not to hear) the bell. 9. You seem (to look) for troub­le. 10. It seemed (to snow) heavily since early morn­ing: the ground was covered with a deep layer of snow. 11. They seemed (to quarrel): I could hear an­gry voices from behind the door. 12. They are sup­posed (to work) at the problem for the last two months. 13. The only sound (to hear) was the snor­ing of grandfather in the bedroom. 14. Her ring was believed (to lose) until she happened (to find) it dur­ing the general cleaning. It turned out (to drop) be­tween the sofa and the wall. 15. They seemed (to wait) for ages.

304 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Упражнение 373

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя тре­бующуюся форму инфинитива.

1. Я рад, что рассказал вам эту историю. 2. Я рад, что мне рассказали эту историю. 3. Я хочу познакомить вас с этой артисткой. 4. Я хочу, что­бы меня познакомили с этой артисткой. 5. Я рад, что встретил ее на станции. 6. Я рад, что меня встретили на станции. 7. Мы очень счастливы, что пригласили его на вечер. 8. Мы очень счаст­ливы, что нас пригласили на вечер. 9. Он будет счастлив посетить эту знаменитую картинную галерею. 10. Он был счастлив, что посетил эту знаменитую картинную галерею. 11. Дети любят, когда им рассказывают сказки. 12. Я не предпо­лагал останавливаться на этой станции. 13. Я не ожидал, что меня остановят. 14. Я сожалею, что причинил вам столько беспокойства. 15. Он не выносит¹, когда ему лгут. 16. Я вспомнил, что уже встречал это слово в какой-то книге. 17. Мне очень жаль, что я пропустил эту интересную лек­цию. 18. Она счастлива, что слышала концерт известного итальян-ского дирижера. 19. Она рада, что присутствовала на лекции. 20. Он очень доволен, что закончил свою книгу. 21. Наши спортсмены гордятся тем, что выиграли кубок. 22. Я только хочу, чтобы мне позволили помочь вам. 23. Я был благодарен, что мне дали комна­ту с большим окном. 24. Он был счастлив, что вернулся домой. 25. Он был счастлив, что снова дома. 26. Я сожалею, что прервал вас. 27. Я со­жалею, что не застала вас дома. 28. Джейн была счастлива, что уезжает от миссис Рид. 29. Рочес-тер был рад познакомиться с Джейн. 30. Рочес-тер был рад, что познакомился с Джейн.

¹ не выносит - hates

ПРИЧАСТИЕ

She watched the children writing the dictation. Writing the dictation, he made only one mistake. The dictation written the day before was corrected.

Упражнение 374

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на причастия.

1. Everybody looked at the dancing girl. 2. The little plump woman standing at the window is my grandmother. 3. The man playing the piano is Kate's uncle. 4. Entering the room, she turned on the light. 5. Coming to the theatre, she saw that the perform­ance had already begun. 6. Looking out of the win­dow, he saw his mother watering the flowers.

7. Hearing the sounds of music, we stopped talking.

8. She went into the room, leaving the door open.

9. Working at his desk, he listened to a new CD.

10. Running into the road, the young man stopped

a taxi. 11. Looking through the newspaper, she no­

ticed a photograph of her boss. 12. Using chemi­

cals, the firemen soon put out the fire in the forest.

306 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Причастие

307

Упражнение 375

Замените придаточные определительные пред­ложения причастными оборотами.

1. All the people who live in this house are stu­dents. 2. The woman who is speaking now is our sec­retary. 3. The apparatus that stands on the table in the corner of the laboratory is quite new. 4. The young man who helps the professor in his experi­ments studies at our university. 5. People who bor­row books from the library must return them in time. 6. There are many pupils in our class who take part in all kinds of extracurricular activities.

Упражнение 376

Замените придаточные предложения причины причастными оборотами.

1. As he now felt more at ease, the man spoke in a louder voice. 2. Since he knew who the man was, Robert was very pleased to have the chance of talk­ing to him. 3. As he thought that it was his brother at the window, Steve decided to open it. 4. As the people were afraid of falling into a ditch in the darkness at any moment, they felt their way about very carefully. 5. Since he needed a shelter for the night, Peter decided to go to the neighbours' house.

Упражнение 377

Замените придаточные предложения времени причастными оборотами (не опускайте союз when).

1. You must have much practice when you are learning to speak a foreign language. 2. When you

speak English, pay attention to the order of words. 3. When you are copying English texts, pay atten­tion to the articles. 4. When you begin to work with the dictionary, don't forget my instructions. 5. Be careful when you are crossing a street. 6. When you are leaving the room, don't forget to switch off the light. 7. When they were travelling in Cen­tral Africa, the explorers met many wild animals.

Past Participle = Participle II

III форма глагола

broken - сломанный, разбитый written - написанный eaten - съеденный

Упражнение 378

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на Past Participle.

1. She put a plate of fried fish in front of me.

2. The coat bought last year is too small for me now.

3. Nobody saw the things kept in that box. 4. My sister likes boiled eggs. 5. We stopped before a shut door. 6. Tied to the tree, the goat could not run away. 7. They saw overturned tables and chairs and pieces of broken glass all over the room. 8. This is a church built many years ago. 9. The books written by Dickens give us a realistic picture of the 19th century England.

308 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Сравните употребление Participle I (ing-форма) и Participle II (III форма глагола)

taking - берущий, беря taken - взятый

doing - делающий, делая done - сделанный

Упражнение 379

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на Participle I и Participle II.

1. a) A letter sent from St. Petersburg today will

be in Moscow tomorrow.

2. He saw some people in the post office send­ing telegrams.

3. When sending the telegram, she forgot to write her name.

2. a) Some of the questions put to the lecturer

yesterday were very important.

2. The girl putting the book on the shelf is the new librarian.

3. While putting the eggs into the basket, she broke one of them.

3. a) A fish taken out of the water cannot live.

2. A person taking a sunbath must be very care­ful.

3. Taking a dictionary, he began to translate the text.

4. a) A line seen through this crystal looks double.

2. A teacher seeing a mistake in a student's dictation always corrects it.

3. Seeing clouds of smoke over the house, the girl cried, "Fire! Fire!"

5. a) The word said by the student was not correct,

b) The man standing at the door of the train

carriage and saying goodbye to his friends is a well-known musician.

Причастие 309

с) Standing at the window, she was waving her hand. 6. a) A word spoken in time may have very im­portant results.

2. The students speaking good English must help their classmates.

3. The speaking doll interested the child very much.

4. While speaking to Nick some days ago, I for­got to ask him about his sister.

Упражнение 380

Выберите из скобок требующуюся форму причас­тия.

1. a) The girl (writing, written) on the blackboard

is our best pupil, b) Everything (writing, written) here is quite right.

2. a) We listened to the girls (singing, sung) Rus-

sian folk songs, b) We listened to the Russian folk songs (sing­ing, sung) by the girls.

3. a) The girl (washing, washed) the floor is my

sister, b) The floor (washing, washed) by Helen looked very clean.

4. a) Who is that boy (doing, done) his homework

at that table? b) The exercises (doing, done) by the pupils were easy.

5. a) The house (surrounding, surrounded) by tall

trees is very beautiful, b) The wall (surrounding, surrounded) the house was very high.

310 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Причастие

311

6. Read the (translating, translated) sentences once more.

7. Name some places (visiting, visited) by you last year.

8. I picked up the pencil (lying, lain) on the floor.

9. She was reading the book (buying, bought) the day before.

10. Yesterday we were at a conference (organizing, organized) by the pupils of the 10th form.

11. (Taking, taken) the girl by the hand, she led her across the street.

12. It was not easy to find the (losing, lost) stamp.

13. I shall show you a picture (painting, painted) by Hogarth.

14. Here is the letter (receiving, received) by me yesterday.

15. Do you know the girl (playing, played) in the garden?

16. The book (writing, written) by this scientist is very interesting.

17. Translate the words (writing, written) on the blackboard.

18. We could not see the sun (covering, covered) by dark clouds.

19. The (losing, lost) book was found at last.

20. (Going, gone) along the street, I met Mary and Ann.

21. Look at the beautiful flowers (gathering, gath­ered) by the children.

22. His hat (blowing, blown) off by the wind was lying in the middle of the street.

23. "How do you like the film?" he asked, (turn­ing, turned) towards me.

24. When we came nearer, we saw two boys (com­ing, come) towards us.

25. I think that the boy (standing, stood) there is his brother.

Сравните употребление Present Participle и Perfect Participle

buying - покупая having bought - купив

Упражнение 381

Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Participle или Perfect Participle.

1. (to do) his homework, he was thinking hard. 2. (to do) his homework, he went for a walk. 3. (to sell) fruit, he looked back from time to time, hop­ing to see his friends. 4. (to sell) all the fruit, he went to see his friends. 5. (to eat) all the potatoes, she drank a cup of tea. 6. (to drink) tea, she scald­ed her lips. 7. (to run) in the yard, I fell and hurt my knee. 8. (to look) through some magazines, I came across an interesting article about UFOs. 9. (to write) out and (to learn) all the new words, he was able to translate the text easily. 10. (to live) in the south of our country, he cannot enjoy the beauty of St. Petersburg's White Nights in summer. 11. (to talk) to her neighbour in the street, she did not no­tice how a thief stole her money. 12. (to read) the story, she closed the book and put it on the shelf.

13. (to buy) some juice and cakes, we went home.

14. (to sit) near the fire, he felt very warm.

«1

Формы причастия

Active

Passive

Present Perfect Past

writing having written

being written having been written written

312 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Причастие 313

Как переводить разные формы причастия на русский язык

Формы причастия

Как их переводить

причастием

деепричастием

reading

читающий

читая

having read

-

прочитав

being read

читаемый

(т. е. который читают)

будучи читаемым

(т. е. когда его читали), будучи прочитанным

(т. е. когда его прочи­тали)

having been read

-

будучи прочитанным

(т. е. когда его прочитали)

read

прочитанный

-

building

строящий

строя

having built

-

построив

being built

строящийся

(т. е. который строят)

будучи строящимся

(т. е. когда его строили) будучи построенным

(т. е. когда его построили)

having been built

-

будучи построенным

(т. е. когда его построили)

built

построенный

-

Упражнение 382

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на причастия.

1. The boy lay sleeping when the doctor came. 2. The broken arm was examined by the doctor.

3. While being examined, the boy could not help cry­ing. 4. Having prescribed the medicine, the doctor went away. 5. The medicine prescribed by the doctor was bitter. 6. The dress bought at the department store was very beautiful. 7. While using a needle, you should be careful not to prick your finger. 8. While crossing the street, one should first look to the left and then to the right. 9. People watching a perform­ance are called an audience. 10. Being very ill, she could not go to school. 11. The first rays of the ris­ing sun lit up the top of the hill. 12. The tree struck by lightning was all black and leafless. 13. Being busy, he postponed his trip. 14. The door bolted on the inside could not be opened. 15. Having been shown the wrong direction, the travellers soon lost their way. 16. The room facing the garden is much more comfor­table than this one. 17. Having descended the moun­tain, they heard a man calling for help. 18. Flushed and excited, the boy came running to his mother. 19. He stood watching the people who were coming down the street shouting and waving their hands.

Обратите внимание на способы перевода на английский язык русских причастий

CD

S 1-

о

СО

о.

П.

действи­тельный залог

несовер­шенный вид

бросающий, бросавший

throwing

нельзя¹

совершен­ный вид

бросивший

нельзя¹

страда­тельный залог

несовершен­ный вид

бросаемый

being thrown

совершен­ный вид

брошенный

thrown

¹ Действительное причастие совершенного вида (а также не­совершенного вида прошедшего времени) может быть переве­дено на английский язык только придаточным определитель­ным предложением (who threw, who has thrown, who had thrown).

314 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Причастие

315

Обратите внимание на способы перевода на английский язык русских деепричастий:

О

S

1-о

СО

о.

с.

G) G)

d

действи­тельный залог

несовершен­ный вид

бросая

throwing

совершен­ный вид

бросив

having thrown

страда­тельный залог

несовершен­ный вид

будучи бросаемым

being thrown

совершен­ный вид

будучи брошенным

being thrown having been thrown

Упражнение 383

Переведите следующие русские причастия и де­епричастия на английский язык.

Приносящий, принесенный, принося, принеся, переводящий, переведенный, переводя, переведя, давая, написав, читающий, берущий, данный, про­читав, сделанный, пьющий, сказанный, будучи по­терянным, нарисовав, написавший, делая, взятый, взяв, рисуя, выпитый, сделав, идя, пишущий, про­читанный, дав, рисующий, делающий, нарисован­ный, выпив, говорящий, беря, написанный, читая, идущий, дающий, сказав, сидевший, посмотрев, бу­дучи забыт, строящий, строящийся, играя, поиграв, рассказанный, рассказавший, видя, принесший, будучи принесенным, построенный, продав.

Упражнение 384

В следующих предложениях употребите, где возмож­но, причастия вместо глаголов в личной форме. Из­меняйте конструкцию предложения, где необходимо.

1. When he was running across the yard, he fell. 2. When I was going home yesterday, I kept think-

ing about my friend. 3. He put on his coat, went out and looked at the cars which were passing by. 4. She closed the book, put it aside and looked at the children who were running about in the yard. 5. As the book was translated into Russian, it could be read by everybody. 6. As we were given dictionar­ies, we managed to translate the article easily. 7. As soon as I have done my homework, I shall go for a walk. 8. As soon as I have bought the book, I shall begin reading it.

Упражнение 385

Раскройте скобки, употребляя требующуюся фор­му причастия.

1. (to write) in very bad handwriting, the letter was difficult to read. 2. (to write) his first book, he could not help worrying about the reaction of the critics. 3. (to spend) twenty years abroad, he was happy to be coming home. 4. (to be) so far away from home, he still felt himself part of the family. 5. She looked at the enormous bunch of roses with a happy smile, never (to give) such a wonderful present be­fore. 6. (not to wish) to discuss that difficult and painful problem, he changed the subject. 7. (to translate) by a good specialist, the story preserved all the sparkling humour of the original. 8. (to ap­prove) by the critics, the young author's story was accepted by a thick magazine. 9. (to wait) for some time in the hall, he was invited into the drawing room. 10. (to wait) in the hall, he thought over the problem he was planning to discuss with the old lady. 11. They reached the oasis at last, (to walk) across the endless desert the whole day. 12. (to lie) down on the soft couch, the exhausted child fell asleep at once. 13. She went to work, (to leave) the child with the nurse. 14. (to phone) the agency, he left (to say) he would be back in two hours.

317316 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Упражнение 386

Замените выделенные части предложений при­частными оборотами. Изменяйте конструкцию предложения, где необходимо.

1. When he arrived at the railway station, he

bought a ticket, walked to the platform and boarded the train. 2. As he was promised help, he felt calmer. 3. After he was shown in, he was told to take off his coat and wait for a while. 4. Robin-son started the building of the house at once and finished it before the season of rains set in. 5. He poured out a cup of coffee, sat down in an armchair and looked at the wom­an who was sitting opposite him. 6. When he had left the house and was crossing the street, he suddenly stopped as he remembered that he had forgotten to phone his friend. 7. He looked at me and hesitated: he did not know what to say. 8. As he had long lived in those parts and knew the place very well, he easily found his way to the marketplace. 9. He has no lan­guage problems, because he has been studying En­glish for a long time. 10. After I had written this exer­cise, I began to doubt whether it was correct. 11. Take care when you cross the street. 12. Students should always be attentive when they are listening to the lec­turer. 13. There are many students who study music. 14. Don't you feel tired after you have walked so much?

Упражнение 387

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя тре­бующуюся форму причастия.

1. Артистка, рассказывающая детям сказки по радио, знаменита на всю страну. 2. Ребенок всег­да с интересом слушает сказки, рассказываемые няней. 3. Рассказывая ребенку сказки, она гово­рит разными голосами, имитируя героев сказок. 4. Рассказав ребенку сказку, она пожелала ему

Причастие

спокойной ночи. 5. Сказка, рассказанная няней, произвела на ребенка большое впечатление. 6. Моя бабушка, рассказавшая мне эту сказку, живет в маленьком домике на берегу озера.

Упражнение 388

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя тре­бующуюся форму причастия.

1. Мальчик, бегущий мимо дома, вдруг остано­вился. 2. Будучи очень занят, он не сразу услы­шал меня. 3. Услышав шаги, он поднял голову. 4. Выпив чашку чая, она почувствовала себя луч­ше. 5. Играя в саду, дети не заметили, что стало темно. 6. Подойдя к двери, он открыл ее. 7. Том по­дошел к смеющейся девочке. 8. Он положил на стол смятое письмо. 9. Плачущая девочка была голод­на. 10. Бабушка смотрела на детей, играющих во дворе. 11. Она любит смотреть на играющих детей. 12. Сделав уроки, дети пошли гулять. 13. Лежа на диване, он читал книгу. 14. Принеся свои игрушки в комнату, ребенок начал играть. 15. Прочитав мно­го книг Диккенса, он хорошо знал этого писателя.

Независимый причастный оборот (Nominative Absolute Participial Construction)

The day being piercing Так как день был прони-

cold. he had no desire to зываюше холодным, он

loiter. не имел желания медлить.

Упражнение 389

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на независимый причастный оборот.

1. The weather being cold, he put on his overcoat. 2. The weather having changed, we decided to stay

318 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Причастие

319

where we were. 3. You can set your mind at ease, all being well. 4. There being no chance of escape, the thief was arrested on the spot. 5. Oliver knocked weakly at the door and, all his strength failing him, sank near the door. 6. The bridge hav­ing been swept by the flood away, the train didn't arrive. 7. There being little time left, they hired a cab to get to the theatre in time. 8. It being cold and damp, a fire was lighted for the weary trav­ellers to warm themselves by. 9. It being pretty late, they decided to postpone their visit. 10. The hour being late, she hastened home. 11. The sun having set an hour before, it was getting darker. 12. The weather being very warm, the closet win­dow was left open. 13. And the wind having dropped, they set out to walk. 14. The vessel being pretty deep in the water and the weather being calm, there was but little motion. 15. The next morn­ing, it being Sunday, they all went to church. 16. For the moment the shop was empty, the mechanic hav­ing disappeared into a room at the back. 17. There being nothing else on the table, Oliver replied that he wasn't hungry. 18. Mrs. Maylie being tired, they returned more slowly home. 19. Their search re­vealing nothing, Clyde and she walked to a corner. 20. The wind being favourable, our yacht will reach the island in no time. 21. I had long tasks every day to do with Mr. Mell, but I did them, there being no Mr. and Miss Murdstone here. 22. It be­ing now pretty late, we took our candles and went upstairs. 23. He being no more heard of, it was nat­ural to forget everything. 24. He started about five, Riggs having informed him that the way would take him three hours. 25. Our horses being weary, it was agreed that we should come to a halt. 26. It having been decided that they should not go out on account of the weather, the members of the par-

ty were busy writing their notes. 27. The wind stir­ring among trees and bushes, we could hear noth­ing. 28. The resistance being very high, the cur­rent in the circuit was very low. 29. This material being a dielectric, no current can flow through it.

His story told, he Когда его история была

leaned back and рассказана, он откинулся

sighed. назад и вздохнул.

Упражнение 390

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на независимый причастный оборот.

1. His directions to the porter finished, he came up to his niece. 2. Dinner being over, we assembled in the drawing room. 3. The fifth of June arriving, they departed. 4. This being understood, the confe­rence was over. 5. The constraint caused by the old man's presence having worn off a little, the conver­sation became more lively. 6. This done, and Sikes having satisfied his appetite, the two men lay down on chairs for a short nap. 7. The concert being over, the lottery came next. 8. Dinner being over, the old lady asked Barbara to come and sit on the sofa near her. 9. Then, the house search proving that she was not there, Asa went outside to look up and down the street. 10. All the necessary preparations having been made with utmost secrecy, the army launched an at­tack. 11. The treaty having been signed, trade was at once resumed. 12. About eleven o'clock, the snow having thawed, and the day being finer and a little warmer than the previous one, he went out again. 13. The cathode heated, the electrons leave the sur­face and move to the anode. 14. Electrons moving through a wire, electrical energy is generated.

320 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Причастие

321

Sir Henry was deep in Сэр Генри был погружен

his papers, his long в свои бумаги, причем

white hands moving (а) его длинные белые

nervously. руки нервно двигались.

She stood silent, her lips Она стояла молча,

pressed together. плотно сжав губы.

Упражнение 391

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на независимый причастный оборот.

1. Then they heard the noise of the plane, its shadow passing over the open glade. 2. She remem­bered him talking, his glasses magnifying his round blue eyes. 3. She sat staring into the fire, the sock forgotten on her knee. 4. He heard the bathers com­ing up the sandy road, their voices ringing through the quiet. 5. They continued their way, the boy sob­bing quietly, the man ashamed. 6. They went down the stairs together, Aileen lingering behind a little. 7. He lifted the lid and kept it in his hand while she was drinking, both standing. 8. She danced light as a feather, eyes shining, feet flying, her body bent a little forward. 9. We walked very slowly home, Agnes and I admiring the moonlight, and Mr. Wick-field scarcely rising his eyes from the ground. 10. They walked quickly through street after street, the Dodger leading and Oliver at his heels. 11. He was standing there silent, a bitter smile curling his lips. 12. The dog sat close to the table, his tail thumping now and again upon the floor, his eyes fixed expectantly on his master. 13. The electrons move with varying velocities, their velocity depend­ing on the temperature and nature of the material.

14. Any moving object can do work, the quantity of kinetic energy depending on its mass and velocity.

15. Radio was invented in Russia, its inventor be­ing the Russian scientist A. S. Popov.

Упражнение 392

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на независимый причастный оборот.

1. She stood listlessly, her head dropping upon her breast. 2. She rose from the bed and removed her coat and stood motionless, her head bent, her hands clasped before her. 3. Pale-lipped, his heart beating fast, Andrew followed the secretary. 4. Jack sat silent, his long legs stretched out. 5. The speaker faced the audience, his hand raised for silence.

6. He sat down quickly, his face buried in his hands.

7. Clyde sat up, his eyes fixed not on anything here but rather on the distant scene at the lake.

8. She hurried along, her heels crunching in the packed snow.

Then she sprang away Потом она отскочила

and ran around the desks и побежала вокруг парт

and benches, with Тот и скамеек, а Том бежал

running after her. за ней.

Упражнение 393

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на независимый причастный оборот.

1. Little Paul sat, with his chin resting on his hand. 2. He stood, with his arms folded. 3. Lanny stood looking at the lorry rolling away, with his cheek burning and his fists clenched. 4. She stood there, with her brows frowning, her blue eyes looking

11 Ю. Голицынский

322 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Причастие

323

before her. 5. Не leant a little forward over the ta­ble, with his wrists resting upon it. 6. And then came the final moment, with the guards coming for him. 7. He slowly and carefully spread the paper on the desk, with Lowell closely watching. 8. She was standing on the rock ready to dive, with the green water below inviting her. 9. Twenty minutes later he came out of number seven, pale, with his lips tightly compressed and an odd expression on his face. 10. Little Oliver Twist was lying on the ground, with his shirt unbuttoned and his head thrown back. 11. The girl wandered away, with tears rolling down her cheeks. 12. The moonlit road was empty, with the cool wind blowing in their faces. 13. She sat on the steps, with her arms crossed upon her knees. 14. Then, with her heart beating fast, she went up and rang the bell.

Упражнение 394

Перефразируйте следующие предложения, упо­требляя независимый причастный оборот.

1. As our work was finished, we went home. 2. If the letter is posted today, the news will reach them tomorrow. 3. If mother permits us, we shall go to the theatre. 4. When the working day was over, she went straight home. 5. As a storm was arising, the ship entered the harbour. 6. When the packing had been done, the girls left for the station. 7. As the stop was a long one, the girls got off the train. 8. As the weather was perfect, Lydia played tennis every day. 9. As the last month was a very busy one, she could not answer her friend's letter. 10. If time permits, we shall come a few days earlier. 11. When the third bell had gone, the curtain slowly rose. 12. As the underground station was not far, we

walked there. 13. Bill could not sleep the whole night, as there was something wrong with his eye. 14. As the rules were very strict, the doorkeeper did not permit Bill to enter. 15. As the front door was open, she could see straight through the house. 16. Rip had no desire to work on his farm, for it was to his mind the worst piece of land in the neighbour­hood. 17. They stood there; the night wind was shak­ing the drying whispering leaves. 18. As the situa­tion was urgent, we had to go ahead. 19. When the greetings were over, Old Jolyon seated himself in a wicker chair. 20. The town of Crewe is known to be one of the most busy junctions in England: many railway lines pass through it. 21. We set off; the rain was still coming down heavily. 22. After a pri­vate sitting room had been engaged, bedrooms in­spected and dinner ordered, the party walked out to view the city. 23. Dinner was served on the terrace, as it was very close in the room. 24. Thoughtful, Andrew finished his omelette; his eyes were all the time fixed upon the microscope. 25. There was in fact nothing to wait for, and we got down to work.

26. The question was rather difficult to answer at once, and I asked for permission to think it over.

27. He stood leaning against the wall, his arms were folded. 28. There was very little time left; we had to hurry. 29. Of an evening he read aloud; his small son sat by his side. 30. The new engines were safely delivered, all of them were in good order. 31. Our efforts to start the car had failed, and we spent the night in a nearby village.

Запомните следующее предложение:

Time permitting, we shall go for a walk. Если время позволит, мы пойдем гулять.

324 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Упражнение 395

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя не­зависимый причастный оборот.

1. Если погода позволит, мы пойдем на каток.

2. Так как все было готово, она решила отдохнуть.

3. Так как было уже поздно, они никуда не пошли.

4. Так как погода была холодная, Джек спрятал руки в карманы. 5. Так как быстро темнело, она поспешила домой. 6. Когда солнце зашло, сразу стало темно. 7. Так как наш разговор был закон­чен, я пошел домой. 8. Когда письмо было напи­сано, она быстро побежала на почту отправить его. 9. Так как оставалось еще полчаса до отхода поезда, мы решили поужинать на вокзале. 10. Если погода будет благоприятной, спортсмены могут показать хорошие результаты. 11. Мы долго разговарива­ли: он задавал мне вопросы, а я охотно на них от­вечал. 12. Если условия позволят, я приеду к вам на лето. 13. Так как было очень тепло, дети спали на открытом воздухе. 14. Когда все приготовления были закончены, мы отправились в поход. 15. Ко­рабль медленно плыл вдоль берегов Белого моря; сотни птиц кружились над ним. 16. Было очень темно, так как на небе не было ни одной звездочки.

17. Когда солнце село, туристы развели костер.

18. Так как было очень поздно, собрание было закрыто.

ГЕРУНДИЙ

I like seeing a good film.

Seeing a good film is a pleasure.

We thought of seeing a film after supper.

He went home without seeing the film.

Упражнение 396

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на герундий.

1. Repairing cars is his business. 2. It goes with­out saying. 3. Have you finished writing? 4. Taking a cold shower in the morning is very healthy. 5.1 like skiing, but my sister prefers skating. 6. She likes sitting in the sun. 7. It looks like raining. 8. My watch wants repairing. 9. Thank you for coming. 10. I had no hope of getting an answer before the end of the month. 11. I had the pleasure of dancing with her the whole evening. 12. Let's go boating. 13. He talked without stopping. 14. Some people can walk all day without feeling tired. 15. Living in little stuffy rooms means breathing poisonous air. 16. Iron is found by digging in the earth. 17. There are two ways of getting sugar: one from beet and the other from sugarcane. 18. Jane Eyre was fond of reading. 19. Miss Trotwood was in the habit of asking Mr. Dick his opinion. 20. His father disliked wasting time on such trifles. 21. Avoid making mistakes if you can.

326 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герундий

327

22. The neighbours saved our life by lending us that money. 23. Beethoven continued writing music af­ter he became deaf. 24. Don't make so much fuss over losing your money.

Упражнение 397

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на герундий.

A: I'm really looking forward to going to New York.

B: Are you? I'm not. I can't stand visiting noisy cities.

A: But New York is wonderful. I love seeing the sky­scrapers, the museums, the historical monu­ments, the Statue of Liberty...

li: T hate visiting museums. I'm not looking forward t,o going at all.

Л: Oli, it's so exciting! I like listening to the mi нш<1н of New York - the traffic, the different

lllllfillll^CM. ..

/I Tim noliiel I run tell you, I dislike visiting noisy

i II Inn! Л Oh. < oiih< on! II'II In- Inn. New York's n great big

inch in/¹, pot. мГ people from all over the world.

And the world capital is worth seeing. I want to

go to the Big Apple. It's so interesting!

Упражнение 398

В следующих предложениях замените придаточ­ные дополнительные герундием с предлогом of.

• E.g. She thought she would go to the country for the weekend.

She thought of going to the country for the weekend.

1. I thought I would come and see you tomor­row. 2.1 am thinking that I shall go out to the coun­try tomorrow to see my mother. 3. What do you think you will do tomorrow? - I don't know now; I thought I would go to the zoo, but the weather is so bad that probably I shan't go. 4. I hear there are some English books at our university bookstall now. - So you are thinking that you will buy some, aren't you? 5. I thought I would work in the library this evening, but as you have eome, I won't go to the library. 6. We were thinking we would plant roses this year.

Упражнение 399

В следующих предложениях замените придаточ­ные времени герундием с предлогом after.

• E.g. When she had bought everything she needed, she went home.

After buying everything she needed, she went home.

1. After she took the child to the kindergarten,

she went to the library to prepare for her exam. 2. When he had made a thorough study of the sub­ject, he found that it was a great deal more impor­tant than he had thought at first. 3. After I had hesi­tated some minutes whether to buy the hat or not, I finally decided that I might find one I liked better in another shop. 4. When she had graduated from the university, she left St. Petersburg and went to teach in her hometown. 5. When he had proved that his theory was correct, he started studying ways and means of improving the conditions of work in very deep coalmines.

328

ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герундий

329

Формы герундия

Active

Passive

Indefinite (Simple)

writing

being written

Perfect

having written

having been written

Что значат эти формы?

Рассмотрите предложения, иллюстрирующие

значение разных форм герундия.

Что он любит?

Indefinite (Simple)

Active

He likes telling fairy tales.

рассказывать

Passive

He likes being told fairy tales.

чтобы ему рассказывали

Чем он гордится?

4м

О

*

Q) Q.

Active

He is proud of having spoken to this outstanding person.

что поговорил

Passive

He is proud of havinq been spo­ken to.

что с ним поговорили

Упражнение 400

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на герундий.

1. She has always dreamt of living in a small house by the sea. 2. She disliked living in her old house. 3. She was thinking of buying a new one.

4. Now, she enjoys living in a beautiful new house.

5. She misses seeing the neighbours of course.

6. Usually she enjoyed talking to them and didn't mind helping them. 7. She likes cooking and is very good at it. 8. But she doesn't like washing and iron­ing. 9. She hates getting up early, but she has to. 10. She doesn't mind working a lot, you know. 11. She enjoys driving an expensive car. 12. She has always dreamt of travelling round the world. 13. But she hates flying and she's never been overseas. 14. She has risen to be head of the company in spite of being a woman in a man's world. 15. She loves meeting peo­ple because she can't bear being alone. 16. She loves talking to the press and appearing on TV shows. 17. She enjoys being photographed because she thinks she's beautiful. 18. She hates being laughed at. 19. She likes being stared at because she thinks she's attractive. 20. But she hates being ignored.

Упражнение 401

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на разные формы герундия.

1. The place is worth visiting. 2. Watching foot­ball matches may be exciting enough, but of course it is more exciting playing football. 3. She stopped com­ing to see us, and I wondered what had happened to her. 4. Can you remember having seen the man be­fore? 5. She was terrified of having to speak to any­body, and even more, of being spoken to. 6. He was on the point of leaving the club, as the porter stopped him. 7. After being corrected by the teacher, the stu­dents' papers were returned to them. 8. I wondered at my mother's having allowed the journey. 9. I under­stand perfectly your wishing to start the work at once. 10. Everybody will discuss the event, there is no pre­venting it. 11. At last he broke the silence by inviting everybody to walk into the dining room. 12. On being told the news, she turned pale.

330 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герундий

331

Запомните следующие глаголы и выражения, требующие после себя герундия:

to avoid to burst out

to excuse to finish

to keep (on) to mind¹

cannot help to deny to enjoy

to forgive to give up to go on

to postpone to put off to stop

Упражнение 402

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на герундий.

1. I avoided speaking to them about that matter. 2. She burst out crying. 3. They burst out laughing.

4. She denied having been at home that evening.

5. He enjoyed talking of the pleasures of travelling.

6. Excuse my leaving you at such a moment. 7. Please forgive my interfering. 8. He gave up smoking a few years ago. 9. They went on talking. 10. He keeps in­sisting on my going to the south. 11. Oh, please do stop laughing at him. 12. Do you mind my asking you a difficult question? 13. Would you mind com­ing again in a day or two? 14. I don't mind wearing this dress. 15. She could not help smiling. 16. I can­not put off doing this translation. 17. Though David was tired, he went on walking in the direction of Dover. 18. Her husband used to smoke, but he stopped smoking two years ago. But it was too late.

19. Have you finished washing the dishes yet?

20. Don't be nervous! Stop biting your nails! 21. He

postponed going to New York as he fell ill.

¹ Только в вопросительных и отрицательных предложе­ниях: a) Do you mind me smoking? b) I don't mind having a dog in the house. См. Cambridge International Dictionary of English, с 899.

Упражнение 403

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя ге­рундий.

1. Перестаньте разговаривать. 2. Мы уже закон­чили чтение этой книги. 3. Продолжайте петь. 4. Вы не против того, чтобы открыть окно? 5. Он отрицал, что совершил преступление. 6. Я очень люблю рисовать. 7. Мы получили удовольствие от плавания. 8. Я не могла не согласиться с ним. 9. Он рассмеялся. 10. Она бросила курить. 11. Она избегала встречи с ним. 12. Мы отложим обсуж­дение доклада. 13. Наконец, они перестали сме­яться. 14. Она отрицала, что украла деньги. 15. Нам пришлось отложить поездку на дачу до следующей субботы. 16. Простите, что я потерял вашу ручку. 17. Когда она закончит писать сочине­ние? 18. Я не возражаю против того, чтобы остаться дома и поработать над моей новой книгой. 19. Пе­рестаньте дрожать. Избегайте показывать этим людям, что вы их боитесь. 20. Я не могу не беспо­коиться о них: они перестали писать. 21. Я не отри­цаю, что видел их в тот вечер. 22. Он не возражал против того, чтобы его осмотрели: он перестал при­творяться, что здоров. 23. Он не может меня про­стить за то, что я порвал его сумку. 24. Она отри­цала, что взяла мои часы. 25. Мальчик любит командовать своей сестрой. 26. Лучше отложить принятие решения. 27. Не могли ли бы вы дать мне книгу, когда закончите ее читать? 28. Ее сын пытался избежать ответа на ее вопросы, так как ему было стыдно, что он солгал ей прежде. 29. Он не мог не думать, что его сын совершил большую ошибку. 30. Простите меня, пожалуйста, что я открыла ваше письмо по ошибке. 31. Я перестала есть мясо и каждый день получаю удовольствие от более здоровой пищи.

332 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герундий

333

Запомните следующие

глаголы и выражения,

требующие после себя герундия с определенными

предлогами:

to accuse of

to insist on

to agree to

to look forward to

to approve of

to object to

to be afraid of

to persist in

to congratulate on

to prevent from

to depend on

to succeed in

to dream of

to suspect of

to feel like

to thank for

to give up the idea of

to think of

Упражнение 404

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на герундий.

1. Не was afraid of waking her. 2. I'm looking for­ward to going on holiday. 3. She congratulated her­self on having thought of such a good idea. 4. My friend succeeded in translating this difficult text. 5. She suspected him of deceiving her. 6. The poor peasant thanked Robin Hood heartily for having helped him. 7. He gave up the idea of ever hearing from her. 8. We are looking forward to seeing you again. 9. He has always dreamt of visiting other countries. 10. He persisted in trying to solve that difficult problem. 11. The cold weather prevented the girls from going for long walks. 12. Jane thought of leaving Lowood after Miss Temple's marriage.

13. They accuse him of having robbed the house.

14. He never agreed to their going on that danger­ous voyage. 15. He did not approve of her drinking so much coffee. 16. The teacher of mathematics did

not approve of his pupils dreaming. 17. All the hap­piness of my life depends on your loving me. 18.1 don't feel like seeing him. 19. I insist on being told the truth. 20. I object to his borrowing money from you. 21. I stretched out my hand to prevent her from falling.

Упражнение 405

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя ге­рундий.

1. Благодарю вас, что вы прислали мне такие красивые цветы. 2. Его обвинили в том, что он продал важные государственные секреты. 3. Он отрицал, что продал их. 4. Он настаивал на том, что невиновен. 5. Он боялся, что его посадят в тюрьму. 6. Шум в соседней комнате мешал мне думать. 7. Я думаю о том, чтобы поехать на юг летом. 8. Мальчик отрицал, что его постоянно ругают и наказывают. 9. Я настаиваю на том, чтобы поговорить с ним. 10. Я с нетерпением ждал встречи с братом. 11. Мне что-то не хочет­ся сегодня играть в лото. 12. Ей удалось сделать очень хороший перевод этого трудного текста.

Упражнение 406

Раскройте скобки, употребляя герундий в актив­ной или пассивной форме.

1. Why do you avoid (to speak) to me? 2. She tried to avoid (to speak) to. 3. The doctor insisted on (to send) the sick man to hospital. 4. The child insisted on (to send) home at once. 5. Do you mind him (to examine) by a heart specialist? 6. He showed no sign of (to recognize) me. 7. She showed no sign of (to surprise). 8. He had a strange habit of (to inter­fere) in other people's business. 9. I was angry at

334 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герундий

335

(to interrupt) every other moment. 10. He is good at (to- repair) cars. 11. He was very glad of (to help) in his difficulty. 12. On (to allow) to leave the room, the children immediately ran out into the yard and began (to play). 13. In (to make) this experiment, they came across some very interesting pheno­mena. 14. The results of the experiment must be checked and rechecked before (to publish). 15. David was tired of (to scold) all the time. 16. The watch requires (to repair)¹. 17. The problem is not worth (to discuss)¹. 18. Jane Eyre remembered (to lock) up in the red room for (to contradict) Mrs. Reed.

Упражнение 407

Раскройте скобки, употребляя требующуюся фор­му герундия.

1. The machine needs (to clean)¹. 2. I am quite se­rious in (to say) that I don't want to go abroad. 3. He seemed sorry for (to be) inattentive to his child. 4. She confessed to (to forget) to send the let­ter. 5. The old man could not stand (to tell) what he should do. 6. Going to the party was no use: he had no talent for (to dance). 7. The Bronze Horseman is worth (to see)¹. 8. After thoroughly (to examine) the student, the professor gave him a satisfactory mark. 9. After thoroughly (to examine) by the examination commission, the student was given a satisfactory mark. 10. She accused him of (to steal) her purse.

11. She reproached me for (not to write) to her.

12. This, job is not worth (to take)¹. 13. After (to look) through and (to mark) the students' papers, the

¹ Обратите внимание, что после глаголов to want, to need, to deserve, to require, а также после слова worth употребляет­ся active gerund, хотя по значению он passive.

E.g. My watch needs repairing (а не being repaired).

teacher handed them back. 14. After (to look) through and (to mark), the papers were handed back to the students. 15. These clothes want (to wash)¹.

16. David was very glad of (to find) his aunt.

17. Excuse me for (to break) your beautiful vase.

18. You never mentioned (to be) to Greece. 19. She was proud of (to award) the champion's cup.

20. I don't remember ever (to meet) your sister.

21. I don't remember (to ask) this question by any­body. 22. The cat was punished for (to break) the cup. 23. The cat was afraid of (to punish) and hid itself under the sofa.

Упражнение 408

Раскройте скобки, употребляя требующуюся фор­му герундия.

1. The girls were busy (to pack) when one of them suddenly remembered (to leave) the milk on the stove which was probably boiling over. 2. Little David couldn't bear (to recite) his lessons in the presence of his stepfather and Miss Murdstone. They fright­ened him so that he couldn't help (to make) mistakes though he tried hard to avoid (to displease) them and (to scold). 3. I landed in London on an autumn evening. My friends expected me home for the holi­days, but had no idea of my (to return) so soon. I had purposely not informed them of my (to come), that I might have the pleasure of (to take) them by surprise. And yet I had a feeling of disappointment in (to receive) no welcome. I even felt like (to cry). 4. The girl was proud of (to choose) to represent the sportsmen of the school at the coming competition. She thanked her classmates for (to choose) her and promised to do her best to win.

¹ См. сноску на стр. 334.

336 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герундий

337

Сравните:

I don't mind opening the window. I don't mind his opening the window.

She did not object to doing the room. She did not object to my doing the room.

She insisted on being allowed to go home.

She insisted on her son being allowed to go home.

Упражнение 409

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на существительные и местоимения перед герун­дием.

1. Mother was surprised at her daughter having tidied up the room so quickly. 2. My trying to con­vince him is of no use. 3. When asked why she had missed the train, she said something about her watch being slow. 4. She approached without my see­ing her. 5. She stayed in town the whole summer be­cause of her daughter being ill. 6. I had no idea of his leaving St. Petersburg so soon. 7. Aunt's com­ing here gives me much pleasure. 8. The librarian did not object to the reader keeping the book one day longer. 9. She said that she knew nothing about the door having been left open.

Упражнение 410

Замените придаточные предложения герундиаль ными оборотами, вводя их, где необходимо, предло­гами, данными в скобках после предложения.

1. When they entered the house, they heard the last bell ringing, (on) 2. Thank you that you invited me to the theatre, (for) 3. The woman insisted that her husband should consult the doctor at once, (on)

4. She could not even think that the operation might be postponed, (of) 5. There was little hope that James would return on the same day. (of) 6. The thought that he had been turned away by the door­keeper made him feel miserable, (of) 7. The pleas­ant-faced middle-aged woman insisted that Olga should come to her town to teach, (on) 8. Helen sug­gested that they should go on a trip. 9. There is a possibility that my father will join us for the trip, (of) 10. The girls knew that the sportsman had been awarded a prize, (of) 11. I don't mind if you walk to the underground station with me.

Упражнение 411

Замените выделенные части предложений герун­диальными оборотами. Изменяйте конструкцию предложения, где необходимо.

1. That nobody saw them was a mere chance. 2. Mother insisted that her son should enter the university, (on) 3. The place looked so picturesque and cheerful that he rejoiced at the thought that he would come to live there, (of) 4. When he entered, she stood up and left the room, and even did not look at him. (without) 5. When Robert came home from the college, after he had passed his examinations, he felt very happy, (on) 6. In the darkness they were afraid that they might lose their way. (of) 7. When he reached his destination, he sent a telegram home to say that he had arrived safely, (on) 8. Thank you that you helped me. (for) 9. The new medicine may be recommended only after it is approved by the Sci­entific Board. 10. You will never learn from your mistakes if you do not write them down, (without) 11. When the boy entered the room, he glanced curiously around, (on) 12. The patient felt much

338 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герундий

339

better after he had been given proper treatment. 13. Just before I left the classroom, I was ap­proached by a fellow student who asked me to help him. 14. Looking at the man attentively, she re­membered that she had seen him and spoken to him on several occasions.

Упражнение 412

Замените выделенные части предложений герун­диальными оборотами, употребляя, где необходимо, соответствующие предлоги.

1. Do you mind if I smoke here? 2. Will you ob­ject if I close the door? 3. Thank you that you did it. 4. My teacher insists that I should read aloud every day. 5. Will Mary have anything against it if I take her umbrella for some time? 6. I remember that I have seen this picture somewhere. 7. That you are against John's proposal does not mean that I must decline it. 8. The fact that you took English lessons some years ago helps you in your studies now. 9. I am told that you are very busy.

Упражнение 413

Замените выделенные части предложений герун­диальными оборотами, употребляя, где необходимо, соответствующие предлоги.

1. Tom was afraid that he might be late. 2. Bill remembered that he had walked about the factory gate for months. 3. When the young man graduat­ed from Harvard, he returned to Russia. 4. Mary asked John to forgive her that she had not answered his letter sooner. 5. After we had passed our exam­inations, we had a very entertaining evening. 6. Michael remembered that he had enjoyed the trip

to the Bahamas. 7. They gave up the idea that they would find work. 8. The girls were afraid that they might miss the train. 9. I am thankful that I have been given a chance to hear this outstanding sing­er. 10. Helen insisted that she should be given that job. 11. I don't remember that I have ever seen an­yone dance like Plisetskaya.

Упражнение 414

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя ге­рундий.

1. Я настаиваю на том, чтобы помочь ей. 2. Он отрицал, что разбил вазу. 3. Она боится потерять свой кошелек. 4. Я не одобряю того, что вы тра­тите так много времени понапрасну. 5. Они поду­мывают о том, чтобы поехать на каникулы в Ита­лию, но они еще не решили. 6. Она упрекает (об­виняет) его в том, что он слишком редко звонит ей по телефону. 7. Перестань плакать. 8. Мой малень­кий брат не давал мне делать уроки. 9. Вы не воз­ражаете, если я приду немного попозже? 10. Про­должайте писать. 11. Папа возражает против того, чтобы я шел с ней в театр. 12. Я не могу не смеять­ся, когда смотрю на вас. 13. Он с нетерпением ждет получения визы, чтобы поехать в США. 14. Она продолжала принимать те же самые таблетки по совету врача. 15. Мы пытаемся избегать в выход­ные дни ходить за покупками. 16. Мы получаем удовольствие от прихода наших друзей.

Упражнение 415

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя ге­рундий.

1. Мы оставили мысль о покупке новой мебе­ли. 2. Она боялась, что ее накажут. 3. Перестань-

340 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герундий

341

те разговаривать. 4. Я не отрицаю, что был там вчера. 5. Я одобряю ваше желание учить немец­кий язык. 6. Вы не возражаете, если я пойду гу­лять? 7. Я не могу не бояться. 8. Они подозревают, что эта женщина дает ложные показания. 9. Про­должайте работать. 10. Я настаиваю на том, что­бы повидать моего друга. 11. Мама возражает про­тив того, что я много играю в футбол. 12. Он упре­кает (обвиняет) меня в том, что я ему не помог.

13. Он и не помышлял (и не мечтал) сделать это.

14. Она не могла не чувствовать, что он солгал ей.

15. Мальчикам в конце концов удалось разгадать загадку (тайну). 16. У меня так сильно болят зубы, что я больше не могу откладывать визит (не пойти) к стоматологу (зубному врачу).

Упражнение 416

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя ге­рундий.

1. Я не могу не думать об этом все время. 2. Я на­стаиваю на том, чтобы пойти туда. 3. Мама возра­жает против того, что я засиживаюсь до поздна. 4. Его арестовали, так как полицейские подозре­вают, что он террорист. 5. Вы не возражаете, если я буду курить в этой комнате? 6. Я одобряю то, что ты помогаешь бабушке. 7. Я думаю о том, чтобы поехать в Австралию. 8. Он бросил играть в футбол с тех пор, как заболел. 9. Он боялся, что его забудут. 10. Продолжайте читать. 11. Никто не одобряет игру в азартные игры. Всякий, кто любит играть в азартные игры, должен (вынуж­ден) быть готов к потере денег. 12. Плохая пого­да помешала нам поехать за город. 13. Цены про­должают расти. 14. Я с нетерпением буду ждать ответа от моего сына. 15. Ты зависишь от ее по-

мощи в этой трудной ситуации. 16. Дождь толь­ко что перестал (кончился, прошел).

Упражнение 417

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя ге­рундий.

1. Он расплакался. 2. Я не могу не любоваться этой чудесной картиной. 3. Мама возражает против того, что ты поздно приходишь домой. 4. Я одоб­ряю вашу упорную работу. 5. Она отрицала, что по­могла им. 6. Перестань дразнить кошку. 7. Я боюсь простудиться. 8. Если он будет намеренно старать­ся (упорствовать в попытках) причинять неприят­ности, его уволят с работы. 9. Я настаиваю на том, чтобы остаться в Санкт-Петербурге. 10. Он упре­кает (обвиняет) тебя в том, что ты не пишешь ему письма. 11. Вы не возражаете, если я лягу спать? 12. Продолжайте делать уроки. 13. Она не побла­годарит тебя за то, что ты потерял работу. 14. Она собиралась помочь, но передумала. 15. Они с не­терпением ждут, когда увидятся со своими друзь­ями из Швейцарии. 16. Вам не хочется (Вы не расположены) сегодня вечером поиграть в теннис?

Упражнение 418

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя ге­рундий.

1. Он думал о том, чтобы поступить в универ­ситет. 2. Прекрати сердиться. Прости его за то, что он испортил вечер в твой день рождения. 3. Я не могу не чувствовать стыда. 4. Я поздравил своего друга со сдачей экзамена по вождению машины. 5. Продолжайте разговаривать. 6. Я настаиваю на

342 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герундий

343

том, чтобы сказать ему правду. 7. Они боялись опо­здать на поезд. 8. Я не одобряю того, что ты играешь в компьютерные игры. 9. Мы оставили мысль о по­ездке за город. 10. Она бросила танцы в прошлом году. 11. Мама возражает против того, что я при­вожу в дом слишком много друзей. 12. Вы не воз­ражаете, если я позвоню вам? 13. Ты обвиняешь меня в том, что я тебя обманула? 14. Студенты нашей группы с нетерпением ждут, когда совер­шат круиз (турне) по Европе на каникулах в этом году. 15. Его мама продолжает надеяться, что он скоро позвонит или напишет. 16. Что помешало ей прийти на его день рождения?

Упражнение 419

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя ге­рундий.

1. Перестань бегать. 2. Он отрицал, что взял деньги. 3. Он боялся потерять друзей. 4. Она не одобряла того, что он слишком часто ходил на ве­черинки. 5. Я подумываю о том, чтобы принять то предложение, так как у меня опыт работы на компьютере, и я знаю, как его использовать для выполнения этого проекта. 6. Мама возражает про­тив того, что он часто ходит в кино. 7. Мы поздра­вили их с тем, что они выиграли матч. 8. Я не могу не сердиться на него. 9. Он рассмеялся. 10. Вы не возражаете, если я приведу моего друга? 11. Я на­стаиваю на том, чтобы спросить его совета. 12. Про­должайте писать ему. 13. Если ты будешь наме­ренно стараться (упорствовать в попытках) зада­вать мне глупые вопросы, я тебе и вовсе ничего не расскажу. 14. Она никогда не умолкает (просто рта не закрывает). 15. Люди действительно не могут продолжать так жить. 16. Он упрекал (обвинял) нас в том, что мы его не навестили.

Упражнение 420

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя ге­рундий.

1. Мы бы и не подумали отпустить ее (позволить ей уйти) домой в такую ночь. 2. Я не могу не опаз­дывать на первый урок. 3. Вы не возражаете, если я возьму вашу ручку? 4. Я не одобряю того, что вы играете в карты. 5. Его обвинили в том, что он ограбил дом. 6. Он бросил курить год назад. 7. Она имела обыкновение избегать разговаривать с дирек­тором. 8. Мы оставили мысль когда-нибудь увидеть его. 9. Он не боялся поседеть, но он не вынес (нена­видел) бы появления лысины. 10. Мама возражает против того, что он читает в постели. 11. Я настаи­ваю на том, чтобы пригласить их. 12. Продолжай­те обсуждать этот вопрос. 13. Люди в Британии и США бросают курить, потому что они понимают, что курение подрывает их здоровье. 14. Им при­шлось отложить поездку в Таиланд из-за самого опасного цунами. 15. Вы подумываете выиграть миллион без упорного труда? 16. Шум за окном мешал ей спать.

Упражнение 421

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя ге­рундий.

1. Мама возражает против того, что я поднимаю шум в доме. 2. Я не могу не сказать вам этого. 3. Его обвинили в том, что он украл деньги. 4. Она не одобряла того, что он курит. 5. Он бросил иг­рать в шахматы. 6. Дети боялись заблудиться в лесу. 7. Я настаиваю на том, чтобы написать ему. 8. Избегай пить пиво, оно наносит вред (подрыва­ет твое здоровье) твоему здоровью. 9. Вы не возра­жаете, если я открою окно? 10. Шум в соседней

344 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герундий

345

комнате не давал мне заснуть. 11. Я подумываю о том, чтобы ходить пешком на работу и обратно каждый день. 12. Продолжайте играть. 13. Мое­му другу придется отложить поездку в Америку до следующего лета. 14. Это перестало волновать (беспокоить) нашу маму. 15. Мой двоюродный брат потерял все свои деньги, и ему не хочется (он не расположен) никуда идти сегодня вечером. 16. Она не могла не восхищаться самой знаменитой рус­ской церковью в Новгороде.

Упражнение 422

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя ге­рундий.

1. Я с нетерпением жду, что она снова приедет в Россию. 2. Он, бывало, выкуривал двадцать си­гарет в день, а в этом году он бросил курить из-за рака легких. 3. Вор отрицал, что украл ее бесцен­ное бриллиантовое кольцо. 4. Продавщицу упре­кали (обвиняли) в том, что она грубила и пренеб­регала своими обязанностями. 5. Его отец не одоб­рял использования грязного языка на радио и те­левидении. 6. Мой сын не хотел оставаться менед­жером на всю жизнь, поэтому он вернулся в уни­верситет в городе Петербурге. 7. Она настаивала на том, чтобы позвонить в полицию. 8. Когда у меня простуда, мне и есть не хочется (я не распо­ложен к еде). 9. Мне доставляет удовольствие (Я люблю) слушать классическую музыку. 10. Кто мешает нам исполнять (выполнять) свои обязан­ности должным образом? 11. Мишин дядя одобря­ет то, что он учит иностранные языки. 12. Цена картины была так высока, что он и мечтать (ду­мать) не мог купить ее. 13. Он отрицал, что совер­шил несколько преступлений, включая кражу де­нег и два убийства. 14. Учитель по английскому

языку не мог не спросить меня об этом. 15. Води­тель боялся, что ситуация ухудшится. 16. Я не мог согласиться, чтобы помочь ему и в этот раз. 17. Они не могут не надеяться, что он все еще жив. 18. Ро­дители Джона дали свое согласие на его брак с этой девушкой. 19. Пожалуйста, извини меня, что я не съел весь обед. 20. Его подозревали в наруше­нии закона и в том, что он брал взятки. 21. Очень трудно бросить пить, играть в азартные игры и принимать наркотики. 22. Она простила его за то, что он не писал ей. 23. Управляющий возражает против того, чтобы нанять (взять) ее консультан­том по связям с общественностью. 24. Он должен "благодарить" только самого себя за то, что он неудачник.

ПРИЧАСТИЕ, ГЕРУНДИЙ

И ОТГЛАГОЛЬНОЕ

СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНОЕ

Обратите внимание на различные значения ing-формы:

В следующих предложениях reading - причастие:

My brother is reading a book. In the library you can see many people reading books-Reading his newspaper, the old man fell asleep.

В следующих предложениях reading - герундий:

Reading a good book gives me a lot of pleasure. It is no use reading these notes. I like reading a good book. I am thinking of reading a new A. Christie book. I remember reading a very clever article on mar­ket economy.

Сравните эти два предложения:

My brother is reading the latest story by R. Brad­bury, причастие

My dream is reading the latest story by R. Brad­bury, герундий

Герундий и отглагольное существительное 347

Упражнение 423

Расположите по порядку:

1. предложения, в которых ing-форма является причастием;

2. предложения, в которых ing-форма является герундием.

1. a) When we entered the classroom, we saw ma-

ny students writing at the desks.

2. Do you mind my writing with your pen?

3. He was writing a letter when I entered the room.

2. a) We all listened with great interest to the

speaker criticizing the new book.

2. Criticizing the work of our sports club, he said that it was not satisfactory.

3. They were criticizing the government for its failure to limit air pollution at that moment.

4. I have no objection to your criticizing me.

3. Lydia could retell the English story she had

read without looking into the book. 4. Everybody ran

to meet the people returning from the city. 5. They

went home quickly, protecting themselves from the

rain by walking under the trees. 6. In this factory

much attention is paid to protecting the health of

the workers. 7. He stopped writing and looked

around. 8. In this picture you can see a young man

giving flowers to a girl. 9. Playing volleyball is

a popular sport for young people. 10. She left the

room without saying a word. 11. We had the pleas­

ure of seeing the performance. 12. John likes study­

ing history. 13. Never jump off a moving train. 14. Read­

ing books out of doors is his favourite way of spend­

ing the summer holidays, but he likes swimming and

going on excursions as well. 15. Running water is

always better than standing water. 16. The remain­

ing cakes were given to the children. 17. The cakes,

348 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герундий и отглагольное существительное 349

remaining from the evening, were given to the chil­dren. 18. You can learn what the new words mean by looking them up in the dictionary. 19. Before going to meet his friend, he went home to change his clothes. 20. They went out to meet the returning women. 21. Returning home after a good holiday is always pleasant. 22. Returning home after a good holiday, he looked the picture of health.

Упражнение 424

Расположите по порядку:

1. предложения, в которых ing-форма является причастием;

2. предложения, в которых ing-форма является герундием.

1. Не was looking at the plane flying overhead. 2. Wishing to learn to skate, she bought herself a pair of skates. 3. Just imagine his coming first in the race! 4. The children were tired of running. 5. Being frightened by the dog, the cat climbed a high fence. 6. It is no use going there now. 7. Com­ing out of the wood, the travellers saw a ruined cas­tle in the distance. 8. My greatest pleasure is trav­elling. 9. Growing tomatoes need a lot of sunshine. 10. Growing corn on his desert island, Robinson Cru­soe hoped to eat bread one day. 11. Growing roses takes a lot of care and attention. 12. Having pre­pared all the necessary equipment, they began the experiment. 13. Mary will stop for a few days at the seaside before going back home. 14. While translat­ing the text, I looked up many words in the diction­ary. 15. I usualy help mother by washing the dishes and doing the rooms. 16. Entering the room, I saw my friends smiling at me. 17. Instead of phoning his friend, he went to see him. 18. The boys continued

playing football. 19. Watching the playing kittens was great fun for the children.

Сравните герундий и отглагольное существительное:

Reading a good book gives me a lot of pleasure.

герундий

The reading of a good book gives me a lot of pleasure.

отглагольное

существи-

тельное

Упражнение 425

Расположите по порядку:

1. предложения, в которых ing-форма является герундием;

2. предложения, в которых ing-форма является отглагольным существительным.

1. The singing of those beautiful folk songs im­pressed me greatly. 2. Your having written is really no excuse for your not coming on the day fixed. 3. Such doings can hardly be explained. 4. The mo­tor was carefully examined before starting. 5. I am very pleased to meet you after hearing so much about you. 6. Your hair wants cutting. 7. I shall look for­ward to seeing you again. 8. It was no use talking about it any longer. 9. Sleeping is necessary. 10. We felt so disappointed at your having missed nearly half the programme. 11. The building of this house will cost much money. 12. Are you dressed for go­ing out? 13. I hate the idea of doing it once more.

14. Then came a general lighting of pipes and cigars.

15. But you don't mind being asked to help us, do you? 16. The forest resounded with the hooting of owls and the howling of wolves. 17. She blamed her­self for having been a dull companion.

350 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Герупдий и отглагольное существительное 351

Упражнение 426

Расположите по порядку:

1. предложения, в которых ing-форма является причастием;

2. предложения, в которых ing-форма является герундием;

3. предложения, в которых ing-форма является отглагольным существительным.

1. The driving wheel of the machine is broken.

2. Driving in a motor car, we passed many villages.

3. We have every chance of passing our examinations well. 4. Having been knocked down by a passing car, the poor man was at once taken to hospital. 5. You don't know what you miss, not having the desire to listen to good music. 6. These happenings are re­markable. 7. Travelling is a pleasant way of improv­ing one's education. 8. Every trust arranges for the marketing of its products. 9. I was told of a great friendship existing between the two captains. 10. It is no use crying over spilt milk. 11. Asking him for help is useless. 12. Happily we escaped being delayed on our way. 13. There are many discoveries being made all over the world. 14. Seeing this man, I rec­ollected perfectly having met him many years before.

Упражнение 427

Расположите по порядку:

1. предложения, в которых ing-форма является причастием;

2. предложения, в которых ing-форма является герундием;

3. предложения, в которых ing-форма является отглагольным существительным.

1. Sitting by her sleeping child, the worried mother at last began to realize by its peaceful breath-

ing that all danger was over. 2. I stopped knocking at the door and, sitting down at the top of the stairs, began waiting for my father to come. 3. With a sudden tightening of the muscles he became aware of a figure walking noiselessly beside him. 4. She praised herself for having come. 5. Having stopped crying, the child quieted down to hard thinking. 6. The old clock kept ticking on the mantelpiece, as if counting the seconds left before the coming of day­light. 7. Remembering that time was like going back to his childhood and reliving those happy days. 8. Look­ing back upon that time, he realized how happy he had been then. 9. Tom lived there like a paying guest, at­tracting very little attention of the others.

Упражнение 428

Расположите по порядку:

1. предложения, в которых ing-форма является причастием;

2. предложения, в которых ing-форма является герундием;

3. предложения, в которых ing-форма является отглагольным существительным.

1. We sat by the riverside listening to the run­ning of the water. 2. The cleaning of the room was done by the girls. 3. Working in the garden is very good for the health of people. 4. Going home from the theatre, they were discussing the play they had seen. 5. You should think before speaking. 6. After finding the new word in the dictionary, I wrote it down and went on reading. 7. He spent much time on the copying of his literature lectures. 8. What do you mean by saying that? 9. The students found the reading of English newspapers rather difficult at first. 10. Instead of going home after school, the girls went for a walk. 11. Chalk is used for writing on the blackboard.

Сложное дополнение (Complex Object) 353

СЛОЖНОЕ ДОПОЛНЕНИЕ (COM­PLEX OBJECT)

glish," said my mother to me. - My mother wanted ... 9. "Bring me some water from the river, chil­dren," said our grandmother. - Our grandmother wanted ... 10. "Come to my birthday party," said Kate to her classmates. - Kate wanted ... 11. The biology teacher said to us: "Collect some insects in summer." - The biology teacher wanted ... 12. "Don't eat ice cream before dinner," said our mother to us. Our mother did not want ...

I want him to help me. I'd like him to help me.

Упражнение 429

Закончите предложения, употребляя сложное до­полнение.

• E.g. "Bring me a book," said my brother to me.

My brother wanted me to bring him a book.

1. The teacher said to the pupils: "Learn the rule." - The teacher wanted ... 2. "Be careful, or else you will spill the milk," said my mother to me. - My mother did not want ... 3. "My daughter will go to a ballet school," said the woman. - The woman wanted ... 4. The man said: "My son will study math­ematics." - The man wanted ... 5. "Oh, father, buy me this toy, please," said the little boy. - The little boy wanted ... 6. "Wait for me after school," said Ann to me. - Ann wanted ... 7. "Fix the shelf in Mir kitchon," my father said to me. - My father wniilnl ... K. "It. will be very good if you study En-

Упражнение 430

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя сложное дополнение.

1. Я хочу, чтобы все дети смеялись. 2. Я хочу, чтобы все это прочитали. 3. Мне хотелось бы, что­бы доктор посмотрел его. 4. Дети хотели, чтобы я рассказал им сказку. 5. Я не хочу, чтобы она зна­ла об этом. 6. Он хотел, чтобы его друг пошел с ним. 7. Мой брат хочет, чтобы я изучала испан­ский язык. 8. Я бы хотел, чтобы мои ученики хо­рошо знали английский язык. 9. Я не хочу, что­бы ты получил плохую оценку. 10. Мне бы не хо­телось, чтобы они опоздали. 11. Я не хотела, что­бы вы меня ждали. 12. Она бы хотела, чтобы ее брат получил первый приз. 13. Я хочу, чтобы вы прочли эту книгу. 14. Мне бы хотелось, чтобы вы приехали к нам. 15. Она хотела, чтобы ее сын хо­рошо окончил школу. 16. Им бы хотелось, чтобы мы проиграли игру. 17. Она не хотела, чтобы я уехал в Москву. 18. Я бы не хотел, чтобы вы по­теряли мою книгу. 19. Папа хочет, чтобы я была пианисткой. 20. Мы хотим, чтобы этот артист при­ехал к нам в школу. 21. Вам бы хотелось, чтобы я рассказал вам эту историю? 22. Хотите, я дам вам мой словарь?

12 Ю. Голицынский

354 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Сложное дополнение (Complex Object) 355

I expect him to come.

I know him to be a good pupil.

Упражнение 431

Перепишите следующие предложения, употреб­ляя сложное дополнение вместо придаточных допол­нительных предложений.

• E.g. I expect that she will send me a letter. I expect her to send me a letter. I know that he is a great scientist. I know him to be a great scientist.

1. I know that my friend is a just man. 2. I ex­pect that he will understand your problem and help you to solve it. 3. I expected that she would behave quite differently. 4. I did not expect that my broth­er would forget to send her flowers. 5. He knows that my mother is a very kind woman. 6. She expected that her brother would bring her the book. 7. I know that your uncle is an excellent mathematician. 8. People expect that the 21st century will bring peace on the Earth.

Упражнение 432

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя сложное дополнение.

1. Я рассчитываю, что письмо придет завтра. 2. Он рассчитывал, что учитель похвалит его. 3. Она не рассчитывала, что они вернутся так поздно. 4. Я знаю, что она талантливая певица. 5. Я знала, что он великий ученый. 6. Мы не рассчитывали, что вы так много сделаете. 7. Учитель рассчиты­вал, что ученики поймут правило. 8. Я не ожидал, что он напишет такие прекрасные стихи. 9. Она

знала, что он очень добрый человек. 10. Все зна­ли, что она прогрессивный ученый. 11. Я знаю, что твоя сестра - очень способная студентка. 12. Все знают, что Байрон - великий поэт. 13. Я не ожидал, что это случится так скоро. 14. Мы рассчитываем, что вы нам поможете. 15. Он ожи­дал, что министр ответит сразу. 16. Мы рассчи­тывали, что погода изменится.

I like her to sing. I hate her to cry.

Упражнение 433

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя сложное дополнение.

1. Я люблю, когда дети смеются. 2. Она не лю­бит, когда я с ней спорю. 3. Она не любила, чтобы мы приходили поздно. 4. Он терпеть не может, когда я опаздываю. 5. Наш учитель любит, когда мы задаем вопросы. 6. Я ненавижу, когда ты за­бываешь свои обязанности. 7. Бабушка любит, когда Лена играет на рояле. 8. Папа любит, когда я говорю по-английски. 9. Мой дедушка не любил, когда дети разговаривали за столом. 10. Он тер­петь не мог, когда мы ломали игрушки. 11. Он любил, когда мы играли в тихие игры.

Mother made me eat the soup.

Упражнение 434

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя сложное дополнение.

1. Пожалуйста, не заставляйте меня пить мо­локо. 2. Она не могла заставить его ложиться спать

356 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Сложное дополнение (Complex Object) 357

рано. 3. Собака заставила кошку взобраться на дерево. 4. Учитель заставил ее переписать упраж­нение. 5. Она заставила собаку перепрыгнуть че­рез забор. 6. Он заставил брата прыгнуть в воду. 7. Дождь заставил нас вернуться домой. 8. За­ставьте ее надеть пальто: сегодня очень холодно. 9. Почему вы не заставили сына выучить стихо­творение? 10. Я не могу заставить свою кошку ло­вить мышей. 11. Когда ты заставишь своего друга делать зарядку?

I saw him enter. - I saw him entering. I heard her speak. - I heard her speaking. I noticed him frown. - I noticed him frowning. I felt him tremble. - I felt him trembling.

Упражнение 435

Перефразируйте следующие предложения, упо­требляя сложное дополнение с причастием.

• E.g. He was reading in the garden. She saw him. She saw him reading in the garden.

1. We noticed a man. The man was cleaning his shoes. 2. He saw two girls. They were dancing on the stage. 3. She watched the children. They were running and playing in the garden. 4. I saw her. She was arranging her hair. 5. We saw our neighbour. He was listening to the latest news on the radio.

6. The cat was rubbing itself .on my leg. I felt it.

7. They were fishing. We saw it. 8. The pupils were writing a paper. The teacher watched them.

9. A caterpillar was crawling on my arm. I felt it.

10. We heard I. Arkhipova last night. She was sing­

ing a Russian folk song. 11. I watched the sun. It

was rising. 12. I heard him. He was singing an En-

glish song. 13. John heard his sister. She was talk­ing loudly on the veranda. 14. We saw Ben. He was crossing the square. 15. They heard their father. He was playing the piano in the drawing room. 16. I can see the train. It is coming. 17. I watched the rain. It was beating down the flowers in the gar­den. 18. I saw a group of boys. They were eating ice cream. 19. We noticed a group of people. They were digging potatoes in the field. 20. Didn't you see her? She was smiling at you. 21. The girl was sing­ing. I heard her. 22. They were talking about com­puters. He heard them. 23. You and your friend were walking along the street yesterday. I saw you. 24. The little girls were playing on the grass. We watched them. 25. The ship was leaving the port. He stood and looked at it. 26. She was sleeping peacefully in her bed. Mother watched her.

Упражнение 436

Перефразируйте следующие предложения, упо­требляя сложное дополнение с инфинитивом.

• E.g. He dropped his bag. I saw it. I saw him drop his bag.

1. The boy noticed a bird. It flew on to the bush near the window. 2. Jane saw her neighbour. He opened the door of his flat and went in. 3. I saw him. He pointed to a picture on the wall. 4. I heard him. He shut the door of the study. 5. We saw that the children climbed to the tops of the trees. 6. I noticed that Henry went up and spoke to the stranger. 7. He slipped and fell. I saw it. 8. I heard that she suddenly cried out loudly. 9. She bent and picked up something from the floor. The policeman saw it. 10. I saw that he opened the door and left the room.

358 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Сложное дополнение (Complex Object) 359

11. She dropped the cup on the floor and broke it. I saw it. 12. They turned the corner and disap­peared. We watched them. 13. The doctor touched the boy's leg. The boy felt it. 14. Pete bought some flowers. His friends saw it. 15. The wounded hunt­er felt that the bear touched him, but he did not move. 16. Shall we hear it if the telephone rings? 17. Tamara saw that the waves carried the boat away. 18. The ship sailed away from the shore. They saw it. 19. Have you heard how he sings the part of Hermann in Tchaikovsky's "Queen of Spades"?

Упражнение 437

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на оттенки значений сложного дополнения в зави­симости от того, выражена ли его вторая часть причастием или инфинитивом.

1. Не felt her arm slipping through his. 2. She felt her hands tremble. 3. Now and then he could hear a car passing. 4. He felt his heart beat with joy. 5. He felt his heart beating with joy. 6. She could hear her father walking up and down the picture gallery. 7. We saw him cross the street looking to the left and to the right. 8. I felt the wind blowing through a crack in the wall. 9. We stood on deck and watched the sun going down. 10. I heard him play­ing the piano in the house. 11. It is nice to see peo­ple enjoying themselves. 12. We watched the planes circling above us. 13. Nobody noticed him come in and sit down. 14. I felt Nick put his hand on my shoulder. 15. She felt tears roll down her cheeks.

16. I was so weak that I felt my knees shaking.

17. We saw them jump with parachutes. 18. He heard a car approaching from the opposite direction. 19. In the room he could see a man sitting in an old

urmchair. 20. I heard the door of the entrance hall open and close softly. 21. In the little summerhouse Ht the bend of the garden path he saw someone sit­ting. 22. He went back to the window and, looking through it, suddenly saw her walking down the path. 23. They all gathered on the hill to watch the sun rise. 24. She watched her mother bending over the tea things. 25. The people living in the north do not see the sun come out for months. 26. The door creaked. He saw Irene come in, pick up the telegram and read it. 27. At the stop she saw another girl waiting for the bus. 28. I heard him tell the teacher about it. 29. I heard him telling the teacher about it. 30. She heard people walking in the corridor. 31. She heard somebody walk up to her door. 32. We saw some people washing clothes in the stream.

Упражнение 438

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя сложное дополнение с причастием или инфинити­вом, в зависимости от смысла.

1. Я слышал, как он открывает дверь. 2. Я слы­шал, как он открыл дверь. 3. Я почувствовал, как он коснулся моей руки. 4. Я чувствовал, что он касается моей руки. 5. Я видел, как птицы летят к лесу. 6. Я увидел, как птицы полетели к лесу. 7. Мы увидели, что она переплывает реку. 8. Мы видели, как она переплыла реку. 9. Я не замети­ла, как он положил письмо на стол. 10. Я видела, как он поставил свой чемодан у двери. 11. Мы видели, как она сошла с поезда и пошла по направ­лению к кассам. 12. Мы наблюдали, как он подо­шел к окну, остановился, открыл журнал и стал читать. 13. Я почувствовала, что кто-то смотрит на меня справа. 14. Мы видели, как она выходи­ла из дома. 15. Он слышал, как председатель на-

360 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Сложное дополнение (Complex Object) 361

звал его имя. 16. Он почувствовал, что его руки дрожат. 17. Мы слышали, как они весело смеют­ся в соседней комнате. 18. Я заметил, что она по­бледнела. 19. Я видел, что он встал со стула и по­шел к окну. 20. Мать следила, как ее маленький сын чистит зубы. 21. Он наблюдал, как мама моет посуду. 22. Мы видели, что они медленно прибли­жаются. 23. Мы увидели, что они спят. 24. Он за­метил, что она вздрогнула. 25. Я слышал, как он играет на скрипке. 26. Мы слышали, как он заго­ворил с ней по-французски.

сто следили за тем, как обезьяны играют в клет­ке. 23. Я часто слышу, как он играет у себя в комнате. 24. Вы видели, как бежали эти два мальчика? 25. Он услышал, как на улице плачет какой-то ребенок. 26. Дети стояли и смотрели, как плавают медведи. 27. Мальчик следил за тем, как кошка пытается открыть дверь. 28. Он заме­тил, что они переходят улицу с двумя большими чемоданами в руках.

I want the work to be done = I want the work done

Упражнение 439

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя сложное дополнение с причастием или инфинити­вом, в зависимости от смысла.

1. Она видела, что Нина примеряет шляпу. 2. Алиса видела, что ее сестра взяла книгу. 3. Он видел, что его ученики стоят около школы. 4. Том видел, что она вышла из комнаты. 5. Мать виде­ла, что ее дети делают домашнее задание. 6. Она видела, что Андрей сидит на диване. 7. Николай видел, что Анна что-то пишет. 8. Она не слыша­ла, как я вошел в комнату. 9. Я не слышал, как они разговаривали. 10. Вы когда-нибудь слыша­ли, как она поет? 11. Вы когда-нибудь слышали, как он говорит по-испански? 12. Я видел, что Коля пришел. 13. Я видела, что Джордж идет по ули­це. 14. Я видел, что Нелли читает. 15. Мы виде­ли, как студенты танцуют. 16. Мы видели, как разговаривали их родители. 17. Учитель заметил, что ученики разговаривают. 18. Она заметила, как отец вышел из комнаты. 19. Вы заметили, что они смеются? 20. Вы заметили, что он ушел? 21. Мы смотрели, как дети играют. 22. В зоопарке мы ча-

Упражнение 440

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на сложное дополнение.

1. Не wanted his letters posted at once. 2.1 don't want my papers looked through. 3. She did not want her child taken to hospital. 4. She gave him some papers and said that the client wanted them signed. 5. The teacher wants our homework to be prepared well. 6. Would you like your luggage carried up­stairs? 7. I want a bedroom prepared for my guest.

8. If you want things done well, do them yourself.

9. I should very much like it to be made clear to me.

10. The traveller entered the inn and ordered sup­

per to be prepared.

Упражнение 441

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя сложное дополнение.

1. Я хочу, чтобы эту статью напечатали в завт­рашней газете. 2. Она хочет, чтобы эту песню пели как можно чаще. 3. Он хотел, чтобы его картины

362 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Сложное дополнение (Complex Object) 363

видели во всех странах. 4. Ребенок хотел, чтобы его мишку положили к нему в постель. 5. Она хо­тела, чтобы ее сочинение проверили сейчас же. 6. Я не хочу, чтобы это платье порвали. 7. Он не хотел, чтобы ему стригли волосы. 8. Я хочу, что­бы мой велосипед привезли с дачи. 9. Я хочу, чтобы этот ковер расстелили на полу в гостиной. 10. Он не хотел, чтобы трогали его вещи. 11. Вы хотите, чтобы эту картину повесили над камином? 12. Он хотел, чтобы траву на лужайке подстригли.

When Why

did you have

your hair cut? your watch repaired? your photo taken? a new dress made?

Where do you usually have

your hair cut? your watch repaired? your photo taken? your dresses made?

То have something done

Упражнение 442

Произнесите вслух все возможные предложения, используя приведенные ниже подстановочные таб­лицы. (Упражнение на выработку автоматизма речи)

• E.g. I must have my hair cut.

I must have my watch repaired.

I must have my photo taken.

I must have a new dress made.

I want to have my hair cut.

I want to have my watch repaired, etc.

1 must 1 want to 1 am going to

have

my hair cut. my watch repaired, my photo taken, a new dress made.

Have you had

your hair cut? your watch repaired? your photo taken? a new dress made?

Упражнение 443

Переведите на русский язык, обращая внимание на сложное дополнение.

1. I must have my hair cut tomorrow. 2. I have just had my photograph taken and thought you might like to get one. 3. They had some dinner brought. 4. She had the children looked after in the evening when she went out. 5. Ellen had her nee­dle threaded for her as her eyesight was getting worse and worse. 6.1 must have these shoes mended. 7. I shall have my son taught music. 8. The planters had the trees in the jungle cut down. 9. I shall have your taxi kept at the door. 10. I shall have your things brought up and unpacked at once. 11.1 meant to have this dress altered but I never did. 12. She has had no photographs of herself taken since her childhood. 13. Have this carpet spread on the floor.

364 ГРАММАТИКА. СБОРНИК УПРАЖНЕНИЙ

Сложное дополнение (Complex Object) 365

Упражнения на все изученные виды сложного дополнения

Упражнение 444

Перефразируйте следующие предложения, упо­требляя сложное дополнение вместо придаточных дополнительных предложений.

1. I felt that somebody touched me lightly on the shoulder. 2. He heard that someone called his name. 3. I saw that the telegraph boy handed the cable to the man. 4. They heard how the woman uttered a little exclamation. 5. I should like to see how he would say it to my face. 6. I expect that you will join our excursion. 7. We had not expected that she would reply, but she did. 8. We knew that he was a clever man. 9. I don't like it that you repeat this nonsense. 10. I hate it when people speak so cyni­cally. 11. We expect that everybody will be ready by seven. 12. They showed themselves even more narrow-minded than we had expected they would be. 13. We did not expect that he would return so soon. 14. He hated it when people argued about trifles.

Упражнение 445

Переведите на английский язык, употребляя сложное дополнение.

1. Он терпеть не мог, когда люди громко смея­лись. 2. Мама хотела, чтобы я полила цветы. 3. Я видел, как она вышла из трамвая и перешла улицу. 4. Я не ожидал, что моя сестра получит тройку. 5. Я знаю, что ваш друг - футболист-